i30 MANUAL - First Motors

i30 MANUAL - First Motors
OWNER'S MANUAL
Operation
Maintenance
Specifications
All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication.
However, Hyundai reserves the right to make changes at any time so that
our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out.
This manual applies to all Hyundai models and includes descriptions and
explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, you may
find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehicle.
Please note that some models are equipped with Right-Hand Drive (RHD).
The explanations and illustrations for some operations in RHD models are
opposite of those written in this manual.
CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI
Your Hyundai should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect the performance, safety or durability of your Hyundai and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited
warranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations established by the Department of Transportation and other government agencies in your country.
TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION
Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components. It is possible
for an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronic
systems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer's instructions or consult your Hyundai dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions if you choose
to install one of these devices.
F2
SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING
This manual includes information titled as WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE.
These titles indicate the following:
WARNING
This indicates that a condition may result in harm, serious injury or death to you or other
persons if the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the warning.
CAUTION
This indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipment if the
caution is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution.
✽ NOTICE
This indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided.
F3
FOREWORD
Thank you for choosing Hyundai. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discriminating people who drive
Hyundais. The advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each Hyundai we build is something of which we're very
proud.
Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new Hyundai. It is suggested that you read it carefully because the information it contains can contribute greatly to the satisfaction you receive from your new car.
The manufacturer also recommends that service and maintenance on your vehicle be performed by an authorized Hyundai dealer.
HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY
Note : Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual in the vehicle for their use. Thank you.
CAUTION
Severe engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that do not meet Hyundai
specifications. You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 8-7 in the
Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual.
Copyright 2014 Hyundai Motor Company. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrieval
system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of Hyundai Motor Company.
F4
table of contents
Introduction
1
Your vehicle at a glance
2
Safety features of your vehicle
3
Features of your vehicle
4
Driving your vehicle
5
What to do in an emergency
6
Maintenance
7
Specifications & Consumer information
8
Index
I
Introduction
How to use this manual ............................................1-2
Fuel requirements ....................................................1-3
• Gasoline engine ..............................................................1-3
• Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol ..................1-4
• Other fuels ......................................................................1-4
• Use of MTBE ..................................................................1-4
• Do not use methanol ......................................................1-5
• Fuel Additives ................................................................1-5
• Operation in foreign countries ......................................1-5
• Diesel engine....................................................................1-6
• Biodiesel ..........................................................................1-6
Vehicle break-in process ..........................................1-7
1
Introduction
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
We want to help you get the greatest
possible driving pleasure from your vehicle. Your Owner’s Manual can assist you
in many ways. We strongly recommend
that you read the entire manual. In order
to minimize the chance of death or injury,
you must read the WARNING and CAUTION sections in the manual.
Illustrations complement the words in this
manual to best explain how to enjoy your
vehicle. By reading your manual, you
learn about features, important safety
information, and driving tips under various road conditions.
The general layout of the manual is provided in the Table of Contents. A good
place to start is the index; it has an alphabetical listing of all information in your
manual.
Sections: This manual has eight sections
plus an index. Each section begins with a
brief list of contents so you can tell at a
glance if that section has the information
you want.
1 2
You’ll find various WARNING’s, CAUTION’s,
and NOTICE’s in this manual.
These were prepared to enhance your personal safety. You should carefully read and
follow ALL procedures and recommendations provided in these WARNING’s,
CAUTION’s and NOTICE’s.
WARNING
A WARNING indicates a situation in
which harm, serious bodily injury or
death could result if the warning is
ignored.
CAUTION
A CAUTION indicates a situation in
which damage to your vehicle could
result if the caution is ignored.
✽ NOTICE
A NOTICE indicates interesting or helpful information is being provided.
Introduction
FUEL REQUIREMENTS
Gasoline engine
Unleaded
For Europe
For the optimal vehicle performance, we
recommend you use unleaded gasoline
which has an octane rating of RON
(Research Octane Number) 95 / AKI
(Anti Knock Index) 91 or higher. (Do not
use methanol blended fuels.)
You may use unleaded gasoline with an
octane rating of RON 91~94/AKI 87~90
but it may result in slight performance
reduction of the vehicle.
Except Europe
Your new vehicle is designed to use only
unleaded fuel having an Octane Rating
of RON (Research Octane Number) 91/
AKI (Anti-Knock Index) 87 or higher.
(Do not use methanol blended fuels.)
Your new vehicle is designed to obtain
maximum performance with UNLEADED
FUEL, as well as minimize exhaust emissions and spark plug fouling.
CAUTION
NEVER USE LEADED FUEL. The
use of leaded fuel is detrimental to
the catalytic converter and will
damage the engine control system’s oxygen sensor and affect
emission control.
Never add any fuel system cleaning
agents to the fuel tank other than
what has been specified. (We recommend that you consult with an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer for
details.)
Leaded (if equipped)
For some countries, your vehicle is
designed to use leaded gasoline. When
you are going to use leaded gasoline, we
recommend that you ask an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer whether leaded gasoline in your vehicle is available or not.
Octane Rating of leaded gasoline is
same with unleaded one.
WARNING
• Do not "top off" after the nozzle
automatically shuts off when
refueling.
• Always check that the fuel cap is
installed securely to prevent fuel
spillage in the event of an accident.
1 3
Introduction
Gasoline containing alcohol and
methanol
Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and
ethanol (also known as grain alcohol),
and gasoline or gasohol containing
methanol (also known as wood alcohol)
are being marketed along with or instead
of leaded or unleaded gasoline.
Do not use gasohol containing more than
10% ethanol, and do not use gasoline or
gasohol containing any methanol. Either
of these fuels may cause drivability problems and damage to the fuel system,
engine control system and emission control system.
Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if
drivability problems occur.
Vehicle damage or driveability problems
may not be covered by the manufacturer’s
warranty if they result from the use of:
1. Gasohol containing more than 10%
ethanol.
2. Gasoline or gasohol containing
methanol.
3. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
CAUTION
Never use gasohol which contains
methanol. Discontinue use of any
gasohol product which impairs drivability.
1 4
Other fuels
Using fuels such as;
- Silicone (Si) contained fuel,
- MMT (Manganese, Mn) contained fuel,
- Ferrocene (Fe) contained fuel, and
- Other metallic additives contained
fuels,
may cause vehicle and engine damage
or cause plugging, misfiring, poor acceleration, engine stalling, catalyst melting,
abnormal corrosion, life cycle reduction,
etc. Also, the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(MIL) may illuminate.
✽ NOTICE
Damage to the fuel system or performance problem caused by the use
of these fuels may not be covered by
your New Vehicle Limited Warrenty.
Use of MTBE
Fuels containing MTBE (Methyl Tertiary
Butyl Ether) over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen
Content 2.7% weight) should not be used
in your vehicle.
Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0% vol.
(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) may
reduce vehicle performance and produce
vapor lock or hard starting.
CAUTION
Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty
may not cover damage to the fuel
system and any performance problems that are caused by the use of
fuels containing methanol or fuels
containing MTBE (Methyl Tertiary
Butyl Ether) over 15.0% vol.
(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight.)
Introduction
Do not use methanol
Fuels containing methanol (wood alcohol) should not be used in your vehicle.
This type of fuel can reduce vehicle performance and damage components of
the fuel system, engine control system
and emission control system.
Fuel Additives
HYUNDAI recommends that you use
unleaded gasoline which has an octane
rating of RON (Research Octane
Number) 95 / AKI (Anti Knock Index) 91
or higher (for Europe) or Octane Rating
of RON (Research Octane Number) 91 /
AKI (Anti-Knock Index) 87 or higher
(except Europe).
For customers who do not use good quality gasoline including fuel additives regularly, and have problems starting or the
engine does not run smoothly, one bottle
of additives added to the fuel tank at every
15,000km (for Europe)/5,000km (except
Europe). Additives are available from your
authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with
information on how to use them.
Operation in foreign countries
If you are going to drive your vehicle in
another country, be sure to:
• Observe all regulations regarding registration and insurance.
• Determine that acceptable fuel is available.
1 5
Introduction
Diesel engine
Diesel fuel
Diesel engine must be operated only on
commercially available diesel fuel that
complies with EN 590 or comparable
standard. (EN stands for "European
Norm"). Do not use marine diesel fuel,
heating oils, or non-approved fuel additives, as this will increase wear and
cause damage to the engine and fuel
system. The use of non-approved fuels
and / or fuel additives will result in a limitation of your warranty rights.
Diesel fuel of above cetane 51 is used in
your vehicle. If two types of diesel fuel
are available, use summer or winter fuel
properly according to the following temperature conditions.
• Above -5°C (23°F) ... Summer type
diesel fuel.
• Below -5°C (23°F) ... Winter type diesel
fuel.
Watch the fuel level in the tank very carefully : If the engine stops through fuel failure, the circuits must be completely
purged to permit restarting.
1 6
CAUTION
Do not let any gasoline or water
enter the tank. This would make it
necessary to drain it out and to
bleed the lines to avoid jamming the
injection pump and damaging the
engine.
CAUTION - Diesel Fuel
It is recommended to use the regulated automotive diesel fuel for
diesel vehicle equipped with the
DPF system.
If you use diesel fuel including high
sulfur (more than 50 ppm sulfur) and
unspecified additives, it can cause
the DPF system to be damaged and
white smoke can be emitted.
Biodiesel
Commercially supplied Diesel blends of
no more than 7% biodiesel, commonly
known as "B7 Diesel" may be used in
your vehicle if Biodiesel meets EN 14214
or equivalent specifications. (EN stands
for "European Norm"). The use of biofuels exceeding 7% made from rapeseed
methyl ester (RME), fatty acid methyl
ester (FAME), vegetable oil methyl ester
(VME) etc. or mixing diesel exceeding
7% with biodiesel will cause increased
wear or damage to the engine and fuel
system. Repair or replacement of worn or
damaged components due to the use of
non approved fuels will not be covered by
the manufactures warranty.
CAUTION
• Never use any fuel, whether
diesel, B7 biodiesel or otherwise,
that fails to meet the latest petroleum industry specification.
• Never use any fuel additives or
treatments that are not recommended or approved by the vehicle manufacturer.
Introduction
VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESS
Biodiesel (for New Zealand)
Commercially supplied Diesel blends of
no more than 7% biodiesel, commonly
known as "B7 Diesel" may be used in
your vehicle if Biodiesel meets EN 14214
or equivalent specifications. (EN stands
for "European Norm"). The use of biofuels exceeding 7%, made from rapeseed
methyl ester (RME), vegetable oil methyl
ester (VME) etc. or mixing diesel exceeding 7% with biodiesel will cause
increased wear or damage to the engine
and fuel system. Repair or replacement
of worn or damaged components due to
the use of non approved fuels will not be
covered by the manufactures warranty.
CAUTION
No special break-in period is needed. By
following a few simple precautions for the
first 1,000 km (600 miles) you may add to
the performance, economy and life of
your vehicle:
• Do not race the engine.
• While driving, keep your engine speed
(rpm, or revolutions per minute) between
2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm.
• Do not maintain a single speed for long
periods of time, either fast or slow.
Varying engine speed is needed to
properly break-in the engine.
• Avoid hard stops, except in emergencies,
to allow the brakes to seat properly.
• Don't tow a trailer during the first 2,000
km (1,200 miles) of operation.
• Never use any fuel, whether
diesel, B7 biodiesel or otherwise,
that fails to meet the latest petroleum industry specification.
• Never use any fuel additives or
treatments that are not recommended or approved by the vehicle manufacturer.
1 7
Your vehicle at a glance
Exterior overview (front)..........................................2-2
Exterior overview (rear) ..........................................2-3
Interior overview ......................................................2-4
Instrument panel overview ......................................2-5
Engine compartment ................................................2-6
2
2
Your vehicle at a glance
EXTERIOR OVERVIEW (FRONT)
1. Front removable towing hook .................6-18
2. Front windshield wiper............................4-93
3. Outside rearview mirror ..........................4-46
4. Door lock ................................................4-20
5. Head lamp ..............................................4-87
6. Front fog lamp.........................................4-90
7. Hood ......................................................4-31
8. Tire and wheel ........................................7-50
❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
2 2
OGD011001
Your vehicle at a glance
EXTERIOR OVERVIEW (REAR)
1. Roof antenna ........................................4-138
2. Rear window defroster..........................4-102
3. Rear wiper ..............................................4-97
4. Door lock ................................................4-20
5. Rear parking assist system ....................4-82
6. Child-protector rear door lock.................4-23
7. Fuel filler .................................................4-33
8. Rear towing hook....................................6-18
9. Rear combination lamp ..........................7-83
10. Tailgate handle switch .........................4-24
11. High mounted stop lamp ......................7-86
12. Rear view camera.................................4-85
❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
OGD011002
2 3
Your vehicle at a glance
INTERIOR OVERVIEW
1. Inside door handle ................................4-21
2. Power window switch ............................4-26
3. Power window lock switch......................4-29
4. Central door lock switch ........................4-21
5. Outside rearview mirror control..............4-46
6. Outside rearview mirror folding..............4-47
7. Hood release lever ................................4-31
8. Headlight leveling device ......................4-91
9. Instrument panel illumination control
system....................................................4-50
10. Active ECO button ..............................5-34
11. ESC OFF button* ................................5-45
12. Steering wheel ....................................4-40
13. Tilt and telescopic steering
control lever..........................................4-41
14. Fuse box ..............................................7-62
15. Manual transaxle shift lever/
Automatic transaxle shift lever/
Dual clutch transmission shift lever
............................................5-16/5-20/5-26
❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
2 4
OGDE012003L
Your vehicle at a glance
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW
1. Instrument cluster...............................4-49
2. Horn ...................................................4-41
3. Driver’s air bag*..................................3-49
4. Light control/Turn signals ...................4-87
5. Wiper/washer .....................................4-93
6. Ignition switch* or
ENGINE START/STOP button*....5-6/5-10
7. Audio*...............................................4-138
8. Hazard................................................4-86
9. Climate control system ..........4-103/4-112
10. Cigar lighter* ..................................4-128
11. Aux, USB and iPod port*................4-133
12. Power outlet* ..................................4-132
13. Transaxle shift lever .........5-16/5-20/5-26
14. Glove box .......................................4-126
15. Front passenger’s air bag* ...............3-49
* : if equipped
❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
OGD011004
2 5
Your vehicle at a glance
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
■ Gasoline engine - 1.6
1. Engine oil filler cap ............................7-33
2. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir ................7-38
3. Positive battery terminal ....................7-47
4. Negative battery terminal ..................7-47
5. Fuse box............................................7-61
6. Air cleaner ........................................7-41
■ Gasoline engine - 1.8
7. Radiator cap ......................................7-37
8. Engine coolant reservoir....................7-36
9. Engine oil dipstick..............................7-33
10. Windshield washer fluid reservoir....7-39
❈ The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
2 6
OGDE072070/OGDE072001L
Your vehicle at a glance
■ Diesel engine
1. Engine oil filler cap ............................7-33
2. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir ................7-38
3. Positive battery terminal ....................7-47
4. Negative battery terminal ..................7-47
5. Fuse box............................................7-61
6. Air cleaner ........................................7-41
7. Radiator cap ......................................7-37
8. Engine coolant reservoir....................7-36
9. Engine oil dipstick..............................7-33
10. Windshield washer fluid reservoir....7-39
11. Fuel filter ........................................7-40
❈ The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OGDE075120
2 7
Safety features of your vehicle
Seat..............................................................................3-2
• Front seat ........................................................................3-5
• Seat warmer ..................................................................3-11
• Seat cooler (Air ventilation seat) ................................3-13
• Rear seat........................................................................3-14
Seat belt ....................................................................3-19
• Seat belt warning..........................................................3-20
• Lap/shoulder belt..........................................................3-21
• Lap belt..........................................................................3-23
• Pre-tensioner seat belt..................................................3-24
• Seat belt precautions ....................................................3-27
• Care of seat belts ..........................................................3-30
Child restraint system ............................................3-31
• Using a child restraint system....................................3-33
Airbag-supplemental restraint system ..................3-41
• How does the air bag system operate ........................3-42
• Do not install a child restraint on the
front passenger's seat ................................................3-44
• Air bag warning and indicator....................................3-45
• SRS components and functions ..................................3-46
• Driver’s and passenger’s front air bag ......................3-49
• Side impact air bag ......................................................3-54
• Curtain air bag ............................................................3-55
• SRS Care ......................................................................3-62
• Additional safety precautions......................................3-63
• Air bag warning label ..................................................3-64
3
Safety features of your vehicle
SEATS
Driver’s seat
■ Type A
■ Type B
■ Type C
(1) Seat adjustment, forward/backward
(2) Seatback recliner
(3) Seat adjustment, height
(4) Lumbar support*
(5) Seat warmer*/
Seat cooler (Air ventilation seat)*
(6) Headrest adjustment
■ Type A
Front passenger seat
(7) Seat adjustment, forward/backward
(8) Seatback recliner
(9) Seat warmer*/
Seat cooler (Air ventilation seat)*
(10) Headrest adjustment
■ Type B
Rear seat
(11) Armrest
(12) Headrest adjustment
(13) Seat back folding lever*
* if equipped
OGDE035002
* The actual feature in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
3 2
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Loose objects
Loose objects in the driver’s foot
area could interfere with the operation of the foot pedals, possibly
causing an accident. Do not place
anything under the front seats.
WARNING - Uprighting
seat
When you return the seatback to its
upright position, hold the seatback
and return it slowly and be sure
there are no other occupants
around the seat. If the seatback is
returned without being held and
controlled, the back of the seat
could move forward or backward
resulting in accidental injury to a
person struck by the seatback.
WARNING - Driver responsibility for passengers
Riding in a vehicle with seatback
reclined could lead to serious or
fatal injury in an accident. If a seat
is reclined during an accident, the
occupant’s hips may slide under
the lap portion of the seat belt
applying great force to the unprotected abdomen. The protection of
your restraint system (seat belt
and air bags) is greatly reduced by
reclining your seat. Serious or fatal
internal injuries could result. The
driver must advise the passenger
to keep the seatback in an upright
position whenever the vehicle is in
motion.
WARNING
Do not use a sitting cushion that
reduces friction between the seat
and passenger. The passenger's
hips may slide under the lap portion of the seat belt during an accident or a sudden stop. Serious or
fatal internal injuries could result
because the seat belt can't operate
normally.
3 3
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Driver’s seat
• Never attempt to adjust seat
while the vehicle is moving. This
could result in loss of control,
and an accident causing death,
serious injury, or property damage.
• Do not allow anything to interfere
with the normal position of the
seatback. Storing items against a
seatback or in any other way
interfering with proper locking of
a seatback could result in serious
or fatal injury in a sudden stop or
collision.
• Always drive and ride with your
seatback upright and the lap portion of the seat belt snug and low
across the hips. This is the best
position to protect you in case of
an accident.
• In order to avoid unnecessary
and perhaps severe air bag
injuries, always sit as far back as
possible from the steering wheel
while maintaining comfortable
control of the vehicle. We recommend that your chest be at least
250 mm (10 inches) away from
the steering wheel.
3 4
WARNING - Rear seatbacks
• The rear seatback must be
securely latched. If not, passengers and objects could be thrown
forward resulting in serious
injury or death in the event of a
sudden stop or collision.
• Luggage and other cargo should
be laid flat in the cargo area. If
objects are large, heavy, or must
be piled, they must be secured.
Under no circumstances should
cargo be piled higher than the
seatbacks. Failure to follow these
warnings could result in serious
injury or death in the event of a
sudden stop, collision or rollover.
• No passenger should ride in the
cargo area or sit or lie on folded
seatbacks while the vehicle is
moving. All passengers must be
properly seated in seats and
restrained properly while riding.
• When resetting the seatback to
the upright position, make sure it
is securely latched by pushing it
forward and backwards.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• To avoid the possibility of burns,
do not remove the carpet in the
cargo area. Emission control
devices beneath this floor generate high temperatures.
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING
After adjusting the seat, always
check that it is securely locked into
place by attempting to move the
seat forward or backward without
using the lock release lever.
Sudden or unexpected movement
of the driver's seat could cause you
to lose control of the vehicle resulting in an accident.
WARNING
• Do not adjust the seat while wearing seat belts. Moving the seat
cushion forward may cause
strong pressure on the abdomen.
• Use extreme caution so that
hands or other objects are not
caught in the seat mechanisms
while the seat is moving.
• Do not put a cigarette lighter on
the floor or seat. When you operate the seat, gas may gush out of
the lighter and cause fire.
• If there are occupants in the rear
seats, be careful while adjusting
the front seat position.
• Use extreme caution when picking
small objects trapped under the
seats or between the seat and the
center console. Your hands might
be cut or injured by the sharp
edges of the seat mechanism.
OGD031002
Front seat adjustment
Manual adjustment
Forward and backward
To move the seat forward or backward:
1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever up
and hold it.
2. Slide the seat to the position you
desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure the
seat is locked in place.
Adjust the seat before driving, and make
sure the seat is locked securely by trying
to move forward and backward without
using the lever. If the seat moves, it is not
locked properly.
3 5
Safety features of your vehicle
Automatic adjustment (for driver’s
seat) (if equipped)
The driver’s seat can be adjusted by
using the control knob located on the outside of the seat cushion. Before driving,
adjust the seat to the proper position so
as to easily control the steering wheel,
pedals and switches on the instrument
panel.
WARNING
OGD031003
OGD031004
Seatback angle
To recline the seatback:
1. Lean forward slightly and lift up on the
seatback recline lever.
2. Carefully lean back on the seat and
adjust the seatback of the seat to the
position you desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure the
seatback is locked in place. (The lever
MUST return to its original position for
the seatback to lock.)
Seat cushion height (for driver’s seat)
To change the height of the seat cushion,
move the lever upwards or downwards.
• To lower the seat cushion, push the
lever down several times.
• To raise the seat cushion, pull the lever
up several times.
3 6
The power seat is operable with the
ignition OFF.
Therefore, children should never be
left unattended in the car.
Safety features of your vehicle
CAUTION
• The power seat is driven by an
electric motor. Stop operating
once the adjustment is completed. Excessive operation may
damage the electrical equipment.
• When in operation, the power
seat consumes a large amount of
electrical power. To prevent
unnecessary charging system
drain, don’t adjust the power seat
longer than necessary while the
engine is not running.
• Do not operate two or more power
seat control knobs at the same
time. Doing so may result in
power seat motor or electrical
component malfunction.
OGD031007
OGD031006
Forward and backward
1. Push the control switch forward or
rearward to move the seat to the
desired position.
2. Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
Seatback angle
1. Push the control switch forward or
rearward to move the seatback to the
desired angle.
2. Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
3 7
Safety features of your vehicle
OGD031005
OGD031008
OPA039052
Seat cushion height (if equipped)
1. Pull the front portion of the control
switch up to raise or down to lower the
front part of the seat cushion. Pull the
rear portion of the control switch up to
raise or down to lower the rear part of
the seat cushion.
2. Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
Lumbar support (if equipped)
The lumbar support can be adjusted by
pressing the lumbar support switch on
the side of the seat.
1. Press the front portion of the switch to
increase support, or the rear portion of
the switch, to decrease support.
2. Release the switch once it reaches the
desired position.
Headrest
The driver's and front passenger's seats
are equipped with a headrest for the
occupant's safety and comfort.
The headrest not only provides comfort
for the driver and front passenger, but
also helps to protect the head and neck
in the event of a collision.
3 8
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING
• For maximum effectiveness in
case of an accident, the headrest
should be adjusted so the middle
of the headrest is at the same
height of the center of gravity of
an occupant's head. Generally,
the center of gravity of most people's head is similar with the
height of the top of their eyes.
Also, adjust the headrest as close
to your head as possible. For this
reason, the use of a cushion that
holds the body away from the
seatback is not recommended.
• Do not operate the vehicle with
the headrests removed as severe
injury to the occupants may
occur in the event of an accident.
Headrests may provide protection against neck injuries when
properly adjusted.
• Do not adjust the headrest position of the driver's seat while the
vehicle is in motion.
OYFH034205
OGD031009
Adjusting the height up and down
To raise the headrest, pull it up to the
desired position (1). To lower the headrest, push and hold the release button (2)
on the headrest support and lower the
headrest to the desired position (3).
CAUTION
If you recline the seatback towards
the front with the headrest and seat
cushion raised, the headrest may
come in contact with the sunvisor
or other parts of the vehicle.
3 9
Safety features of your vehicle
■ Type A
■ Type A
WARNING
NEVER allow anyone to ride in a
seat with the headrest removed.
OGD033100
■ Type B
OGD033101
■ Type B
OGD033102
OGD033103
Removal/Reinstall
To remove the headrest:
1. Recline the seatback (2) with the
recline lever or switch (1).
2. Raise headrest as far as it can go.
3. Press the headrest release button (3)
while pulling the headrest up (4).
To reinstall the headrest :
1. Put the headrest poles (2) into the
holes while pressing the release button (1).
2. Recline the seatback (4) with the
recline lever or switch (3).
3. Adjust the headrest to the appropriate
height.
3 10
Safety features of your vehicle
■ Type A
■ Type C
WARNING
Always make sure the headrest
locks into position after reinstalling
and adjusting it properly.
OGDE032014L
OGDE032015L
Seat warmer (if equipped)
OGDE033077
The seat warmer is provided to warm the
front seats during cold weather. With the
ignition switch in the ON position, push
either of the switches to warm the driver's
seat or the front passenger's seat.
During mild weather or under conditions
where the operation of the seat warmer
is not needed, keep the switches in the
"OFF" position.
• Each time you press the switch, the
temperature setting of the seat will
change as follows :
- Type A, B
OFF → HIGH (
) → LOW (
)
→
■ Type B
3 11
Safety features of your vehicle
- Type C
→
OFF → HIGH (
LOW (
) → MIDLE (
)
)
• The seat warmer defaults to the OFF
position whenever the ignition switch is
turned on.
✽ NOTICE
With the seat warmer switch in the ON
position, the heating system in the seat
turns off or on automatically depending
on the seat temperature.
3 12
CAUTION
• When cleaning the seats, do not
use an organic solvent such as
thinner, benzene, alcohol and
gasoline. Doing so may damage
the surface of the heater or seats.
• To prevent overheating the seat
warmer, do not place anything on
the seats that insulates against
heat, such as blankets, cushions
or seat covers while the seat
warmer is in operation.
• Do not place heavy or sharp
objects on seats equipped with
seat warmers. Damage to the seat
warming components could occur.
• Do not change the seat cover. It
may damage the seat warmer or
airventilation system.
WARNING - Seat warmer
burns
Passengers should use extreme
caution when using seat warmers
due to the possibility of excess
heating or burns. The seat warmer
may cause burns even at low temperatures, especially if used for
long periods of time. In particular,
the driver must exercise extreme
care for the following types of passengers:
1. Infants, children, elderly or disabled persons, or hospital outpatients
2. Persons with sensitive skin or
those that burn easily
3. Fatigued individuals
4. Intoxicated individuals
5. Individuals taking medication
that can cause drowsiness or
sleepiness (sleeping pills, cold
tablets, etc.)
Safety features of your vehicle
• The air ventilation seats function by
absorbing air from inside the vehicle.
The air from the air ventilation seats will
feel cool if the air inside the vehicle is
cool. To increase efficiency of the air
ventilation seats, use the air ventilation
seats with the air conditioning ON.
• The air ventilation seats get cool about
five minutes later after the system is
turned on.
OGDE033078
Seat cooler (Air ventilation seat)
(if equipped)
The temperature setting of the seat
changes according to the switch position.
• If you want to cool your seat cushion,
press the switch (blue color).
• Each time you press the button, the airflow will change as follows:
→
OFF → HIGH (
) → MIDDLE (
)
LOW ( )
• The seat warmer (with air ventilation)
defaults to the OFF position whenever
the ignition switch is turned on.
CAUTION
• When cleaning the seats, do not
use an organic solvent such as
paint thinner, benzene, alcohol
and gasoline. Doing so may damage the surface of the heater or
seats.
• To prevent overheating the seat
warmer, do not place anything on
the seats that insulates against
heat, such as blankets, cushions
or seat covers while the seat
warmer is in operation.
• Do not place heavy or sharp
objects on seats equipped with
seat warmers. Damage to the seat
warming components could occur.
• Do not change the seat cover. It
may damage the seat warmer or
airventilation system.
OMD030013
Seatback pocket (if equipped)
WARNING - Seatback
pockets
Do not put heavy or sharp objects
in the seatback pockets. In an accident they could come loose from
the pocket and injure vehicle occupants.
3 13
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING
OPA039053
Rear seat
Headrest
The rear seat(s) is equipped with headrests in all the seating positions for the
occupant's safety and comfort.
The headrest not only provides comfort
for passengers, but also helps to protect
the head and neck in the event of a collision.
3 14
• For maximum effectiveness in
case of an accident, the headrest
should be adjusted so the middle
of the headrest is at the same
height of the center of gravity of
an occupant's head. Generally,
the center of gravity of most people's head is similar with the
height of the top of their eyes.
Also adjust the headrest as close
to your head as possible. For this
reason, the use of a cushion that
holds the body away from the
seatback is not recommended.
• Do not operate the vehicle with
the headrests removed as severe
injury to an occupant may occur
in the event of an accident.
Headrests may provide protection against severe neck injuries
when properly adjusted.
CAUTION
When there is no occupant in the
rear seats, adjust the height of the
headrest to the lowest position. The
rear seat headrest can reduce the
visibility of the rear area.
Safety features of your vehicle
OMD030015
OMD030016
OGD031023
Adjusting the height up and down
To raise the headrest, pull it up (1). To
lower the headrest, push and hold the
release button (2) on the headrest support and lower the headrest (3).
Removal
To remove the headrest, raise it as far as
it can go then press the release button
(1) while pulling upward (2).
To reinstall the headrest, put the headrest poles (3) into the holes while pressing the release button (1). Then adjust it
to the appropriate height.
Armrest (if equipped)
The armrest is located in the center of
the rear seat. Pull the armrest down from
the seatback.
WARNING
Make sure the headrest locks in
position after adjusting it to properly protect the occupants.
3 15
Safety features of your vehicle
Folding the rear seat
The rear seatbacks (or cushions) may be
folded to facilitate carrying long items or
to increase the luggage capacity of the
vehicle.
WARNING
The purpose of the fold-down rear
seatbacks (or cushions) is to allow
you to carry longer objects than
could otherwise be accommodated.
Never allow passengers to sit on
top of the folded down seatback
while the car is moving as this is
not a proper seating position and
no seat belts are available for use.
This could result in serious injury
or death in case of an accident or
sudden stop. Objects carried on the
folded down seatback should not
extend higher than the top of the
front seats. This could allow cargo
to slide forward and cause injury or
damage during sudden stops.
3 16
OFD039009E
OFD037008
To fold the rear seat cushion and back
1. Set the front seatback to the upright
position and if necessary, slide the
front seat forward.
2. Pull the cushion folding strap (1) and
lift the front portion of the seat cushion.
OFD039034E
3. Lift the rear portion of the seat cushion. Stand the rear seat cushion vertically.
4. Remove the headrest from the rear
seatback.
5. Stow the headrest by inserting the
headrest poles into the holder on the
bottom of the seat cushion.
Safety features of your vehicle
OGD031021
OGD031022
OGD031047
10. Return the seat cushion to the original position by pushing down the rear
side of the seat cushion first. Make
sure the seat cushion is locked in
place.
11. Return the rear seat belt to the proper position.
OFD039011E
OGD031046
6. Pull the lock release lever (red visible).
7. Fold the rear seatback forward and
down firmly.
8. To use the rear seat, lift and push the
seatback backward firmly until it clicks
into place. Make sure the seatback is
locked in place (red invisible).
9. Reposition the headrest on the seatback and adjust it to the desired position.
3 17
Safety features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
If you are not able to pull out the seat
belt from the retractor, firmly pull the
belt out and release it. Then you will be
able to pull the belt out smoothly.
WARNING
When you return the rear seatback
to its upright position after being
folded down:
Be careful not to damage the seat
belt webbing or buckle. Do not
allow the seat belt webbing or
buckle to get caught or pinched in
the rear seat. Ensure that the seatback is completely locked into its
upright position by pushing on the
top of the seatback. Otherwise, in
an accident or sudden stop, the
seat could fold down and allow
cargo to enter the passenger compartment, which could result in
serious injury or death.
3 18
WARNING - Uprighting
seat
When you return the seatback to its
upright position, hold the seatback
and return it slowly. If the seatback
is returned without holding it, the
back of the seat could spring forward resulting in injury caused by
being struck by the seatback.
CAUTION - Rear seat belts
When returning the rear seatbacks
to the upright position, remember
to return the rear shoulder belts to
their proper position.
WARNING - Cargo
Cargo should always be secured to
prevent it from being thrown about
the vehicle in a collision and causing injury to the vehicle occupants.
Special care of objects should be
taken when placing them in the rear
seats, since those may hit the front
seat occupants in a frontal collision.
WARNING - Cargo loading
Make sure the engine is off, the
automatic transaxle/Dual clutch
transmission is in P (Park) or the
manual transaxle is in R (Reverse)
or 1st, and the parking brake is
securely applied whenever loading
or unloading cargo. Failure to take
these steps may allow the vehicle to
move if the shift lever is inadvertently moved to another position.
Safety features of your vehicle
SEAT BELTS
Seat belt restraint system
WARNING
• For maximum restraint system protection, the seat belts must always
be used whenever the car is moving.
• Seat belts are most effective when
seatbacks are in the upright position.
• Children age 12 and under must
always be properly restrained in
the rear seat. Never allow children
to ride in the front passenger seat.
If a child over 12 must be seated in
the front seat, he/she must be properly belted and the seat should be
moved as far back as possible.
• Never wear the shoulder belt under
your arm or behind your back. An
improperly positioned shoulder
belt can cause serious injuries in a
crash. The shoulder belt should be
positioned midway over your
shoulder across your collarbone.
• Never wear a seat belt over fragile
objects. If there is a sudden stop or
impact, the seat belt can damage it.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Avoid wearing twisted seat belts.
A twisted belt can't do its job as
well. In a collision, it could even
cut into you. Be sure the belt
webbing is straight and not twisted.
• Be careful not to damage the belt
webbing or hardware. If the belt
webbing or hardware is damaged, replace it.
WARNING
Seat belts are designed to bear
upon the bony structure of the
body, and should be worn low
across the front of the pelvis or the
pelvis, chest and shoulders, as
applicable; wearing the lap section
of the belt across the abdominal
area must be avoided.
Seat belts should be adjusted as
firmly as possible, consistent with
comfort, to provide the protection
for which they have been designed.
A slack belt will greatly reduce the
protection afforded to the wearer.
(Continued)
(Continued)
Care should be taken to avoid contamination of the webbing with polishes, oils and chemicals, and particularly battery acid. Cleaning may
safely be carried out using mild
soap and water. The belt should be
replaced if webbing becomes
frayed, contaminated or damaged.
It is essential to replace the entire
assembly after it has been worn in
a severe impact even if damage to
the assembly is not obvious. Belts
should not be worn with straps
twisted. Each belt assembly must
only be used by one occupant; it is
dangerous to put a belt around a
child being carried on the occupant's lap.
3 19
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING
• No modifications or additions
should be made by the user
which will either prevent the seat
belt adjusting devices from operating to remove slack, or prevent
the seat belt assembly from being
adjusted to remove slack.
• When you fasten the seat belt, be
careful not to latch the seat belt in
buckles of other seat. It's very dangerous and you may not be protected by the seat belt properly.
• Do not unfasten the seat belt and
do not fasten and unfasten the
seat belt repeatedly while driving.
This could result in loss of control, and an accident causing
death, serious injury, or property
damage.
• When fastening the seat belt,
make sure that the seat belt does
not pass over objects that are
hard or can break easily.
• Make sure there is nothing in the
buckle. The seat belt may not be
fastened securely.
3 20
OAM032161L
Seat belt warning (if equipped)
Driver’s seat belt warning (1) - Type A
As a reminder to the driver, the seat belt
warning light will blink for approximately
6 seconds each time you turn the ignition
switch ON regardless of belt fastening.
If the driver’s seat belt is unfastened after
the ignition switch is ON, the seat belt
warning light blinks again for approximately 6 seconds.
If the driver's seat belt is not fastened
when the ignition switch is turned ON or
if it is unfastened after the ignition switch
is ON, the seat belt warning chime will
sound for approximately 6 seconds. At
this time, if the seat belt is fastened, the
chime will stop at once. (if equipped)
Driver’s seat belt warning (1) - Type B
As a reminder to the driver, the driver’s
seat belt warning lights will illuminate for
approximately 6 seconds each time you
turn the ignition switch ON regardless of
belt fastening.
If the driver’s seat belt is not fastened
when the ignition switch is turned ON or
if it is disconnected after the ignition
switch is turned ON, the seat belt warning light will illuminate until the belt is fastened.
If you continue not to fasten the seat belt
and you drive over 9 km/h, the illuminated warning light will start to blink until you
drive under 6 km/h.
If you continue not to fasten the seat belt
and you drive over 20 km/h (12 mph) the
seat belt warning chime will sound for
approximately 100 seconds and the corresponding warning light will blink.
Safety features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
Front seat
If you are not able to pull out the safety
belt from the retractor, firmly pull the
belt out and release it. After release, you
will be able to pull the belt out smoothly.
B180A01NF-1
OHD036019
Lap/shoulder belt
To fasten your seat belt:
To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of the
retractor and insert the metal tab (1) into
the buckle (2). There will be an audible
"click" when the tab locks into the buckle.
The seat belt automatically adjusts to the
proper length only after the lap belt portion is adjusted manually so that it fits
snugly around your hips. If you lean forward in a slow, easy motion, the belt will
extend and let you move around. If there
is a sudden stop or impact, however, the
belt will lock into position. It will also lock
if you try to lean forward too quickly.
Height adjustment (Front seat)
You can adjust the height of the shoulder
belt anchor to one of 4 positions for maximum comfort and safety.
The height of the adjusting seat belt
should not be too close to your neck. You
will not be getting the most effective protection. The shoulder portion should be
adjusted so that it lies across your chest
and midway over your shoulder near the
door and not your neck.
To adjust the height of the seat belt
anchor, lower or raise the height adjuster
into an appropriate position.
To raise the height adjuster, pull it up (1).
To lower it, push it down (3) while pressing the height adjuster button (2).
3 21
Safety features of your vehicle
Release the button to lock the anchor
into position. Try sliding the height
adjuster to make sure that it has locked
into position.
WARNING
• Verify the shoulder belt anchor is
locked into position at the appropriate height. Never position the
shoulder belt across your neck or
face. Improperly positioned seat
belts can cause serious injuries
in an accident.
• Failure to replace seat belts after
an accident could leave you with
damaged seat belts that will not
provide protection in the event of
another collision leading to personal injury or death. Replace
your seat belts after being in an
accident as soon as possible.
3 22
B200A02NF
WARNING
You should place the lap belt portion as low as possible and snugly
across your hips, not on your waist.
If the lap belt is located too high on
your waist, it may increase the
chance of injury in the event of a
collision. Both arms should not be
under or over the belt. Rather, one
should be over and the other under,
as shown in the illustration.
Never wear the seat belt under the
arm nearest the door.
OGD031024
When using the rear center seat belt, the
buckle with the “CENTER” mark must be
used.
Safety features of your vehicle
OBH038066
B210A01NF-1
OBH038067
To release the seat belt:
The seat belt is released by pressing the
release button (1) in the locking buckle.
When it is released, the belt should automatically draw back into the retractor.
If this does not happen, check the belt to
be sure it is not twisted, then try again.
Lap belt (if equipped)
To fasten your seat belt:
To fasten a 2-point static type belt, insert
the metal tab (1) into the locking buckle
(2). There will be an audible "click" when
the tab locks into the buckle. Check to
make sure the belt is properly locked and
that the belt is not twisted.
Too high
Shorten
Correct
B220B01NF
With a 2-point static type seat belt, the
length must be adjusted manually so it
fits snugly around your body. Fasten the
belt and pull on the loose end to tighten.
The belt should be placed as low as possible on your hips, not on your waist. If
the belt is too high, it could increase the
possibility of your being injured in an
accident.
3 23
Safety features of your vehicle
OMD030018
OBH038068
When using the rear center seat belt, the
buckle with the “CENTER” mark must be
used.
To release the seat belt:
When you want to release the seat belt,
press the button (1) in the locking buckle.
WARNING
The center lap belt latching mechanism is different from those for the
rear seat shoulder belts. When fastening the rear seat shoulder belts
or the center lap belt, make sure
they are inserted into the correct
buckles to obtain maximum protection from the seat belt system and
assure proper operation.
3 24
OED030300
Pre-tensioner seat belt
(if equipped)
Your vehicle is equipped with driver's and
front passenger's pre-tensioner seat
belts. The purpose of the pre-tensioner is
to make sure that the seat belts fit tightly
against the occupant's body in certain
frontal collisions. The pre-tensioner seat
belts may be activated in crashes where
the frontal collision is severe enough.
WARNING
For your safety, be sure that the
belt webbing is not loose or twisted
and always sit properly on your
seat.
Safety features of your vehicle
When the vehicle stops suddenly, or if
the occupant tries to lean forward too
quickly, the seat belt retractor will lock
into position. In certain frontal collisions,
the pre-tensioner will activate and pull
the seat belt into tighter contact against
the occupant's body.
WARNING
8KMB3311
The seat belt pre-tensioner system consists mainly of the following components.
Their locations are shown in the illustration:
1. SRS air bag warning light
2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly
3. SRS control module
To obtain maximum benefit from a
pre-tensioner seat belt:
1. The seat belt must be worn correctly and adjusted to the proper
position. Please read and follow
all of the important information
and precautions about your vehicle’s occupant safety features –
including seat belts and air bags
– that are provided in this manual.
2. Be sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts properly.
3 25
Safety features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
• When the pre-tensioner seat belts are
activated, a loud noise may be heard
and fine dust, which may appear to be
smoke, may be visible in the passenger
compartment. These are normal operating conditions and are not hazardous.
• Although it is harmless, the fine dust
may cause skin irritation and should
not be breathed for prolonged periods.
Wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly after an accident in which the pretensioner seat belts were activated.
• Because the sensor that activates the
SRS air bag is connected with the pretensioner seat belt, the SRS air bag
warning light
on the instrument
panel will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds after the ignition switch
has been turned to the ON position,
and then it should turn off.
3 26
CAUTION
If the pre-tensioner seat belt is not
working properly, this warning light
will illuminate even if there is no
malfunction of the SRS air bag. If
the SRS air bag warning light does
not illuminate when the ignition
switch is turned to ON, or if it
remains illuminated after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds, or
if it illuminates while the vehicle is
being driven, we recommend that
the system be inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
• Pre-tensioners are designed to
operate only one time. After activation, pre-tensioner seat belts
must be replaced. All seat belts,
of any type, should always be
replaced after they have been
worn during a collision.
• The pre-tensioner seat belt
assembly mechanisms become
hot during activation. Do not
touch the pre-tensioner seat belt
assemblies for several minutes
after they have been activated.
• Do not attempt to inspect or
replace the pre-tensioner seat
belts yourself. We recommend
that the system be inspected by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Do not strike the pre-tensioner
seat belt assemblies.
• Improper handling of the pre-tensioner seat belt assemblies, and
failure to heed the warnings not
to strike, modify, inspect, replace,
service or repair the pre-tensioner seat belt assemblies may lead
to improper operation or inadvertent activation and serious injury.
(Continued)
Safety features of your vehicle
(Continued)
• Always wear the seat belts when
driving or riding in a motor vehicle.
• If the vehicle or pre-tensioner seat
belt must be discarded, we recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
CAUTION
Body work on the front area of the
vehicle may damage the pre-tensioner seat belt system. Therefore,
we recommend that the system be
serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Seat belt precautions
WARNING
All occupants of the vehicle must
wear their seat belts at all times.
Seat belts and child restraints
reduce the risk of serious or fatal
injuries for all occupants in the
event of a collision or sudden stop.
Without a seat belt, occupants
could be shifted too close to a
deploying air bag, strike the interior
structure or be thrown from the
vehicle. Properly worn seat belts
greatly reduce these hazards.
Always follow the precautions
about seat belts, air bags and occupant seating contained in this manual.
Infant or small child
You should be aware of the specific
requirements in your country. Child
and/or infant seats must be properly
placed and installed in the rear seat. For
more information about the use of these
restraints, refer to “Child restraint system” in this section.
WARNING
Every person in your vehicle needs
to be properly restrained at all
times, including infants and children. Never hold a child in your
arms or lap when riding in a vehicle. The violent forces created during a crash will tear the child from
your arms and throw the child
against the interior. Always use a
child restraint appropriate for your
child's height and weight.
3 27
Safety features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
Small children are best protected from
injury in an accident when properly
restrained in the rear seat by a child
restraint system that meets the requirements of the Safety Standards of your
country. Before buying any child
restraint system, make sure that it has a
label certifying that it meets Safety
Standards of your country. The restraint
must be appropriate for your child's
height and weight. Check the label on
the child restraint for this information.
Refer to “Child restraint system” in this
section.
3 28
Larger children
Children who are too large for child
restraint systems should always occupy
the rear seat and use the available
lap/shoulder belts. The lap portion should
be fastened and snugged on the hips
and as low as possible. Check if the belt
fits periodically. A child's squirming could
put the belt out of position. Children are
given the most safety in the event of an
accident when they are restrained by a
proper restraint system in the rear seat. If
a larger child (over age 12) must be seated in the front seat, the child should be
securely restrained by the available
lap/shoulder belt and the seat should be
placed in the rearmost position. Children
age 12 and under should be restrained
securely in the rear seat. NEVER place a
child age 12 and under in the front seat.
NEVER place a rear facing child seat in
the front seat of a vehicle.
If the shoulder belt portion slightly touches the child’s neck or face, try placing the
child closer to the center of the vehicle. If
the shoulder belt still touches their face
or neck they need to be returned to a
child restraint system.
WARNING - Shoulder belts
on small children
• Never allow a shoulder belt to be
in contact with a child’s neck or
face while the vehicle is in
motion.
• If seat belts are not properly worn
and adjusted on children, there is
a risk of death or serious injury.
Safety features of your vehicle
Pregnant women
The use of a seat belt is recommended
for pregnant women to lessen the chance
of injury in an accident. When a seat belt
is used, the lap belt portion should be
placed as low and snugly as possible on
the hips, not across the abdomen. For
specific recommendations, consult a
physician.
WARNING - Pregnant
women
Pregnant women must never place
the lap portion of the safety belt
over the area of the abdomen
where the fetus is located or above
the abdomen where the belt could
crush the fetus during an impact.
Injured person
A seat belt should be used when an
injured person is being transported.
When this is necessary, you should consult a physician for recommendations.
One person per belt
Two people (including children) should
never attempt to use a single seat belt.
This could increase the severity of
injuries in case of an accident.
Do not lie down
To reduce the chance of injuries in the
event of an accident and to achieve maximum effectiveness of the restraint system, all passengers should be sitting up
and the front and rear seats should be in
an upright position when the car is moving. A seat belt cannot provide proper
protection if the person is lying down in
the rear seat or if the front and rear seats
are in a reclined position.
WARNING
Riding with a reclined seatback
increases your risk of serious or
fatal injuries in the event of a collision or sudden stop. The protection of your restraint system (seat
belts and air bags) is greatly
reduced by reclining your seat.
Seat belts must be snug against
your hips and chest to work properly. The more the seatback is
reclined, the greater the chance
that an occupant's hips will slide
under the lap belt causing serious
internal injuries or the occupant's
neck could strike the shoulder belt.
Drivers and passengers should
always sit well back in their seats,
properly belted, and with the seatbacks upright.
3 29
Safety features of your vehicle
Care of seat belts
Seat belt systems should never be disassembled or modified. In addition, care
should be taken to assure that seat belts
and belt hardware are not damaged by
seat hinges, doors or other abuse.
WARNING
When you return the rear seatback
to its upright position after the rear
seatback has been folded down, be
careful not to damage the seat belt
webbing or buckle. Be sure that the
webbing or buckle does not get
caught or pinched in the rear seat.
A seat belt with damaged webbing
or buckle could possibly fail during
a collision or sudden stop, resulting in serious injury. If the webbing
or buckles are damaged, get them
replaced immediately.
3 30
Periodic inspection
All seat belts should be inspected periodically for wear or damage of any kind.
Any damaged parts should be replaced
as soon as possible.
Keep belts clean and dry
Seat belts should be kept clean and dry.
If belts become dirty, they should be
cleaned by using a mild soap solution
and warm water. Bleach, dye, strong
detergents or abrasives should not be
used because they may damage and
weaken the fabric.
When to replace seat belts
The entire in-use seat belt assembly or
assemblies should be replaced if the
vehicle has been involved in an accident.
This should be done even if no damage
is visible. We recommend that you consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Safety features of your vehicle
CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM
Children riding in the car should sit in the
rear seat and must always be properly
restrained to minimize the risk of injury in
an accident, sudden stop or sudden
maneuver. According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly
restrained in the rear seats than in the
front seat. Larger children not in a child
restraint should use one of the seat belts
provided.
You should be aware of the specific
requirements in your country. Child and/or
infant safety seats must be properly
placed and installed in the rear seat. You
must use a commercially available child
restraint system that meets the requirements of the Safety Standards of your
country.
Child restraint systems are designed to
be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts
or the lap belt portion of a lap/shoulder
belt, or by a tether anchor and/or ISOFIX
anchors.
Children could be injured or killed in a
crash if their restraints are not properly
secured. For small children and babies, a
child seat or infant seat must be used.
Before buying a particular child restraint
system, make sure it fits your car seat
and seat belts, and fits your child. Follow
all the instructions provided by the manufacturer when installing the child
restraint system.
WARNING
• A child restraint system must be
placed in the rear seat. Never
install a child or infant seat on the
front passenger's seat. Should an
accident occur and cause the
passenger-side air bag to deploy,
it could severely injure or kill an
infant or child seated in an infant
or child seat. Thus only use a
child restraint in the rear seat of
your vehicle.
• A seat belt or child restraint system can become very hot if it is
left in a closed vehicle on a sunny
day, even if the outside temperature does not feel hot. Be sure to
check the seat cover and buckles
before placing a child there.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• When the child restraint system
is not in use, store it in the luggage area or fasten it with a seat
belt so that it will not be thrown
forward in the case of a sudden
stop or an accident.
• Children may be seriously injured
or killed by an inflating air bag.
All children, even those too large
for child restraints, must ride in
the rear seat.
3 31
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING
To reduce the chance of serious or
fatal injuries:
• Children of all ages are safer
when restrained in the rear seat.
A child riding in the front passenger seat can be forcefully struck
by an inflating air bag resulting in
serious or fatal injuries.
• Always follow the instructions for
installation and use of the child
restraint maker.
• Always make sure the child seat
is secured properly in the car and
your child is securely restrained
in the child seat.
• Never hold a child in your arms or
lap when riding in a vehicle. The
violent forces created during a
crash will tear the child from your
arms and throw the child against
the car’s interior.
• Never put a seat belt over yourself and a child. During a crash,
the belt could press deep into the
child causing serious internal
injuries.
(Continued)
3 32
(Continued)
• Never leave children unattended
in a vehicle – not even for a short
time. The car can heat up very
quickly, resulting in serious
injuries to children inside. Even
very young children may inadvertently cause the vehicle to move,
entangle themselves in the windows, or lock themselves or others inside the vehicle.
• Never allow two children, or any
two persons, to use the same
seat belt.
• Children often squirm and reposition themselves improperly.
Never let a child ride with the
shoulder belt under their arm or
behind their back. Always properly position and secure children in
rear seat.
• Never allow a child to stand-up or
kneel on the seat or floorboard of
a moving vehicle. During a collision or sudden stop, the child
can be violently thrown against
the vehicles interior, resulting in
serious injury.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Never use an infant carrier or a
child safety seat that "hooks"
over a seatback, it may not provide adequate security in an accident.
• Seat belts can become very hot,
especially when the car is parked
in direct sunlight. Always check
seat belt buckles before fastening them over a child.
• After an accident, we recommend
that the system be checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• If there is not enough space to
place the child restraint system
because of the driver's seat,
install the child restraint system
in the rear right seat.
Safety features of your vehicle
For safety reasons, we recommend that
the child restraint system is used in the
rear seats.
Rearward-facing child restraint system
WARNING
CRS09
Forward-facing child restraint system
OGD031025
Using a child restraint system
For small children and babies, the use of
a child seat or infant seat is required. This
child seat or infant seat should be of
appropriate size for the child and should
be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
Never place a rear-facing child
restraint in the front passenger
seat, because of the danger that an
inflating passenger-side air bag
could impact the rear-facing child
restraint and kill the child.
WARNING - Child seat
installation
• A child can be seriously injured
or killed in a collision if the child
restraint is not properly anchored
to the car and the child is not
properly restrained in the child
restraint. Before installing the
child restraint system, read the
instructions supplied by the child
restraint system manufacturer.
• If the seat belt does not operate
as described in this section, we
recommend that the system be
checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• Failure to observe this manual's
instructions regarding child
restraint system and the instructions provided with the child
restraint system could increase
the risk and/or severity of injury
in an accident.
• If the vehicle headrest prevents
proper installation of a child seat
(as described in the child seat
system manual), the headrest of
the respective seating position
shall be readjusted or entirely
removed.
3 33
Safety features of your vehicle
E2MS103005
Installing a child restraint system by
lap/shoulder belt
To install a child restraint system on the
outboard or center rear seats, do the following:
1. Place the child restraint system in the
seat and route the lap/shoulder belt
around or through the restraint, following the restraint manufacturer’s
instructions. Be sure the seat belt webbing is not twisted.
3 34
E2BLD310
MMSA3030
2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch into
the buckle. Listen for the distinct “click”
sound.
Position the release button so that it is
easy to access in case of an emergency.
3. Buckle the seat belt and allow the seat
belt to take up any slack. After installation of the child restraint system, try to
move it in all directions to be sure the
child restraint system is securely
installed.
If you need to tighten the belt, pull more
webbing toward the retractor. When you
unbuckle the seat belt and allow it to
retract, the retractor will automatically
revert back to its normal seated passenger emergency locking usage condition.
Safety features of your vehicle
Child seat restraint suitability for seat position using the seat belt
- For Europe
Use child safety seats that have been officially approved and are appropriate for your
children. When using the child safety seats, refer to the following table.
Mass Group
0 : Up to 10 kg
(0 - 9 months)
0+ : Up to 13 kg
(0 - 2 years)
I : 9 kg to 18 kg
(9 months - 4 years)
II & III : 15 kg to 36 kg
(4 - 12 years)
Seating Position
Front Passenger Rear Outboard
Rear Center
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
WARNING
We recommend that a child
restraint seat be installed in the
rear seat, even if the front passenger's air bag ON/OFF switch is set
to the OFF position. To ensure the
safety of your child, the front passenger’s air bag must be deactivated when it should be necessary to
install a child restraint seat on the
front passenger seat in exceptional
circumstances.
U : Suitable for "universal" category restraints approved for use in this mass group
3 35
Safety features of your vehicle
■ Type A
WARNING
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a collision if the child
restraint is not properly anchored
to the car and the child is not properly restrained in the child restraint.
Always follow the child seat manufacturer’s instructions for installation and use.
OGD031020
■ Type B
OMD030021N
OGDE032020
Securing a child restraint seat with
“Tether Anchor” system
(if equipped)
Child restraint hook holders are located
on the floor behind the rear seats.
3 36
1. Route the child restraint seat strap
over the seatback.
For vehicles with adjustable headrest,
route the tether strap under the headrest and between the headrest posts,
otherwise route the tether strap over
the top of the seatback.
2. Open the tether anchor cover.
3. Connect the tether strap hook to the
appropriate child restraint hook holder
and tighten to secure the seat.
WARNING - Tether strap
Never mount more than one child
restraint to a single tether or to a
single lower anchorage point. The
increased load caused by multiple
seats may cause the tethers or
anchorage points to break, causing
serious injury or death.
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Child restraint
check
Check that the child restraint system is secure by pushing and
pulling it in different directions.
Incorrectly fitted child restraints
may swing, twist, tip or separate
causing death or serious injury.
WARNING - Child restraint
anchorage
• Child restraint anchorages are
designed to withstand only those
loads imposed by correctly fitted
child restraints. Under no circumstances are they to be used for
adult seat belts or harnesses or
for attaching other items or
equipment to the vehicle.
• The tether strap may not work
properly if attached somewhere
other than the correct tether
anchor.
B230D01NF
Securing a child restraint system
with “ISOFIX” system and “Tether
Anchorage” system (if equipped)
ISOFIX is a standardized method of fitting child seats that eliminates the need
to use the standard adult seat belt to
secure the seat in the vehicle. This
enables a much more secure and positive location with the added benefit of
easier and quicker installation.
An ISOFIX-seat may only be installed if it
has vehicle-specific or universal approval
in accordance with the requirements of
ECE-R 44.
❈ ISOFIX: International Standards Origanisation FIX
3 37
Safety features of your vehicle
ISOFIX Anchor
ISOFIX Anchor
Position Indicator
OGD031027
There are child restraint symbols located
on the lower portion of each side of the
rear seatbacks. These symbols indicate
the position of the lower anchors for child
restraints so equipped.
3 38
Both rear outboard seats are equipped
with a pair of ISOFIX anchorages as well
as a corresponding top tether anchorage
on the back side of the back rest. The
ISOFIX anchorages are located between
seat cushion and back rest, marked with
the ISOFIX icon.
For installation, CRS ISOFIX connecters
have to engage with the vehicles ISOFIX
anchorages (listen for a CLICK, check
potential visual indicators on the CRS
and cross-check by pulling).
CRS with universal approval to ECE-R
44 need to be fixed additionally with a top
tether strap connected to the corresponding top tether anchorage point in the
back rest.
The installing and the use of a child-seat
has to be done according to the
installing-manual, which is added to the
ISOFIX-seat.
WARNING
• When using the vehicle's
"ISOFIX" system to install a child
restraint system in the rear seat,
all unused vehicle rear seat belt
metal latch plates or tabs must be
latched securely in their seat belt
buckles and the seat belt webbing must be retracted behind
the child restraint to prevent the
child from reaching and taking
hold of unretracted seat belts.
Unlatched metal latch plates or
tabs may allow the child to reach
the unretracted seat belts which
may result in strangulation and a
serious injury or death to the
child in the child restraint.
• Do not place anything around the
ISOFIX anchors. Also make sure
that the seat belt is not caught in
the ISOFIX anchors.
Safety features of your vehicle
To secure the child restraint seat:
1. To engage the child restraint seat to
the ISOFIX lower anchor, insert the
child restraint seat latch into the
ISOFIX anchor. Listen for the audible
“click” sound.
CAUTION
Do not allow the rear seat belt webbing to get scratched or pinched by
the ISOFIX-seat latch and ISOFIX
anchor during the installation.
2. Connect the tether strap hook to the
child restraint hook holder and tighten
to secure the seat. (Refer to the previous page.)
WARNING
• Do not install a child restraint
seat at the center of the rear seat
using the vehicle's ISOFIX
anchors. The ISOFIX anchors are
only provided for the left and right
outboard rear seating positions.
Do not misuse the ISOFIX anchors
by attempting to attach a child
restraint seat in the middle of the
rear seat to the ISOFIX anchors.
In a crash, the child restraint seat
ISOFIX attachments may not be
strong enough to secure the child
restraint seat properly in the center of the rear seat and may
break, causing serious injury or
death.
• Do not mount more than one
child restraint to a child restraint
lower anchorage point. The
improper increased load may
cause the anchorage points or
tether anchor to break, causing
serious injury or death.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Attach the ISOFIX or ISOFIX-compatible child restraint seat only to
the appropriate locations shown
in the illustration.
• Always follow the installation and
use instructions provided by the
manufacturer of the child restraint.
3 39
Safety features of your vehicle
Child seat restraint suitability for vehicle ISOFIX positions - For Europe
vehicle ISOFIX positions
Mass Group
Size Class
Fixture
Front Passenger
Rear Outboard
(Driver side)
Rear Outboard
(Passenger side)
Rear Center
F
ISO/L1
-
X
X
-
G
ISO/L2
-
X
X
-
0 : UP to 10kg
E
ISO/R1
-
IUF
IUF
-
E
ISO/R1
-
IUF
IUF
-
0+ : UP to 13kg
D
ISO/R2
-
IUF
IUF
-
C
ISO/R3
-
IUF
IUF
-
D
ISO/R2
-
IUF
IUF
-
C
ISO/R3
-
IUF
IUF
-
B
ISO/F2
-
IUF
IUF
-
B1
ISO/F2X
-
IUF
IUF
-
A
ISO/F3
-
IUF
IUF
-
Carrycot
I : 9 to 18kg
IUF = Suitable for ISOFIX forward child restraints systems of universal category approved for use in the mass group.
X = ISOFIX position not suitable for ISOFIX child restraint system in this mass group and/or this size class.
3 40
Safety features of your vehicle
AIR BAG - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) (IF EQUIPPED)
(1) Driver’s front air bag*
(2) Passenger’s front air bag*
(3) Side impact air bag*
(4) Curtain air bag*
(5) Driver’s knee air bag*
(6) Passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF
switch*
* if equipped
❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OGD031042/OYN039026
3 41
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING
• Even in vehicles with air bags,
you and your passengers must
always wear the safety belts provided in order to minimize the risk
and severity of injury in the event
of a collision or rollover.
• SRS and pretensioners contain
explosive chemicals.
If scraping a vehicle without
removing SRS and pretensioners
from a vehicle, it may cause fire.
Before scraping a vehicle, we recommend that you contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Keep the SRS parts and wirings
away from water or any liquid. If
the SRS components are inoperative due to exposure to water or
liquids, it may cause fire or severe
injury.
3 42
How does the air bag system
operate
• Air bags are activated (able to inflate if
necessary) only when the ignition
switch is turned to the ON or START
position.
• Air bags inflate instantly in the event of
serious frontal or side collision in order
to help protect the occupants from serious physical injury.
• There is no single speed at which the
air bags will inflate.
Generally, air bags are designed to
inflate based upon the severity of a collision and its direction. These two factors determine whether the sensors
produce an electronic deployment/
inflation signal.
• Air bag deployment depends on a
number of factors including vehicle
speed, angles of impact and the density and stiffness of the vehicles or
objects which your vehicle hits in the
collision. The determining, factors are
not limited to those mentioned above.
• The front air bags will completely
inflate and deflate in an instant.
It is virtually impossible for you to see
the air bags inflate during an accident.
It is much more likely that you will simply see the deflated air bags hanging
out of their storage compartments after
the collision.
• In order to help provide protection in a
severe collision, the air bags must
inflate rapidly. The speed of air bag
inflation is a consequence of extremely short time in which a collision occurs
and the need to get the air bag
between the occupant and the vehicle
structures before the occupant impacts
those structures. This speed of inflation
reduces the risk of serious or lifethreatening injuries in a severe collision and is thus a necessary part of air
bag design.
However, air bag inflation can also
cause injuries which can include facial
abrasions, bruises and broken bones
because the inflation speed also causes the air bags to expand with a great
deal of force.
• There are even circumstances
under which contact with the steering wheel air bag can cause fatal
injuries, especially if the occupant
is positioned excessively close to
the steering wheel.
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING
• To avoid severe personal injury
or death caused by deploying air
bags in a collision, the driver
should sit as far back from the
steering wheel air bag as possible
(at least 250 mm (10 inches)
away).The front passenger should
always move their seat as far
back as possible and sit back in
their seat.
• Air bag inflates instantly in an
event of a collision, passengers
may be injured by the air bag
expansion force if they are not in
a proper position.
• Air bag inflation may cause
injuries including facial or bodily
abrasions, injuries from broken
glasses or burns.
Noise and smoke
When the air bags inflate, they make a
loud noise and they leave smoke and
powder in the air inside of the vehicle.
This is normal and is a result of the ignition of the air bag inflator. After the air
bag inflates, you may feel substantial discomfort in breathing due to the contact of
your chest with both the seat belt and the
air bag, as well as from breathing the
smoke and powder. Open your doors
and/or windows as soon as possible
after impact in order to reduce discomfort and prevent prolonged exposure to the smoke and powder.
Though smoke and powder are nontoxic, it may cause irritation to the skin
(eyes, nose and throat, etc.). If this is the
case, wash and rinse with cold water
immediately and consult with the doctor if
the symptom persists.
WARNING
When the air bags deploy, the air
bag related parts in the steering
wheel and/or instrument panel
and/or in both sides of the roof rails
above the front and rear doors are
very hot. To prevent injury, do not
touch the air bag storage areas
internal components immediately
after an air bag has inflated.
3 43
Safety features of your vehicle
■ Type A
1JBH3051
■ Type B
OYDESA2042
■ Type C
OLM034310
Do not install a child restraint on the
front passenger’s seat.
3 44
Never place a rear-facing child restraint
in the front passenger’s seat. If the air
bag deploys, it would impact the rear-facing child restraint, causing serious or
fatal injury.
In addition, do not place front-facing child
restraints in the front passenger’s seat
either. If the front passenger air bag
inflates, it would cause serious or fatal
injuries to the child.
If your vehicle is equipped with the passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch,
you can activate or deactivate the front
passenger’s air bag when necessary.
For more details, please refer to 3-48
page.
WARNING
• Extreme Hazard! Do not use a
rearward facing child restraint on
a seat protected by an air bag in
front of it!
• Never put a child restraint in the
front passenger’s seat. If the front
passenger air bag inflates, it
would cause serious or fatal
injuries.
• When children are seated in the
rear outboard seats of vehicle
equipped with curtain air bags,
be sure to install the child
restraint system as far away from
the door side as possible, and
securely lock the child restraint
system in position.
Inflation of curtain air bags could
cause serious injury or death to
an infant or child.
Safety features of your vehicle
Have the system checked if:
• The light does not turn on briefly when
you turn the ignition ON.
• The light stays on after illuminating for
approximately 6 seconds.
• The light comes on while the vehicle is
in motion.
• The light blinks when the ignition
switch is in ON position.
W7-147
Air bag warning and indicator
Air bag warning light
The purpose of the air bag warning light
in your instrument panel is to alert you of
a potential problem with your air bag Supplemental Restraint System (SRS).
When the ignition switch is turned ON,
the warning light should illuminate for
approximately 6 seconds, then go off.
OGDE032051
Passenger’s front air bag
ON indicator (if equipped)
The passenger's front air bag ON indicator illuminates for approximately 4 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to
the ON position.
The passenger's front air bag ON indicator also comes on when the passenger's
front air bag ON/OFF switch is set to the
ON position and goes off after approximately 60 seconds.
3 45
Safety features of your vehicle
CAUTION
OGDE032052
Passenger’s front air bag
OFF indicator (if equipped)
The passenger’s front air bag OFF indicator illuminates for about 4 seconds
after the ignition switch is turned to the
ON position.
The passenger’s front air bag OFF indicator also comes on when the passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch is set
to the OFF position and goes off when
the passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF
switch is set to the ON position.
3 46
If the passenger’s front air bag
ON/OFF switch malfunctions, the
passenger’s front air bag OFF indicator will not illuminate (The passenger's front air bag ON indicator
comes on and goes off after
approximately 60 seconds) and the
passenger’s front air bag will inflate
in a frontal impact even if the passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF
switch is set to the OFF position.
If this occurs, we recommend that
the passenger’s front air bag
ON/OFF switch and the SRS air bag
system be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OGDE031055
SRS components and functions
The SRS consists of the following components:
1. Driver's front air bag module*
2. Passenger's front air bag module*
3. Side impact air bag modules*
4. Curtain air bag modules*
5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies*
6. Air bag warning light*
7. SRS control module (SRSCM)*
8. Front impact sensors*
9. Side impact sensors*
10. Driver’s knee air bag module*
11. Passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF
indicator*
12. Passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF
switch*
* : if equipped
Safety features of your vehicle
The SRSCM continuously monitors all
SRS components while the ignition
switch is ON to determine if a crash
impact is severe enough to require air
bag deployment or pre-tensioner seat
belt deployment.
Driver’s front air bag (1)
Driver’s front air bag (2)
The SRS air bag warning light on the
instrument panel will illuminate for about
6 seconds after the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position, after which the
air bag warning light should go out.
WARNING
If any of the following conditions
occurs, this indicates a malfunction
of the SRS. We recommend that the
system be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• The light does not turn on briefly
when you turn the ignition ON.
• The light stays on after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds.
• The light comes on while the
vehicle is in motion.
• The light blinks when the ignition
switch is in ON position.
OHM039102N
OHM039103N
The air bag modules are located both in
the center of the steering wheel and in
the front passenger's panel above the
glove box. When the SRSCM detects a
sufficiently severe impact to the front of
the vehicle, it will automatically deploy
the front air bags.
Upon deployment, tear seams molded
directly into the pad covers will separate
under pressure from the expansion of the
air bags. Further opening of the covers
then allows full inflation of the air bags.
3 47
Safety features of your vehicle
Driver’s front air bag (3)
Passenger’s front air bag
WARNING
OHM039104N
A fully inflated air bag, in combination
with a properly worn seat belt, slows the
driver's or the passenger's forward
motion, reducing the risk of head and
chest injury.
After complete inflation, the air bag
immediately starts deflating, enabling the
driver to maintain forward visibility and
the ability to steer or operate other controls.
3 48
B240B05L
WARNING
• Do not install or place any accessories (drink holder, cassette
holder, sticker, etc.) on the front
passenger's panel above the
glove box in a vehicle with a passenger's air bag. Such objects
may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the passenger's air bag inflates.
• When installing a container of liquid air freshener inside the vehicle, do not place it near the
instrument cluster nor on the
instrument panel surface.
It may become a dangerous projectile and cause injury if the passenger's air bag inflates.
• If an air bag deploys, there may
be a loud noise followed by a fine
dust released in the vehicle.
These conditions are normal and
are not hazardous - the air bags
are packed in this fine powder.
The dust generated during air
bag deployment may cause skin
or eye irritation as well as aggravate asthma for some persons.
Always wash all exposed skin
areas thoroughly with lukewarm
water and a mild soap after an
accident in which the air bags
were deployed.
• The SRS can function only when
the ignition switch is in the ON
position.
• Before you replace a fuse or disconnect a battery terminal, turn
the ignition switch to the LOCK
position and remove the ignition
key. Never remove or replace the
air bag related fuse(s) when the
ignition switch is in the ON position. Failure to heed this warning
will cause the SRS air bag warning light to illuminate.
Safety features of your vehicle
■ Driver’s front air bag
OGD031030
■ Driver’s knee air bag (if equipped)
Your vehicle is equipped with a
Supplemental Restraint (Air Bag) System
and lap/shoulder belts at both the driver
and passenger seating positions.
The indications of the system's presence
are the letters "AIR BAG" embossed on
the air bag pad cover in the steering
wheel and/or on the cover of the driver’s
side knee bolster located below the
steering wheel and the passenger's side
front panel pad above the glove box.
The purpose of the SRS is to provide the
vehicle's driver and/or the front passenger with additional protection than that
offered by the seat belt system alone in
case of a frontal impact of sufficient
severity.
OGD031031
■ Passenger’s front air bag
OGD031032
WARNING
Always use seat belts and child
restraints – every trip, every time,
everyone! Air bags inflate with considerable force and in the blink of an
eye. Seat belts help keep occupants
in proper position to obtain maximum benefit from the air bag. Even
with air bags, improperly and unbelted occupants can be severely
injured when the air bag inflates.
Always follow the precautions about
seat belts, air bags and occupant
safety contained in this manual.
To reduce the chance of serious or
fatal injuries and receive the maximum safety benefit from your
restraint system:
• Never place a child in any child or
booster seat in the front seat.
• ABC – Always Buckle Children in
the back seat. It is the safest
place for children of any age to
ride.
• Front and side impact air bags
can injure occupants improperly
positioned in the front seats.
(Continued)
Driver's and passenger's front air
bag (if equipped)
3 49
Safety features of your vehicle
(Continued)
• Move your seat as far back as
practical from the front air bags,
while still maintaining control of
the vehicle.
• You and your passengers should
never sit or lean unnecessarily
close to the air bags. Improperly
positioned drivers and passengers can be severely injured by
inflating air bags.
• Never lean against the door or
center console – always sit in an
upright position.
• No objects should be placed over
or near the air bag modules on
the steering wheel, instrument
panel, and the front passenger's
panel above the glove box,
because any such object could
cause harm if the vehicle is in a
crash severe enough to cause
the air bags to deploy.
(Continued)
3 50
(Continued)
• Do not tamper with or disconnect
SRS wiring or other components
of the SRS system. Doing so
could result in injury, due to accidental deployment of the air bags
or by rendering the SRS inoperative.
• If the SRS air bag warning light
remains illuminated or blinks
while the vehicle is being driven,
we recommend that the system
be inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• Air bags can only be used once –
we recommend that the system
be replaced by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• The SRS is designed to deploy
the front air bags only when an
impact is sufficiently severe and
when the impact angle is less
than 30° from the forward longitudinal axis of the vehicle.
Additionally, the air bags will only
deploy once. Seat belts must be
worn at all times.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Front air bags are not intended to
deploy in side-impact, rearimpact or rollover crashes. In
addition, front air bags will not
deploy in frontal crashes below
the deployment threshold.
• A child restraint system must
never be placed in the front seat.
The infant or child could be
severely injured or killed by an air
bag deployment in case of an
accident.
• Children age 12 and under must
always be properly restrained in
the rear seat. Never allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. If a child over 12 must
be seated in the front seat, he or
she must be properly belted and
the seat should be moved as far
back as possible.
(Continued)
Safety features of your vehicle
(Continued)
• For maximum safety protection in
all types of crashes, all occupants including the driver should
always wear their seat belts
whether or not an air bag is also
provided at their seating position
to minimize the risk of severe
injury or death in the event of a
crash. Do not sit or lean unnecessarily close to the air bag while
the vehicle is in motion.
• Sitting improperly or out of position can result in serious or fatal
injury in a crash. All occupants
should sit upright with the seat
back in an upright position, centered on the seat cushion with
their seat belt on, legs comfortably extended and their feet on
the floor until the vehicle is
parked and the ignition key is
removed.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• The SRS air bag system must
deploy very rapidly to provide
protection in a crash. If an occupant is out of position because of
not wearing a seat belt, the air
bag may forcefully contact the
occupant causing serious or fatal
injuries.
OGDE032050L
Passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF
switch (if equipped)
The passenger’s front air bag can be
deactivated by the passenger’s front air
bag ON/OFF switch if a child restraint is
installed on the front passenger's seat or
if the front passenger's seat is unoccupied by a person.
To ensure the safety of your child, the
passenger’s front air bag must be deactivated when it should be necessary to
install a rearward facing child seat on the
front passenger seat in exceptional circumstances.
3 51
Safety features of your vehicle
OGDE032051
The passenger’s front air bag OFF indicator ( ) will illuminate and stay on until
the passenger’s front air bag is reactivated.
To reactivate the passenger’s front air
bag, insert the master key into the passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch
and turn it to the ON position. The passenger’s front air bag OFF indicator will
go out and the passenger’s front air bag
ON indicator ( ) will illuminate for
approximately 60 seconds.
WARNING
On some models, the front air bag
ON/OFF switch could turn by using
a similar small rigid device. Always
check the status of the front air bag
ON/OFF switch and passenger's
front air bag ON/OFF indicator.
OGDE032052
To deactivate or reactivate the passenger’s front air bag:
To deactivate the passenger’s front air
bag, insert the master key into the passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch
and turn it to the OFF position.
3 52
✽ NOTICE
• When the passenger’s front air bag
ON/OFF switch is set to the ON position,
the passenger’s front air bag is activated
and child or infant seat should not be
installed on the front passenger seat.
• When the passenger’s front air bag
ON/OFF switch is set to the OFF position, the passenger’s front air bag is
deactivated.
Safety features of your vehicle
CAUTION
• If the passenger’s front air bag
ON/OFF switch is not working
properly, the air bag warning light
( )on the instrument panel will
illuminate.
And, the passenger's front air bag
OFF indicator ( ) will not illuminate (The passenger's front air
bag ON indicator comes on and
goes off after approximately 60
seconds), the SRS Control
Module reactivates the passenger’s front air bag and the passenger’s front air bag will inflate
in frontal impact crashes even if
the passenger’s front air bag
ON/OFF switch is set to the OFF
position.
If this occurs, we recommend that
the system be inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• If the SRS air bag warning light
blinks or does not illuminate
when the ignition switch is turned
to the ON position, or if it illuminates while the vehicle is being
driven, we recommend that the
system be inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
• The driver is responsible for the
proper position of the passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch.
• Deactivate the passenger's front
air bag only when the ignition
switch is switched off, or the malfunction may occur in the SRS
Control Module.
And there may be a danger that
the driver's and/or front passenger’s and/or side and curtain air
bag may fail to trigger, or not trigger correctly during a collision.
• Never install a rearward facing
child seat on the front passenger's seat unless the passenger's
front air bag has been deactivated. The infant or child could be
severely injured or killed by an air
bag deployment in case of an
accident.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Even though your vehicle is
equipped with the passenger's
front air bag ON/OFF switch, do
not install a child restraint system in the front passenger's seat.
A child restraint system must
never be placed in the front seat.
Children who are too large for
child restraint systems should
always occupy the rear seat and
use the available lap/shoulder
belts. Children are afforded the
most safety in the event of an
accident
when
they
are
restrained by a proper restraint
system in the rear seat.
• As soon as the child seat is no
longer needed on the front passenger's seat, reactivate the front
passenger's air bag.
3 53
Safety features of your vehicle
The side impact air bags are designed to
deploy only during certain side-impact
collisions, depending on the crash severity, angle, speed and point of impact. The
side impact air bags are not designed to
deploy in all side impact situations.
WARNING
OGD031028
OGD031043
Side impact air bag (if equipped)
Your vehicle is equipped with a side
impact air bag in each front seat. The
purpose of the air bag is to provide the
vehicle's driver and/or the front passenger with additional protection than that
offered by the seat belt alone.
3 54
Do not allow the passengers to lean
their heads or bodies onto doors,
put their arms on the doors, stretch
their arms out of the window, or
place objects between the doors
and passengers when they are
seated on seats equipped with side
and/or curtain air bags.
WARNING
• The side impact air bag is supplemental to the driver's and the
passenger's seat belt systems
and is not a substitute for them.
Therefore your seat belts must be
worn at all times while the vehicle
is in motion. The air bags deploy
only in certain side impact conditions severe enough to cause
significant injury to the vehicle
occupants.
• For best protection from the side
impact air bag system and to
avoid being injured by the
deploying side impact air bag,
both front seat occupants should
sit in an upright position with the
seat belt properly fastened. The
driver's hands should be placed
on the steering wheel at the 9:00
and 3:00 positions. The passenger's arms and hands should be
placed on their laps.
• Do not use any accessory seat
covers.
• Use of seat covers could reduce
or prevent the effectiveness of
the system.
(Continued)
Safety features of your vehicle
(Continued)
• Do not install any accessories on
the side or near the side impact
air bag.
• Do not place any objects over the
air bag or between the air bag
and yourself.
• Do not place any objects (an
umbrella, bag, etc.) between the
front door and the front seat.
Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause
injury if the supplemental side
impact air bag inflates.
• To prevent unexpected deployment of the side impact air bag
that may result in personal injury,
avoid impact to the side impact
sensor when the ignition switch
is on.
• If seat or seat cover is damaged,
we recommend that the system
be serviced by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer. Inform the dealer that your vehicle is equipped
with side impact air bags.
The curtain air bags are designed to
deploy only during certain side impact
collisions, depending on the crash severity, angle, speed and impact. The curtain
air bags are not designed to deploy in all
side impact situations, collisions from the
front or rear of the vehicle or in most
rollover situations.
OMD030042
OGD031044
Curtain air bag (if equipped)
Curtain air bags are located along both
sides of the roof rails above the front and
rear doors.
They are designed to help protect the
heads of the front seat occupants and
the rear outboard seat occupants in certain side impact collisions.
3 55
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING
• In order for side impact and curtain air bags to provide the best
protection, both front seat occupants and both outboard rear
occupants should sit in an
upright position with the seat
belts properly fastened.
Importantly, children should sit in
a proper child restraint system in
the rear seat.
• When children are seated in the
rear outboard seats, they must be
seated in the proper child
restraint system. Make sure to
put the child restraint system as
far away from the door side as
possible, and secure the child
restraint system in a locked position.
(Continued)
3 56
(Continued)
• Do not allow the passengers to
lean their heads or bodies onto
doors, put their arms on the
doors, stretch their arms out of
the window, or place objects
between the doors and passengers when they are seated on
seats equipped with side and/or
curtain air bags.
• Never try to open or repair any
components of the side curtain
air bag system. We recommend
that the system be serviced by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Failure to follow the above mentioned instructions can result in
injury or death to the vehicle occupants in an accident.
Safety features of your vehicle
Why didn’t my air bag go off in a
collision? (Inflation and non-inflation conditions of the air bag)
There are many types of accidents in
which the air bag would not be expected to provide additional protection.
These include rear impacts, second or
third collisions in multiple impact
accidents, as well as low speed
impacts.
1
2
3
OGD031036/OGD031037/OGD031038/OGDE031056
Air bag collision sensors
(1) SRS control module
(2) Front impact sensor
(3) Side impact sensor
3 57
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING
• Do not hit or allow any objects to
impact the locations where air
bags or sensors are installed.
This may cause unexpected air
bag deployment, which could
result in serious personal injury
or death.
• If the installation location or
angle of the sensors is altered in
any way, the air bags may deploy
when they should not or they may
not deploy when they should,
causing severe injury or death.
Therefore, do not try to perform
maintenance on or around the air
bag sensors. We recommend that
the system be serviced by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
(Continued)
3 58
(Continued)
• Problems may arise if the sensor
installation angles are changed
due to the deformation of the
front bumper, body or B pillar
where side collision sensors are
installed. We recommend that the
system be serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Your vehicle has been designed
to absorb impact and deploy the
air bag(s) in certain collisions.
Installing aftermarket bumper
guards or replacing a bumper
with non-genuine parts may
adversely affect your vehicles
collision and air bag deployment
performance.
1JBA3513
Air bag inflation conditions
Front air bags
Front air bags are designed to inflate in a
frontal collision depending on the intensity, speed or angles of impact of the front
collision.
Safety features of your vehicle
1JBA3514
Although the front air bags (driver’s and
front passenger’s air bags) are designed
to inflate only in frontal collisions, they
also may inflate in other types of collisions if the front impact sensors detect a
sufficient impact. Side air bags (side
impact and/or curtain air bags) are
designed to inflate only in side impact
collisions, but they may inflate in other
collisions if the side impact sensors
detect a sufficient impact.
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by
bumps or objects on unimproved roads
or sidewalks, air bags may deploy. Drive
carefully on unimproved roads or on surfaces not designed for vehicle traffic to
prevent unintended air bag deployment.
1JBA3515
Air bag non-inflation conditions
• In certain low-speed collisions the air
bags may not deploy. The air bags are
designed not to deploy in such cases
because they may not provide benefits
beyond the protection of the seat belts
in such collisions.
OGD031045
Side air bags
Side air bags (side impact and/or curtain
air bags) are designed to inflate when an
impact is detected by side collision sensors depending on the strength, speed or
angles of impact resulting from a side
impact collision.
3 59
Safety features of your vehicle
OBH038058
1JBA3516
OBH038060
• Frontal air bags are not designed to
inflate in rear collisions, because occupants are moved backward by the
force of the impact. In this case, inflated air bags would not be able to provide any additional benefit.
• Front air bags may not inflate in side
impact collisions, because occupants
move to the direction of the collision,
and thus in side impacts, frontal air bag
deployment would not provide additional occupant protection.
However, side impact or curtain air
bags may inflate depending on the
intensity, vehicle speed and angles of
impact.
• In a slant or angled collision, the force
of impact may direct the occupants in a
direction where the air bags would not
be able to provide any additional benefit, and thus the sensors may not
deploy any air bags.
3 60
Safety features of your vehicle
1JBA3517
1JBA3522
1JBA3518
• Just before impact, drivers often brake
heavily. Such heavy braking lowers the
front portion of the vehicle causing it to
“ride” under a vehicle with a higher
ground clearance. Air bags may not
inflate in this "under-ride" situation
because deceleration forces that are
detected by sensors may be significantly reduced by such “under-ride”
collisions.
• Air bags may not inflate in rollover accidents because air bag deployment
would not provide protection to the
occupants.
However, side and/or curtain air bags
may inflate when the vehicle is rolled
over by a side impact collision, if the
vehicle is equipped with side impact air
bags and curtain air bags.
• Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle
collides with objects such as utility
poles or trees, where the point of
impact is concentrated and the collision energy is absorbed by the vehicle
structure.
3 61
Safety features of your vehicle
SRS Care
The SRS is virtually maintenance-free
and so there are no parts you can safely
service by yourself. If the SRS air bag
warning light does not illuminate, or continuously remains on, we recommend
that the system be inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
We recommend that the any work on the
SRS system, such as removing,
installing, repairing, or any work on the
steering wheel, the front passenger's
panel, front seats and roof rails be performed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Improper handling of the SRS system
may result in serious personal injury.
3 62
WARNING
• Modification to SRS components
or wiring, including the addition
of any kind of badges to the pad
covers or modifications to the
body structure, can adversely
affect SRS performance and lead
to possible injury.
• For cleaning the air bag pad covers, use only a soft, dry cloth or
one which has been moistened
with plain water. Solvents or
cleaners could adversely affect
the air bag covers and proper
deployment of the system.
• No objects should be placed over
or near the air bag modules on
the steering wheel, instrument
panel, and the front passenger's
panel above the glove box,
because any such object could
cause harm if the vehicle is in a
crash severe enough to cause
the air bags to inflate.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• If the air bags inflate, we recommend that the system be replaced
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Do not tamper with or disconnect
SRS wiring, or other components
of the SRS system. Doing so
could result in injury, due to accidental inflation of the air bags or
by rendering the SRS inoperative.
• If components of the air bag system must be discarded, or if the
vehicle must be scrapped, certain
safety precautions must be
observed.
An
authorized
HYUNDAI dealer knows these
precautions and can give you the
necessary information. Failure to
follow these precautions and procedures could increase the risk
of personal injury.
• If your car was flooded and has
soaked carpeting or water on the
floor, you shouldn't try to start
the engine; we recommend that
you contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Safety features of your vehicle
Additional safety precautions
• Never let passengers ride in the
cargo area or on top of a foldeddown back seat. All occupants should
sit upright, fully back in their seats with
their seat belts on and their feet on the
floor.
• Passengers should not move out of
or change seats while the vehicle is
moving. A passenger who is not wearing a seat belt during a crash or emergency stop can be thrown against the
inside of the vehicle, against other
occupants, or out of the vehicle.
• Each seat belt is designed to
restrain one occupant. If more than
one person uses the same seat belt,
they could be seriously injured or killed
in a collision.
• Do not use any accessories on seat
belts. Devices claiming to improve
occupant comfort or reposition the seat
belt can reduce the protection provided
by the seat belt and increase the
chance of serious injury in a crash.
• Passengers should not place hard
or sharp objects between themselves and the air bags. Carrying
hard or sharp objects on your lap or in
your mouth can result in injuries if an
air bag inflates.
• Keep occupants away from the air
bag covers. All occupants should sit
upright, fully back in their seats with
their seat belts on and their feet on the
floor. If occupants are too close to the
air bag covers, they could be injured if
the air bags inflate.
• Do not attach or place objects on or
near the air bag covers. Any object
attached to or placed on the front or
side impact air bag covers could interfere with the proper operation of the air
bags.
• Do not modify the front seats.
Modification of the front seats could
interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint system sensing
components or side impact air bags.
• Do not place items under the front
seats. Placing items under the front
seats could interfere with the operation
of the supplemental restraint system
sensing components and wiring harnesses.
• Never hold an infant or child on your
lap. The infant or child could be seriously injured or killed in the event of a
crash. All infants and children should
be properly restrained in appropriate
child safety seats or seat belts in the
rear seat.
WARNING
• Sitting improperly or out of position can cause occupants to be
shifted too close to a deploying
air bag, strike the interior structure or be thrown from the vehicle
resulting in serious injury or
death.
• Always sit upright with the seatback in an upright position, centered on the seat cushion with
your seat belt on, legs comfortably extended and your feet on
the floor.
Adding equipment to or modifying
your air bag-equipped vehicle
If you modify your vehicle by changing
your vehicle's frame, bumper system,
front end or side sheet metal or ride
height, this may affect the operation of
your vehicle's air bag system.
3 63
Safety features of your vehicle
■ Ty p e B
■ Ty p e A
OGD031040
OGDE031040
Air bag warning label
Air bag warning label is attached to alert the passengers of potential risk of the air
bag system.
Note that these government warnings focus on the risk of children, we also want you
to be aware of the risks which adults are exposed to that have been described in previous pages.
3 64
Features of your vehicle
Keys ............................................................................4-4
Windows ..................................................................4-26
• Record your key number ..............................................4-4
• Key operations ................................................................4-4
• Immobilizer system ........................................................4-5
• Power windows ............................................................4-27
• Manual windows ..........................................................4-30
Smart key ..................................................................4-7
• Smart key function ........................................................4-7
• Smart key precautions ..................................................4-9
• Battery replacement ....................................................4-10
• Immobilizer system ......................................................4-11
• Door lock/unlock in an emergency situation ............4-12
Remote keyless entry ..............................................4-13
• Transmitter precautions ..............................................4-14
• Battery replacement ....................................................4-15
Theft-alarm system ................................................4-17
• Armed stage ..................................................................4-17
• Theft-alarm stage ........................................................4-18
• Disarmed stage..............................................................4-19
Door locks ................................................................4-20
Hood..........................................................................4-31
• Opening the hood ........................................................4-31
• Closing the hood ..........................................................4-32
Fuel filler lid ............................................................4-33
• Opening the fuel filler lid ............................................4-33
• Closing the fuel filler lid ..............................................4-33
Panorama sunroof ..................................................4-36
• Sunroof open warning..................................................4-36
• Sunshade ......................................................................4-37
• Sliding the sunroof ......................................................4-37
• Tilting the sunroof ........................................................4-37
• Closing the sunroof ......................................................4-38
• Resetting the sunroof ..................................................4-39
Steering wheel..........................................................4-40
• From outside ................................................................4-20
• From inside ..................................................................4-21
• Child-protector rear door lock ..................................4-23
• Electric power steering ................................................4-40
• Tilt & telescopic steering ............................................4-41
• Horn ..............................................................................4-41
• Flex steering wheel ......................................................4-42
Tailgate ....................................................................4-24
Mirrors ....................................................................4-44
• Opening the tailgate ....................................................4-24
• Closing the tailgate ......................................................4-24
• Emergency tailgate safety release ..............................4-25
• Inside rearview mirror ................................................4-44
• Outside rearview mirror..............................................4-45
4
4
Instrument cluster ..................................................4-49
• Headlight leveling device ............................................4-91
• Instrument cluster control ..........................................4-50
• Gauges ..........................................................................4-50
• Outside temperature ....................................................4-53
• Manual transaxle shift indicator ................................4-53
• Automatic transaxle shift position indicator..............4-54
• Dual clutch transmission shift indicator ....................4-55
• Trip computer ..............................................................4-56
• Warnings and indicators..............................................4-65
• LCD display informations ..........................................4-76
Wipers and washers ................................................4-93
Rear parking assist system ....................................4-82
• Windshield wipers (front)............................................4-94
• Windshield washers (front) ........................................4-95
• Rear window wiper and washer switch ....................4-97
Interior light ............................................................4-98
• Interior lamp AUTO cut ..............................................4-98
• Map lamp ......................................................................4-98
• Room lamp ....................................................................4-99
• Luggage room lamp ..................................................4-100
• Vanity mirror lamp ....................................................4-100
• Operation ......................................................................4-82
• Non-operational conditions ........................................4-83
• Precautions....................................................................4-84
• Self-diagnosis ................................................................4-84
Welcome system ....................................................4-101
Rearview camera ....................................................4-85
Hazard warning flasher..........................................4-86
Lighting ....................................................................4-87
Defroster ................................................................4-102
• Battery saver function..................................................4-87
• Headlamp delay function ............................................4-87
• Lighting control ............................................................4-87
• High - beam operation ................................................4-89
• Turn signals and lane change signals ........................4-90
• Front fog light ..............................................................4-90
• Rear fog light ................................................................4-91
• Daytime running light..................................................4-91
• Heating and air conditioning ....................................4-104
• System operation ........................................................4-109
• Climate control air filter............................................4-111
• Checking the amount of air conditioner
refrigerant and compressor lubricant ......................4-111
• Headlamp welcome ....................................................4-101
• Interior light................................................................4-101
• Puddle lamp and pocket lamp ..................................4-101
• Rear window defroster ..............................................4-102
Manual climate control system ............................4-103
Automatic climate control system........................4-112
• Automatic heating and air conditioning ..................4-113
• Manual heating and air conditioning ......................4-114
• Climate control air filter............................................4-119
• Checking the amount of air conditioner
refrigerant and compressor lubricant ......................4-119
Exterior features....................................................4-136
Windshield defrosting and defogging..................4-120
• Antenna ......................................................................4-138
• Audio remote control..................................................4-139
• Manual climate control system ................................4-120
• Automatic climate control system ............................4-121
• Auto defogging system................................................4-123
Clean air ................................................................4-124
Storage compartment............................................4-125
• Center console storage ..............................................4-125
• Sliding armrest ..........................................................4-125
• Glove box ....................................................................4-126
• Cool box ......................................................................4-126
• Sunglass holder ..........................................................4-127
• Luggage side tray ......................................................4-127
Interior features ....................................................4-128
• Cigarette lighter..........................................................4-129
• Ashtray ........................................................................4-129
• Cup holder ..................................................................4-129
• Sunvisor ......................................................................4-131
• Power outlet ................................................................4-132
• Aux, USB and iPod ....................................................4-133
• Clothes hanger ............................................................4-133
• Floor mat anchor(s)....................................................4-134
• Luggage net (holder) ..................................................4-134
• Cargo area cover ........................................................4-135
• Mounting bracket for roof carrier............................4-136
Audio system ..........................................................4-138
4
Features of your vehicle
KEYS
Record your key number
The key code number
is stamped or printed
on the key code tag
attached to the key
set.
Should you lose your keys, we recommend that you contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer. Remove the key code
tag and store it in a safe place. Also,
record the key code number and keep it
in a safe place (not in the vehicle).
Key operations
■ Type A
• Used to start the engine.
• Used to lock and unlock the doors.
OMD041003L
■ Type B
CAUTION
Do not fold the key without pressing the release button. This may
damage the key.
OMD041004L
■ Type C
OMG040005-1
4 4
Type C
To unfold the key, press the release button then the key will unfold automatically.
To fold the key, fold the key manually
while pressing the release button.
Features of your vehicle
Immobilizer system
WARNING - Ignition key
(smart key)
Leaving children unattended in a
vehicle with the ignition key (smart
key) is dangerous even if the key is
not in the ignition or start button is
ACC or ON position. Children copy
adults and they could place the key
in the ignition or press the start
button. The ignition key (smart key)
would enable children to operate
power windows or other controls,
or even make the vehicle move,
which could result in serious bodily injury or even death. Never leave
the keys in your vehicle with unsupervised children, when the engine
is running.
Your vehicle may be equipped with an
electronic engine immobilizer system to
reduce the risk of unauthorized vehicle
use.
Your immobilizer system is comprised of
a small transponder in the ignition key
and electronic devices inside the vehicle.
With the immobilizer system, whenever
you insert your ignition key into the ignition switch and turn it to ON, it checks
and determines and verifies if the ignition
key is valid or not.
If the key is determined to be valid, the
engine will start.
If the key is determined to be invalid, the
engine will not start.
To deactivate the immobilizer system:
Insert the ignition key into the key cylinder and turn it to the ON position.
To activate the immobilizer system:
Turn the ignition key to the OFF position.
The immobilizer system activates automatically. Without a valid ignition key for
your vehicle, the engine will not start.
WARNING
In order to prevent theft of your
vehicle, do not leave spare keys
anywhere in your vehicle. Your
immobilizer password is a customer unique password and should
be kept confidential. Do not leave
this number anywhere in your vehicle.
WARNING
We recommend that you use parts
for replacement from an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer. If an aftermarket
key is used, the ignition switch may
not return to ON after START. If this
happens, the starter will continue
to operate causing damage to the
starter motor and possible fire due
to excessive current in the wiring.
4 5
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
When starting the engine, do not use the
key with other immobilizer keys around.
Otherwise the engine may not start or
may stop soon after it starts. Keep each
key separately in order to avoid a starting malfunction.
CAUTION
Do not put metal accessories near
the ignition switch. Metal accessories may interrupt the transponder signal and may prevent the
engine from being started.
✽ NOTICE
If you need additional keys or lose your
keys, we recommend that you consult an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
4 6
CAUTION
The transponder in your ignition
key is an important part of the
immobilizer system. It is designed
to give years of trouble-free service,
however you should avoid exposure to moisture, static electricity
and rough handling. Immobilizer
system malfunction could occur.
CAUTION
Do not change, alter or adjust the
immobilizer system because it
could cause the immobilizer system to malfunction. We recommend
that the system be serviced by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Malfunctions caused by improper
alterations, adjustments or modifications to the immobilizer system
are not covered by your vehicle
manufacturer warranty.
Features of your vehicle
SMART KEY (IF EQUIPPED)
✽ NOTICE
OIB044179
Smart key functions
1. Door lock
2. Door unlock
3. Tailgate unlock
With a smart key, you can lock or unlock
a door (and tailgate) and even start the
engine without inserting the key.
❈ The word “HOLD” is written on the button to inform you that you must press
and hold the button for 1 second.
OGD041008
Locking
Using the door handle switch
1. Carry the smart key.
2. Close all doors.
3. Press the button of the outside door
handle.
4. The hazard warning lights will blink
once (the engine hood and tailgate
must be closed).
5. Make sure that doors are locked by
pulling the outside door handle.
• The button will only operate when the
smart key is within 0.7 m (28 in.) from
the outside door handle.
• Even though you press the outside
door handle button, the doors will not
lock and the chime will sound for 3
seconds if any of following occur:
- The smart key is in the vehicle.
- The engine start/stop button is in
ACC or ON position.
- Any door except the tailgate is
opened.
Using the button on the smart key
1. Close all doors.
2. Press the lock button.
3. The hazard warning light will blink
once to indicate that all doors are
locked (the engine hood and tailgate
must be closed). Also, the outside
rearview mirror will automatically fold if
the outside rearview mirror folding
switch is in the AUTO position (if
equipped).
4 7
Features of your vehicle
Unlocking
Using the door handle switch
1. Carry the smart key.
2. Press the button of the front outside
door handle.
3. All doors will unlock and the hazard
warning lights will blink twice.
✽ NOTICE
• The button will only operate when the
smart key is within 0.7 m (28 in.) from
the outside door handle.
• When the smart key is recognized in
the area of 0.7 m (28 in.) from the
front outside door handle, other people can also open the doors.
• After unlocking all doors, the doors
will lock automatically unless a door is
opened.
Using the button on the smart key
1. Press the unlock button.
2. The hazard warning lights will blink
twice to indicate that all doors are
unlocked. Also, the outside rearview
mirror will automatically unfold if the
outside rearview mirror folding switch
is in the AUTO position (if equipped).
After pressing this button, the doors will
lock automatically unless you open any
door within 30 seconds.
The operating distance of the button is
the area of 10 m (30 feet) from the outside door handle.
OGD041013
Tailgate unlocking
Using the tailgate handle switch
1. Carry the smart key.
2. Press the tailgate handle switch.
3. The tailgate will unlock.
✽ NOTICE
• Once the tailgate is opened and then
closed, the tailgate will lock automatically.
• The button will only operate when the
smart key is within 0.7 m (28 in.) from
the tailgate handle.
4 8
Features of your vehicle
Using the button on the smart key
1. Press the tailgate unlock button for
more than 1 second.
2. The hazard warning light will blink
twice to indicate the tailgate is
unlocked.
✽ NOTICE
• After unlocking the tailgate, the tailgate will lock automatically unless it is
opened within 30 seconds.
• The word "HOLD" is written on the
button to inform you that you must
press and hold the button.
Start-up
You can start the engine without inserting
the key. For detailed information refer to
“Engine start/stop button” in section 5.
Smart key precautions
✽ NOTICE
• If, for some reason, you happen to lose
your smart key, you will not be able to
start the engine. Tow the vehicle, if
necessary, and we recommend that
you contact an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
• A maximum of 2 smart keys can be
registered to a single vehicle. If you
lose a smart key, we recommend that
you contact an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
• The smart key will not work if any of
following occur:
- The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station or
an airport which can interfere with
normal operation of the smart key.
- You keep the smart key near a
mobile two-way radio system or a
cellular phone.
- Another vehicle’s smart key is being
operated close to your vehicle.
- You exceed the operating distance
limit.
(Continued)
(Continued)
When the smart key does not work
correctly, open and close the door with
the mechanical key. If you have a
problem with the smart key, we recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• If the smart key is in close proximity
to your cell phone or smart phone, the
signal from the smart key could be
blocked by normal operation of your
cell phone or smart phone. This is
especially important when the phone
is active such as making call, receiving
calls, text messaging, and/or sending/
receiving emails. Avoid placing the
smart key and your cell phone or
smart phone in the same pants or
jacket pocket and maintain adequate
distance between the two devices.
4 9
Features of your vehicle
1. Pry open the rear cover of the smart
key.
2. Replace the battery with a new battery
(CR2032). When replacing the battery,
make sure the battery position.
3. Install the battery in the reverse order
of removal.
CAUTION
Keep the smart key away from
water or any liquid. If the keyless
entry system is inoperative due to
exposure to water or liquids, it will
not be covered by your manufacturer’s vehicle warranty.
✽ NOTICE
CAUTION
Keep the smart key away from electromagnetic materials that blocks
electromagnetic waves to the key
surface.
WARNING - Smart key
Leaving children unattended in a
vehicle with the smart key is dangerous. Children copy adults and
they could press the engine
start/stop button. It would enable
children to operate power windows
or other controls, or even make the
vehicle move, which could result in
serious bodily injury or even death.
Never leave the keys in your vehicle
with unsupervised children.
4 10
OGD044217
Battery replacement
A smart key battery should last for several years, but if the smart key is not working properly, try replacing the battery with
a new one. If you are unsure how to use
your smart key or replace the battery, we
recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
✽ NOTICE
The circuit inside the smart key can
have a problem if exposed to moisture
or static electricity. If you are unsure
how to use your smart key or replace the
battery, we recommend that you contact
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Using the wrong battery can cause the
smart key to malfunction. Be sure to
use the correct battery.
• Circuits inside the smart key may
develop problems when dropped,
exposed to moisture or static electricity.
• If you suspect that your smart key
might have sustained some damage, or
you feel your smart key is not working
correctly, we recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION
An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health.
Dispose the battery according to
your local law(s) or regulation.
Immobilizer system
Your vehicle is equipped with an electronic engine immobilizer system to reduce
the risk of unauthorized vehicle use.
Your immobilizer system is comprised of
a small transponder in the smart key and
electronic devices inside the vehicle.
With the immobilizer system, whenever
you turn the engine start/stop button to
the ON position by pressing the button
while carrying the smart key, it checks
and determines and verifies if the smart
key is valid or not.
If the key is determined to be valid, the
engine will start.
If the key is determined to be invalid, the
engine will not start.
WARNING
In order to prevent theft of your vehicle, do not leave spare keys anywhere in your vehicle. Your
Immobilizer password is a customer
unique password and should be
kept confidential. Do not leave this
number anywhere in your vehicle.
To deactivate the immobilizer system:
Turn the engine start/stop button to the
ON position by pressing the button while
carrying the smart key.
To activate the immobilizer system:
Turn the engine start/stop button to the
OFF position. The immobilizer system
activates automatically. Without a valid
smart key for your vehicle, the engine will
not start.
4 11
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
✽ NOTICE
When starting the engine, do not use the
key with other immobilizer keys around.
Otherwise the engine may not start or
may stop soon after it starts. Keep each
key separate in order to avoid a starting
malfunction.
If you need additional keys or lose your
keys, we recommend that you consult
with an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
CAUTION
Do not put metal accessories near
the smart key.
The engine may not start because
the metal accessories may interrupt
the transponder signal from transmitting normally.
CAUTION
The transponder in your smart key
is an important part of the immobilizer system. It is designed to give
years of trouble-free service, however you should avoid exposure to
moisture, static electricity and
rough handling. Immobilizer system malfunction could occur.
CAUTION
Do not change, alter or adjust the
immobilizer system because it
could cause the immobilizer system to malfunction and we recommend that the system be serviced
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Malfunctions caused by improper
alterations, adjustments or modifications to the immobilizer system
are not covered by your vehicle
manufacturer warranty.
4 12
OGDE044339
Door lock/unlock in an emergency situation
If the smart key does not operate normally, you can lock or unlock the doors by
using the mechanical key.
1. Press and hold the release button (1)
and remove the mechanical key (2).
2. Insert the key into the hole of the outside door handle. Turn the key toward
the rear of the vehicle to unlock and
toward the front of the vehicle to lock.
3. To reinstall the mechanical key, put the
key into the hole and push it until a
click sound is heard.
Features of your vehicle
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY (IF EQUIPPED)
Unlock (2)
1. Press the unlock button.
2. The hazard warning lights will blink
twice to indicate that all doors are
unlocked. Also, the outside rearview
mirror will automatically unfold if the
outside rearview mirror folding switch
is in the AUTO position (if equipped).
✽ NOTICE
OAM049096L
Remote keyless entry system
operations
• To unfold the key, press the release
button then the key will unfold automatically.
• To fold the key, fold the key manually
while pressing the release button.
CAUTION
Do not fold the key without pressing the release button. This may
damage the key.
OXM049003
Lock (1)
1. Close all doors.
2. Press the lock button.
3. The hazard warning light will blink
once to indicate that all doors are
locked (the engine hood and tailgate
must be closed). Also, the outside
rearview mirror will automatically fold if
the outside rearview mirror folding
switch is in the AUTO position (if
equipped).
After unlocking all doors, the doors will
lock automatically unless a door is
opened within 30 seconds. Also, the outside rearview mirror will automatically
fold if the outside rearview mirror folding switch is in the AUTO position (if
equipped).
4 13
Features of your vehicle
Tailgate unlock (3)
1. Press the tailgate unlock button for
more than 1 second.
2. The hazard warning light will blink
twice to indicate the tailgate is
unlocked.
✽ NOTICE
• After unlocking the tailgate, the tailgate will lock automatically unless it is
opened within 30 seconds.
• The word "HOLD" is written on the
button to inform you that you must
press and hold the button.
4 14
Transmitter precautions
✽ NOTICE
The transmitter will not work if any of
following occur:
• The ignition key is in ignition switch.
- You exceed the operating distance
limit (about 10 m [30 feet]).
- The battery in the transmitter is
weak.
- Other vehicles or objects may be
blocking the signal.
- The weather is extremely cold.
- The transmitter is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station or
an airport which can interfere with
normal operation of the transmitter.
When the transmitter does not work
correctly, open and close the door with
the ignition key. If you have a problem
with the transmitter, we recommend
that you contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• If the transmitter is in close proximity
to your cell phone or smart phone, the
signal from the transmitter could be
blocked by normal operation of your
cell phone or smart phone. This is
especially important when the phone
is active such as making call, receiving
calls, text messaging, and/or sending/
receiving emails. Avoid placing the
transmitter and your cell phone or
smart phone in the same pants or
jacket pocket and maintain adequate
distance between the two devices.
CAUTION
Keep the transmitter away from
water or any liquid. If the keyless
entry system is inoperative due to
exposure to water or liquids, it will
not be covered by your manufacturer vehicle warranty.
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user’s authority to operate
the equipment. If the keyless entry
system is inoperative due to
changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance, it will
not be covered by your manufacturer’s vehicle warranty.
1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and gently pry open the cover.
2. Replace the battery with a new battery
(CR2032). When replacing the battery,
make sure the battery position.
3. Install the rear cover.
■ Type A
OED039003A
For transmitter or smart key replacement, we recommend that you contact
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for reprogramming.
■ Type B
CAUTION
Keep the transmitter away from
electromagnetic materials that
blocks electromagnetic waves to
the key surface.
OHG040009
Battery replacement
A battery should last for several years,
but if the transmitter or smart key is not
working properly, try replacing the battery with a new one. If you are unsure
how to use or replace the battery, we recommend that you contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
4 15
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION
• The transmitter or smart key is
designed to give you years of
trouble-free use, however it can
malfunction if exposed to moisture or static electricity. If you are
unsure how to use or replace the
battery, we recommend that you
contact an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
• Using the wrong battery can
cause the transmitter or smart
key to malfunction. Be sure to use
the correct battery.
• To avoid damaging the transmitter or smart key, don't drop it, get
it wet, or expose it to heat or sunlight.
4 16
CAUTION
An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health.
Dispose the battery according to
your local law(s) or regulation.
Features of your vehicle
THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
Armed stage
Armed
stage
Disarmed
stage
Theft-alarm
stage
OJC040170
Vehicles equipped with a theft alarm system will have a label attached to the vehicle with the following words:
1. WARNING
2. SECURITY SYSTEM
This system is designed to provide protection from unauthorized entry into the
car. This system is operated in three
stages: the first is the "Armed" stage, the
second is the "Theft-alarm" stage, and
the third is the "Disarmed" stage. If triggered, the system provides an audible
alarm with blinking of the hazard warning
lights.
Using the smart key
Park the vehicle and stop the engine.
Arm the system as described below.
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Make sure that all doors, the engine
hood and tailgate are closed and
latched.
3. • Lock the doors by pressing the button
of the front outside door handle with
the smart key in your possession.
After completion of the steps above,
the hazard warning lights operate
once to indicate that the system is
armed.
If any door remains open, the doors
won't lock and the chime will sound
for 3 seconds. Close the door and try
again to lock the doors.
If tailgate or engine hood remains
open, the hazard warning lights won't
operate and theft-alarm will not arm.
After this, tailgate and engine hood
are closed, the hazard warning lights
blink once.
• Lock the doors by pressing the lock
button on the smart key.
After completion of the steps above,
the hazard warning lights will operate
once to indicate that the system is
armed.
4 17
Features of your vehicle
If any door, tailgate or engine hood
remains open, the hazard warning
lights won't operate and theft-alarm
will not arm. After this, if all doors, tailgate and engine hood are closed, the
hazard warning lights blink once.
Using the transmitter
Park the vehicle and stop the engine.
Arm the system as described below.
1. Turn off the engine and remove the
ignition key from the ignition switch.
2. Make sure that all doors, the engine
hood and tailgate are closed and
latched.
3. Lock the doors by pressing the lock
button on the transmitter.
After completion of the steps above,
the hazard warning lights will blink
once to indicate that the system is
armed.
If any door, tailgate or engine hood
remains open, the hazard warning
lights won't operate and theft-alarm will
not arm. After this, if all doors, tailgate
and engine hood are closed, the hazard warning lights blink once.
4 18
Do not arm the system until all passengers have left the vehicle. If the
system is armed while a passenger(s)
remains in the vehicle, the alarm may
be activated when the remaining passenger(s) leave the vehicle. If any
door (or tailgate) or engine hood is
opened within 30 seconds after the
system enters the armed stage, the
system is disarmed to prevent unnecessary alarm.
Theft-alarm stage
The alarm will be activated if any of the
following occurs while the system is
armed.
• A front or rear door is opened without
using the transmitter (or smart key).
• The tailgate is opened without using
the transmitter (or smart key).
• The engine hood is opened.
The horn will sound and the hazard
warning lights will blink continuously for
27 seconds, unless the system is disarmed. To turn off the system, unlock the
doors with the transmitter (or smart key).
Features of your vehicle
Disarmed stage
✽ NOTICE - Non-Smart key
The system will be disarmed when:
• If the system is not disarmed with the
transmitter, open the door with the
key and insert the key into the ignition
switch, turn the ignition switch to the
ON position and wait for 30 seconds.
Then the system will be disarmed.
• If you lose your keys, we recommend
that you consult with an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Transmitter
- The door unlock button is pressed.
Smart key
- The door unlock button is pressed.
- The button of the front outside door is
pressed while carrying the smart key.
After the doors are unlocked, the hazard
warning lights will blink twice to indicate
that the system is disarmed.
After pressing the unlock button, if any
door (or tailgate) is not opened within 30
seconds, the system will be rearmed.
✽ NOTICE - Smart key
• If the system is not disarmed with the
smart key, open the door with the
mechanical key and start the engine.
Then the system will be disarmed.
• If you lose your keys, we recommend
that you consult with an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
CAUTION
Do not change, alter or adjust the
theft-alarm system because it could
cause the theft-alarm system to
malfunction and we recommend
that the system be serviced by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Malfunctions caused by improper
alterations, adjustments or modifications to the theft-alarm system
are not covered by your vehicle
manufacturer’s warranty.
4 19
Features of your vehicle
DOOR LOCKS
• Doors can also be locked and
unlocked with the transmitter or smart
key. (if equipped)
• Once the doors are unlocked, they may
be opened by pulling the door handle.
• When closing the door, push the door
by hand. Make sure that doors are
closed securely.
OAM049097L/OGDE044540
✽ NOTICE
• In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.
• If the door is locked/unlocked multiple times in rapid succession with
either the vehicle key or door lock
switch, the system may stop operating
temporarily in order to protect the
circuit and prevent damage to system
components.
WARNING
• If you don't close the door
securely, the door may open
again.
• Be careful that someone's body
and hands are not trapped when
closing the door.
OGD041008
Operating door locks from outside the vehicle
• Turn the key toward the rear of the
vehicle to unlock and toward the front
of the vehicle to lock.
• If you lock/unlock the door with a key,
all vehicle doors will lock/unlock automatically. (if equipped)
4 20
Features of your vehicle
• Front door cannot be locked if the ignition key is in the ignition switch and the
door is open.
• A door cannot be locked if the smart
key is in the vehicle and any door is
open.
Lock
■ Type A
WARNING - Door lock mal-
Unlock
function
OGD041011
Operating door locks from inside
the vehicle
With the door lock button
• To unlock a door, push the door lock
button (1) to the “Unlock” position. The
red mark (2) on the door lock button
will be visible.
• To lock a door, push the door lock button (1) to the “Lock” position. If the door
is locked properly, the red mark (2) on
the door lock button will not be visible.
• To open a door, pull the door handle
(3) outward.
• If the inner door handle of the front
door is pulled when the door lock button is in lock position, the button is
unlocked and door opens.
If a power door lock ever fails to
function while you are in the vehicle, try one or more of the following
techniques to exit:
• Operate the door unlock feature
repeatedly (both electronic and
manual) while simultaneously
pulling on the door handle.
• Operate the other door locks and
handles, front and rear.
• Lower a front window and use the
key to unlock the door from outside.
OGD041012
■ Type B
OGDE042012
With central door lock switch
(if equipped)
Operate by depressing the central door
lock switch.
• When pushing down the door lock
switch (1), all vehicle doors will lock.
• When pushing down door unlock
switch (2), all vehicle doors will unlock.
4 21
Features of your vehicle
• If the key is in the ignition switch and
front door is open, the doors will not
lock even though the central door lock
switch (1) is pressed.
• If the smart key is in the vehicle and
any door is open, the doors will not
lock even though the central door lock
switch (1) is pressed.
4 22
WARNING - Doors
• The doors should always be fully
closed and locked while the vehicle is in motion to prevent accidental opening of the door.
Locked doors will also discourage potential intruders when the
vehicle stops or slows.
• Be careful when opening doors
and watch for vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles or pedestrians
approaching the vehicle in the
path of the door. Opening a door
when something is approaching
can cause damage or injury.
WARNING - Unlocked
vehicles
Leaving your vehicle unlocked can
invite theft or possible harm to you
or others from someone hiding in
your vehicle while you are gone.
Always remove the ignition key,
engage the parking brake, close all
windows and lock all doors when
leaving your vehicle unattended.
WARNING - Unattended
children
An enclosed vehicle can become
extremely hot, causing death or
severe injury to unattended children or animals who cannot escape
the vehicle. Furthermore, children
might operate features of the vehicle that could injure them, or they
could encounter other harm, possibly from someone gaining entry to
the vehicle. Never leave children or
animals unattended in your vehicle.
Features of your vehicle
Impact sensing door unlock system (if equipped)
3. Close the rear door.
To open the rear door, pull the outside
door handle (2).
Even though the doors may be unlocked,
the rear door will not open by pulling the
inner door handle until the rear door child
safety lock is unlocked.
All doors will automatically unlock when
an impact causes the air bags to deploy.
Speed sensing door lock system
(if equipped)
All doors will automatically lock after the
vehicle speed exceeds 15 km/h.
For deactivation of this feature, we recommend that you contact an autherized
HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING - Rear door
locks
OGD041007
Child-protector rear door lock
The child safety lock is provided to help
prevent children from accidentally opening the rear doors from inside the vehicle.
The rear door safety locks should be
used whenever children are in the vehicle.
1. Open the rear door.
2. Insert a key (or screwdriver) into the
hole (1) and turn it to the lock (
)
position. When the child safety lock is
in the lock position, the rear door will
not open even though the inner door
handle is pulled.
If children accidentally open the
rear doors while the vehicle is in
motion, they could fall out and be
severely injured or killed. To prevent children from opening the rear
doors from the inside, the rear door
safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehicle.
4 23
Features of your vehicle
TAILGATE
✽ NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, door lock and
door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions.
WARNING
The tailgate swings upward. Make
sure no objects or people are near
the rear of the vehicle when opening the tailgate.
OGDE041013
Opening the tailgate
• The tailgate is locked or unlocked
when all doors are locked or unlocked
with the key, transmitter, smart key or
central door lock/unlock switch.
• Only the tailgate is unlocked if the tailgate unlock button on the transmitter or
smart key is pressed for approximately
1 second.
• If unlocked, the tailgate can be opened
by pressing the handle and pulling it
up.
• Once the tailgate is opened and then
closed, the tailgate locks automatically.
(All doors must be locked.)
4 24
OGDE041186
CAUTION
Make certain that you close the tailgate before driving your vehicle.
Possible damage may occur to the
tailgate lift cylinders and attaching
hardware if the tailgate is not
closed prior to driving.
Closing the tailgate
Lower and push down the tailgate firmly.
Make sure that the tailgate is securely
latched.
WARNING
Make sure your hands, feet and other
parts of your body are safely out of
the way before closing the tailgate.
CAUTION
Make sure nothing is near the tailgate latch and striker while closing
the tailgate. It may damage the tailgate's latch.
Features of your vehicle
WARNING - Exhaust
WARNING
fumes
If you drive with the tailgate
opened, you will draw dangerous
exhaust fumes into your vehicle
which can cause serious injury or
death to vehicle occupants.
If you must drive with the tailgate
opened, keep the air vents and all
windows open so that additional
outside air comes into the vehicle.
OGD041015
WARNING - Rear cargo
area
Occupants should never ride in the
rear cargo area where no restraints
are available. To avoid injury in the
event of an accident or sudden
stops, occupants should always be
properly restrained.
Emergency tailgate safety release
Your vehicle is equipped with the emergency tailgate safety release lever located on the bottom of the tailgate. When
someone is inadvertently locked in the
luggage compartment, the tailgate can
be opened by doing as follows:
1. Input the mechanical key into the hole.
2. Push the mechanical key to the right.
3. Push up the tailgate.
• For emergencies, be fully aware
of the location of the emergency
tailgate safety release lever in the
vehicle and how to open the tailgate if you are accidentally locked
in the luggage compartment.
• No one should be allowed to
occupy the luggage compartment
of the vehicle at any time. The
luggage compartment is a very
dangerous location in the event
of a crash.
• Use the release lever for emergencies only. Use with extreme
caution, especially while the vehicle is in motion.
4 25
Features of your vehicle
WINDOWS
Power windows (if equipped)
(1) Driver’s door power window switch
(2) Front passenger’s door power window switch
(3) Rear door (left) power window
switch*
(4) Rear door (right) power window
switch*
(5) Window opening and closing
(6) Automatic power window*
(7) Power window lock switch*
* if equipped
✽ NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, power windows may not work properly due to
freezing conditions.
OGD041016
4 26
Features of your vehicle
Power windows
✽ NOTICE
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position for power windows to operate.
Each door has a power window switch
that controls the door's window. The driver has a master power window switch
that controls all the windows in the vehicle. Also, a power window lock switch
which that can block the operation of rear
passenger windows. The power windows
can be operated for approximately 30
seconds after the ignition key is removed
or turned to the ACC or LOCK position.
However, if the front doors are opened,
the power windows cannot be operated
within the 30 seconds period.
While driving with the rear windows
down or with the sunroof (if equipped)
opened (or partially opened), your vehicle may demonstrate a wind buffeting or
pulsation noise. This noise is a normal
occurrence and can be reduced or eliminated by taking the following actions.
If the noise occurs with one or both of
the rear windows down, partially lower
both front windows approximately one
inch. If you experience the noise with
the sunroof open, slightly reduce the size
of the sunroof opening
■ Type A
OMD040017
Window opening and closing
Type A
To open or close a window, press down
or pull up the front portion of the corresponding switch to the first detent position (5).
4 27
Features of your vehicle
■ Type B
■ Type C
OMD040019
OMD040018
OUN026013
Type B - Auto down window (if equipped)
Pressing the power window switch
momentarily to the second detent position (6) completely lowers the window
even when the switch is released. To stop
the window at the desired position while
the window is in operation, pull up the
switch momentarily to the opposite direction of the window movement.
Type C - Auto up/down window
(if equipped)
Pressing or pulling up the power window
switch momentarily to the second detent
position (6) completely lowers or lifts the
window even when the switch is
released. To stop the window at the
desired position while the window is in
operation, pull up or press down and
release the switch.
If the power window does not operate
normally, the automatic power window
system must be reset as follows:
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
2. Close the window and continue pulling
up the power window switch for at
least 1 second after the window is
completely closed.
Automatic reversal (if equipped)
If the upward movement of the window is
blocked by an object or part of the body,
the window will detect the resistance and
will stop upward movement. The window
will then lower approximately 30 cm (11.8
in.) to allow the object to be cleared.
If the window detects the resistance
while the power window switch is pulled
up continuously, the window will stop
upward movement then lower approximately 2.5 cm (1 in.). And if the power
window switch is pulled up continuously
again within 5 seconds after the window
is lowered by the automatic window
reversal feature, the automatic window
reversal will not operate.
4 28
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
Except Europe
The driver can disable the power window
switches on the front and rear passengers' doors by pressing the power window lock switch to lock position
(pressed).
When the power window lock switch is
pressed, the driver's master control cannot operate the front and rear passengers' power windows.
The automatic reverse feature for the
window is only active when the “auto
up” feature is used by fully pulling up
the switch. The automatic reverse feature will not operate if the window is
raised using the halfway position on the
power window switch.
WARNING
Always check for obstructions
before raising any window to avoid
injuries or vehicle damage. If an
object less than 4 mm (0.16 in.) in
diameter is caught between the
window glass and the upper window channel, the automatic reverse
window may not detect the resistance and will not stop and reverse
direction.
OGD041020
Power window lock switch
(if equipped)
For Europe
The driver can disable the power window
switches on the rear passengers' doors
by pressing the power window lock
switch to the lock position(pressed).
When the power window lock switch is
pressed :
• The driver's master control can operate the front passenger's power window but cannot operate the rear passengers' power windows.
• The front passenger's control can
operate the front passenger's power
window.
• The rear passengers' control cannot
operate the rear passengers' power
window.
CAUTION
• To prevent possible damage to
the power window system, do not
open or close two windows or
more at the same time. This will
also ensure the longevity of the
fuse.
• Never try to operate the main
switch on the driver's door and
the individual door window
switch in opposite directions at
the same time. If this is done, the
window will stop and cannot be
opened or closed.
4 29
Features of your vehicle
WARNING - Windows
• NEVER leave the keys in your
vehicle with unsupervised children, when the engine is running.
• NEVER leave any child unattended in the vehicle. Even very
young children may inadvertently
cause the vehicle to move, entangle themselves in the windows,
or otherwise injure themselves or
others.
• Always double check to make
sure all arms, hands, head and
other obstructions are safely out
of the way before closing a window.
• Do not allow children to play with
the power windows. Keep the driver’s door power window lock
switch in the LOCK position
(pressed). Serious injury can
result from unintentional window
operation by the child.
• Do not extend face or arms outside the window opening while
driving.
4 30
OSA028222
Manual windows (if equipped)
To raise or lower the window, turn the
window regulator handle clockwise or
counterclockwise.
WARNING
When opening or closing the windows, make sure your passenger's
arms, hands and body are safely
out of the way.
Features of your vehicle
HOOD
OMD041204L
OGD041021
OGD041022
1. Pull the release lever to unlatch the
hood. The hood should pop open
slightly.
2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise the
hood slightly, push the secondary latch
up (1) inside of the hood center and lift
the hood (2).
Opening the hood
WARNING
Open the hood after turning off the
engine on a flat surface, shifting the
shift lever to the P(Park) position for
automatic transaxle/Dual clutch
transmission and to the 1st(First)
gear or R(Reverse) for manual
transaxle, and setting the parking
brake.
OMD040023
3. Pull out the support rod (3).
4. Hold the hood opened with the support
rod (4).
4 31
Features of your vehicle
WARNING - Hot parts
Be very careful not to touch the
support rod when the engine and
parts are hot. You could get burned
or get seriously injured.
Closing the hood
1. Before closing the hood, check the following:
• All filler caps in engine compartment
must be correctly installed.
• Gloves, rags or any other combustible material must be removed
from the engine compartment.
2. Return the support rod to its clip to
prevent it from rattling.
3. Lower the hood until it is about 30 cm
(1 ft.) above the closed position and let
it drop. Make sure that it locks into
place.
WARNING
• Before closing the hood, ensure
that all obstructions are removed
from the hood opening. Closing
the hood with an obstruction
present in the hood opening may
result in property damage or
severe personal injury.
• Do not leave gloves, rags or any
other combustible material in the
engine compartment. Doing so
may cause a heat-induced fire.
4 32
WARNING
• Always double check to be sure
that the hood is firmly latched
before driving away. If it is not
latched, the hood could open
while the vehicle is being driven,
causing a total loss of visibility,
which might result in an accident.
• The support rod must be inserted
completely into the hole provided
whenever you inspect the engine
compartment. This will prevent
the hood from falling and possibly injuring you.
• Do not move the vehicle with the
hood raised. The view will be
blocked and the hood could fall
or get damaged.
Features of your vehicle
FUEL FILLER LID
Closing the fuel filler lid
1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise until
it “clicks” once. This indicates that the
cap is securely tightened.
2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it lightly and make sure that it is securely
closed.
WARNING - Refueling
OGD041024
OGD041025
1. Press the center edge of the lid when
all doors are unlocked.
2. Fully open the lid (1).
3. To open the cap, turn it counterclockwise (2).
4. Refuel as needed.
Opening the fuel filler lid
✽ NOTICE
The fuel filler lid will open and close
only when all doors are unlocked.
✽ NOTICE
If the fuel filler lid does not open
because ice has formed around it, tap
lightly or push on the lid to break the ice
and release the lid. Do not pry on the lid.
If necessary, spray around the lid with
an approved de-icer fluid (do not use
radiator anti-freeze) or move the vehicle
to a warm place and allow the ice to
melt.
• If pressurized fuel sprays out, it
can cover your clothes or skin
and thus subject you to the risk
of fire and burns. Always remove
the fuel cap carefully and slowly.
If the cap is venting fuel or if you
hear a hissing sound, wait until
the condition stops before completely removing the cap.
• Do not "top off" after the nozzle
automatically shuts off when
refueling.
• Always check that the fuel cap is
installed securely to prevent fuel
spillage in the event of an accident.
4 33
Features of your vehicle
WARNING - Refueling dangers
Automotive fuels are flammable
materials. When refueling, please
note the following guidelines carefully. Failure to follow these guidelines may result in severe personal
injury, severe burns or death by fire
or explosion.
• Read and follow all warning at the
gas station facility.
• Before refueling note the location
of the Emergency Gasoline ShutOff, if available, at the gas station
facility.
• Before touching the fuel nozzle,
you should eliminate potentially
dangerous static electricity discharge by touching another metal
part of the vehicle, a safe distance away from the fuel filler
neck, nozzle, or other gas source.
(Continued)
4 34
(Continued)
• Do not get back into a vehicle
once you have begun refueling
since you can generate static
electricity by touching, rubbing
or sliding against any item or fabric (polyester, satin, nylon, etc.)
capable of producing static electricity. Static electricity discharge
can ignite fuel vapors resulting in
rapid burning. If you must reenter the vehicle, you should
once again eliminate potentially
dangerous static electricity discharge by touching a metal part
of the vehicle, away from the fuel
filler neck, nozzle or other gasoline source.
• When
using
an
approved
portable fuel container, be sure to
place the container on the
ground prior to refueling. Static
electricity discharge from the
container can ignite fuel vapors
causing a fire. Once refueling has
begun, contact with the vehicle
should be maintained until the
filling is complete.
(Continued)
(Continued)
Use only approved portable plastic fuel containers designed to
carry and store gasoline.
• Do not use cellular phones while
refueling. Electric current and/or
electronic interference from cellular phones can potentially
ignite fuel vapors causing a fire.
• When refueling, always shut the
engine off. Sparks produced by
electrical components related to
the engine can ignite fuel vapors
causing a fire. Once refueling is
complete, check to make sure the
filler cap and filler door are
securely closed, before starting
the engine.
• DO NOT use matches or a lighter
and DO NOT SMOKE or leave a lit
cigarette in your vehicle while at
a gas station especially during
refueling. Automotive fuel is
highly flammable and can, when
ignited, result in fire.
(Continued)
Features of your vehicle
(Continued)
• If a fire breaks out during refueling, leave the vicinity of the vehicle, and immediately contact the
manager of the gas station and
then contact the local fire department. Follow any safety instructions they provide.
CAUTION
• Make sure to refuel your vehicle
according to the “Fuel requirements” suggested in section 1.
• If the fuel filler cap requires
replacement, please make sure
that you use parts designed for
replacement in your vehicle. An
incorrect fuel filler cap can result
in a serious malfunction of the
fuel system or emission control
system. For more detailed information, we recommend that you
contact an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
• Do not spill fuel on the exterior
surfaces of the vehicle. Any type
of fuel spilled on painted surfaces
may damage the paint.
• After refueling, make sure the fuel
cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event of
an accident.
4 35
Features of your vehicle
PANORAMA SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)
• In cold and wet climates, the sunroof
may not work properly due to freezing
conditions.
• After the vehicle is washed or in a rainstorm, be sure to wipe off any water that
is on the sunroof before operating it.
■ Type A
■ Type B
CAUTION - Sunroof control
lever
OGD041026
If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof,
you can slide or tilt your sunroof with the
sunroof control lever located on the overhead console.
The sunroof can only be opened, closed,
or tilted when the ignition switch is in the
ON position.
4 36
Do not continue to move the sunroof
control lever after the sunroof is fully
opened, closed, or tilted. Damage to
the motor or system components
could occur.
OGD045337/OGD045338
Sunroof open warning
(if equipped)
If the driver removes the ignition key
(smart key: turns off the engine) and
opens the driver-side door when the sunroof is not fully closed, the warning chime
will sound for approximately 7 seconds
and a message will appear on the LCD
display.
Close the sunroof securely when leaving
your vehicle.
Features of your vehicle
OGD041027
OGD041028
OGD041029
Sunshade
Sliding the sunroof
Tilting the sunroof
• To open the sunshade, press the sunshade control switch(1).
• To close the sunshade when the sunroof glass is closed.
- Press the sunshade control switch(2).
- Push the sunroof control lever forward or pull it down.
To stop the sliding at any point, press the
sunshade control switch momentarily.
When the sunshade is closed
If you pull the sunroof control lever backward, the sunshade will slide all the way
open then the sunroof glass will slide all
the way open. To stop the sunroof movement at any point, pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily.
When the sunshade is closed
If you push the sunroof control lever
upward, the sunshade will slide all the
way open then the sunroof glass will tilt.
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, pull or push the sunroof control
lever momentarily.
When the sunshade is opened
If you pull the sunroof control lever backward, the sunroof glass will slide all the
way open. To stop the sunroof movement
at any point, pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily.
When the sunshade is opened
If you push the sunroof control lever
upward, the sunroof glass will tilt.
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, pull or push the sunroof control
lever momentarily.
4 37
Features of your vehicle
Closing the sunroof
To close the sunroof glass and the sunshade
Push the sunroof control lever forward or
pull the sunroof control lever down. The
sunroof glass will close automatically.
To close the sunshade push the sunroof
control lever forward or pull the sunroof
control lever down once more or press
the sunshade close button.
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, pull or push the sunroof control
lever momentarily.
4 38
Do not extend the face, neck, arms or
body outside the sunroof while driving.
Periodically remove any dirt that may
accumulate on the guide rail.
While using sunroof for a long time, a dust
between sunroof and roof panel can make
a noise. Open the sunroof and remove
regularly the dust using clean cloth.
CAUTION - Sunroof motor
damage
OYF049215
Automatic reversal
If an object or part of the body is detected while the sunroof glass or sunshade is
closing automatically, it will reverse the
direction, and then stop.
The auto reverse function does not work
if a tiny obstacle is between the sliding
glass or sunshade and the sunroof sash.
You should always check that all passengers and objects are away from the sunroof before closing it.
If you try to open the sunroof when
the temperature is below freezing
or when the sunroof is covered with
snow or ice, the glass or the motor
could be damaged.
Features of your vehicle
Resetting the sunroof
Sunroof needs to be reset if (in the followings)
- Battery is discharged or disconnected
or the related fuse has been replaced
or disconnected
- The one-touch sliding function of the
1. Turn the engine on and close the sunroof glass and sunshade completely.
2. Release the control lever.
3. Push the sunroof control lever forward
in the direction of close (about 10 seconds) until the sunroof operates as follows;
SUNSHADE OPEN → TILT OPEN
4. Push the sunroof control lever forward
in the direction of close until the sunroof operates as follows;
SLIDE OPEN → SLIDE CLOSE
Then, release the control lever.
When this is complete, the sunroof
system is reset.
For more detailed information, we recommend that you contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
✽ NOTICE
If you do not reset the sunroof, it may
not work properly.
Then, release the control lever.
4 39
Features of your vehicle
STEERING WHEEL
Electric power steering (EPS)
✽ NOTICE
Power steering uses the motor to assist
you in steering the vehicle. If the engine
is off or if the power steering system
becomes inoperative, the vehicle may
still be steered, but it will require
increased steering effort.
The electric power steering is controlled
by the power steering control unit which
senses the steering wheel torque and
vehicle speed to command the motor.
The steering effort becomes heavier as
the vehicle’s speed increases and
becomes lighter as the vehicle’s speed
decreases for better control of the steering wheel.
Should you notice any change in the
effort required to steer during normal
vehicle operation, we recommend that
the system be checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
The following symptoms may occur during normal vehicle operation:
• The EPS warning light does not illuminate.
• The steering effort is high immediately after turning the ignition switch on.
This happens as the EPS system performs the diagnostics. When the diagnostics is completed, the steering
effort will return to its normal condition.
• A click noise may be heard from the
EPS relay after the ignition switch is
turned to the ON or LOCK position.
• Motor noise may be heard when the
vehicle is at a stop or at a low driving
speed.
• If an error is detected in the electric
power steering system, EPS will stop
assisting driver in steering the vehicle
to prevent accidents and the warning
light on the cluster will illuminate or
blink. We recommend that the system
be checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• The steering effort increases if the
steering wheel is rotated continuously
when the vehicle is not in motion.
However, after a few minutes, it will
return to its normal conditions.
(Continued)
4 40
(Continued)
• When you operate the steering wheel
in low temperature, abnormal noise
could occur. If temperature rises, the
noise will disappear. This is a normal
condition.
• When the charging system warning
light comes on or the voltage is low
(When the alternator (or battery) does
not operate normally or it malfunctions), the steering wheel may get
heavy and become difficult to control
operate abnormally.
Features of your vehicle
Tilt & telescopic steering
Tilt & tele steering allows you to adjust
the steering wheel before you drive. You
can also raise it to give your legs more
room when you exit and enter the vehicle.
The steering wheel should be positioned
so that it is comfortable for you to drive,
while permitting you to see the instrument panel warning lights and gauges.
WARNING
• Never adjust the angle of the
steering wheel while driving. You
may lose steering control and
cause severe personal injury,
death or accidents.
• After adjusting, push the steering
wheel both up and down to be
certain it is locked in position.
OGD044030
To change the steering wheel angle,
push down the lock release lever (1),
adjust the steering wheel to the desired
angle (2) and height (3), then pull up the
lock-release lever to lock the steering
wheel in place (4). Be sure to adjust the
steering wheel to the desired position
before driving.
OMD040030
Horn
To sound the horn, press the horn symbol on your steering wheel.
Check the horn regularly to be sure it
operates properly.
✽ NOTICE
To sound the horn, press the area indicated by the horn symbol on your steering wheel (see illustration). The horn
will operate only when this area is
pressed.
CAUTION
Do not strike the horn severely to
operate it, or hit it with your fist. Do
not press on the horn with a sharppointed object.
4 41
Features of your vehicle
■ Type A
■ Type A
OGDE041213
■ Type B
OGD044272
OGD044274
■ Type B
FLEX STEER (if equipped)
The FLEX STEER controls steering
effort as driver's preference or road condition.
You can select the desired steering mode
by pressing the FLEX STEER button.
4 42
OGD044268
OGD044270
When the steering mode button is
pressed, the selected steering mode will
appear on the LCD display.
If the steering mode button is pressed
within 4 seconds, the steering mode will
change as above pictures. If the steering
wheel mode button is not pressed for
about 4 seconds, the LCD display will
change to the previous screen.
Normal mode
The normal mode offers medium steering effort.
Features of your vehicle
■ Type A
■ Type A
OGD044273
CAUTION
OGD044275
■ Type B
■ Type B
OGD044269
OGD044271
Comfort mode
The steering wheel becomes lighter. The
comfort mode is usually used when driving in downtown or parking the vehicle.
Also, the comfort mode helps weak people to drive easily.
Sport mode
The steering wheel becomes heavier.
The sport mode is usually used when
driving in highway.
• For your safety, if you press the
steering mode button while operating the steering wheel, the LCD
display will change, but the steering effort will not change immediately. After operating the steering
wheel, the steering effort will
change automatically to the
selected mode.
• Be careful when changing the
steering mode while driving.
• When the electronic power steering is not working properly, the
flex steering wheel will not work.
4 43
Features of your vehicle
MIRRORS
Inside rearview mirror
Adjust the rearview mirror so that the
center view through the rear window is
seen. Make this adjustment before you
start driving.
Night
WARNING - Rear visibility
Do not place objects in the rear
seat or cargo area which would
interfere with your vision out of the
rear window.
Day
OMD040031
WARNING
Do not adjust the rearview mirror
while the vehicle is moving. This
could result in loss of control, and
an accident which could cause
death, serious injury or property
damage.
WARNING
Do not modify the inside mirror and
do not install a wide mirror. It could
result in injury, during an accident
or deployment of the air bag.
4 44
Day/night rearview mirror
Make this adjustment before you start
driving and while the day/night lever is in
the day position.
Pull the day/night lever toward you to
reduce glare from the headlights of the
vehicles behind you during night driving.
Remember that you lose some rearview
clarity in the night position.
Electrochromic mirror (ECM)
(if equipped)
The electric rearview mirror automatically controls the glare from the headlights
of the car behind you in nighttime or low
light driving conditions. The sensor
mounted in the mirror senses the light
level around the vehicle, and automatically controls the headlight glare from
vehicles behind you.
When the engine is running, the glare is
automatically controlled by the sensor
mounted in the rearview mirror.
Whenever the shift lever is shifted into
reverse, the mirror will automatically go
to the brightest setting in order to
improve the drivers view behind the vehicle.
CAUTION
When cleaning the mirror, use a
paper towel or similar material
dampened with glass cleaner. Do
not spray glass cleaner directly on
the mirror as that may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing.
Features of your vehicle
■ Type A
Outside rearview mirror
Indicator
OMD040032
■ Type B
Be sure to adjust the mirror angles
before driving.
Your vehicle is equipped with both lefthand and right-hand outside rearview
mirrors. The mirrors can be adjusted
remotely with the remote switch (if
equipped). The mirror heads can be folded back to prevent damage during an
automatic car wash or when passing
through a narrow street.
Rearview display
WARNING - Rearview mirrors
Indicator
Sensor
OMD042122L
To operate the electric rearview mirror:
• The mirror defaults to the ON position
whenever the ignition switch is turned
on.
• Press the ON/OFF button (1) to turn
the automatic dimming function off.
The mirror indicator light will turn off.
Press the ON/OFF button (1) to turn
the automatic dimming function on.
The mirror indicator light will illuminate.
• The right outside rearview mirror
is convex. In some countries, the
left outside rearview mirror is
also convex. Objects seen in the
mirror are closer than they
appear.
• Use your interior rearview mirror
or direct observation to determine the actual distance of following vehicles when changing
lanes.
CAUTION
Do not scrape ice off the mirror
face; this may damage the surface
of the glass. If ice should restrict
movement of the mirror, do not
force the mirror for adjustment. To
remove ice, use a deicer spray.
CAUTION
If the mirror is jammed with ice, do
not adjust the mirror by force. Use
an approved spray de-icer (not radiator antifreeze) to release the
frozen mechanism or move the
vehicle to a warm place and allow
the ice to melt.
WARNING
Do not adjust or fold the outside
rearview mirrors while the vehicle
is moving. This could result in loss
of control, and an accident which
could cause death, serious injury
or property damage.
4 45
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION
• The mirrors stop moving when
they reach the maximum adjusting angles, but the motor continues to operate while the switch is
pressed. Do not press the switch
longer than necessary, the motor
may be damaged.
• Do not attempt to adjust the outside rearview mirror by hand.
Doing so may damage the parts.
B510A01E
OGD041031
Remote control
Manual type (if equipped)
To adjust an outside mirror, move the
control lever.
Electric type (if equipped)
The electric remote control mirror switch
allows you to adjust the position of the
left and right outside rearview mirrors. To
adjust the position of either mirror, move
the lever (1) to R (Right) or L (Left) to
select the right side mirror or the left side
mirror, then press a corresponding point
on the mirror adjustment control to position the selected mirror up, down, left or
right.
After adjustment, put the lever into neutral (center) position to prevent inadvertent adjustment.
4 46
Features of your vehicle
OGD041032
OGDE041033
OGDE041163
Folding the outside rearview mirror
Manual type
To fold the outside rearview mirror, grasp
the housing of the mirror and then fold it
toward the rear of the vehicle.
Electric type A
To fold the outside rearview mirror, press
the button.
To unfold it, press the button again.
Electric type B
The outside rearview mirror can be folded or unfolded by pressing the switch as
below.
Left (1) : The mirror will unfold.
Right (2) : The mirror will fold.
Center (AUTO, 3) :
The mirror will fold or unfold automatically as follows:
• Without smart key system
- The mirror will fold or unfold when the
door is locked or unlocked by the
transmitter.
4 47
Features of your vehicle
• With smart key system
- The mirror will fold or unfold when the
door is locked or unlocked by the
smart key.
- The mirror will fold or unfold when the
door is locked or unlocked by the button on the outside door handle.
- The mirror will unfold when you
approach the vehicle (all doors
closed and locked) with a smart key
in possession. (if equipped)
CAUTION
The electric type outside rearview
mirror operates even though the
ignition switch is in the OFF position. However, to prevent unnecessary battery discharge, do not
adjust the mirrors longer than necessary while the engine is not running.
CAUTION
In case it is an electric type outside
rearview mirror, don’t fold it by
hand. It could cause motor failure.
4 48
Features of your vehicle
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
■ Type A
1. Tachometer
2. Turn signal indicators
3. Speedometer
■ Type B
4. Warning and indicator lights
5. Engine temperature gauge
6. Fuel gauge
7. Odometer/Tripmeter
* The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OGD045911/OGD045910
4 49
Features of your vehicle
■ Kilometer per hour
Instrument cluster control
WARNING
Never adjust the instrument cluster
while driving. This could result in
loss of control and lead to an accident that may cause death, serious
injury, or property damage.
OGDE041042
■ Mile per hour
OGD041043
Instrument panel illumination
(if equipped)
Press the upper or lower part of the
switch to adjust the brightness of the
instrument panel illumination.
The illumination intensity will show on the
LCD screen.
OGDE041043
Gauges
Speedometer
The speedometer indicates the forward
speed of the vehicle.
The speedometer is calibrated in kilometers per hour and/or miles per hour.
4 50
Features of your vehicle
■ Gasoline Engine
The tachometer pointer may move slightly when the ignition switch is in ON position with the engine OFF. This movement
is normal and will not affect the accuracy
of the tachometer once the engine is running.
■ Type A
■ Type B
CAUTION
■ Diesel Engine
OGD041044
OGD041045
Tachometer
The tachometer indicates the approximate number of engine revolutions per
minute (rpm).
Use the tachometer to select the correct
shift points and to prevent lugging and/or
over-revving the engine.
Do not operate the engine within
the tachometer's RED ZONE.
This may cause severe engine damage.
OGD045912/OGD044222
Engine temperature gauge
This gauge shows the temperature of the
engine coolant when the ignition switch
is ON. The gauge is supplemented by a
Engine coolant temperature warning
light, which illuminates when the engine
is overheating.
Do not continue driving with an overheated engine. If your vehicle overheats, refer
to “If the engine overheats” in section 6.
4 51
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION
■ Type A
■ Type B
If the gauge shows beyond the normal range area toward the “H” position, it indicates overheating that
may damage the engine.
WARNING
Never remove the radiator cap
when the engine is hot. The engine
coolant is under pressure and
could cause severe burns. Wait
until the engine is cool before
adding coolant to the reservoir.
4 52
WARNING - Fuel gauge
Running out of fuel can expose
vehicle occupants to danger.
You must stop and obtain additional fuel as soon as possible after the
warning light comes on or when the
gauge indicator comes close to the
“E” level.
OGD045913/OGD044223
Fuel gauge
The fuel gauge indicates the approximate amount of fuel remaining in the fuel
tank. The fuel tank capacity is given in
section 8. The fuel gauge is supplemented by a low fuel warning light, which will
illuminate when the fuel tank is nearly
empty.
On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge
may fluctuate or the low fuel warning light
may come on earlier than usual due to
the movement of fuel in the tank.
: The arrow indicates the fuel filler lid
is in the left side of the vehicle.
CAUTION
Avoid driving with a extremely low
fuel level. Running out of fuel could
cause the engine to misfire damaging the catalytic converter.
Features of your vehicle
■ Type A
■ Type B
OGDE044536/OGD044280
Odometer (km or mi.)
The odometer indicates the total distance the vehicle has been driven.
You will also find the odometer useful to
determine when periodic maintenance
should be performed.
✽ NOTICE
It is forbidden to alter the odometer of
all vehicles with the intent to change the
mileage registered on the odometer. The
alteration may void your warranty coverage.
■ Type A
■ Type B
OGDE044500/OGDE044501
Outside temperature
The current outside temperature is displayed in 1°C (1°F) increments. The temperature range is between -40°C ~ 60°C
(-40°F ~ 140°F).
• The outside temperature on the display
may not change immediately like a general thermometer to prevent the driver
from being inattentive.
• You can convert from °C to °F or °F to °C.
Refer to “User setting” in this section.
OGD044048
Manual transaxle shift indicator
(if equipped)
This indicator informs you which gear is
desired while driving to save fuel.
For example
: Indicates that shifting up to the 3rd
gear is desired (currently the shift
lever is in the 2nd or 1st gear).
: Indicates that shifting down to the
3rd gear is desired (currently the
shift lever is in the 4th or 5th gear).
When the system is not working properly,
the indicator is not displayed.
4 53
Features of your vehicle
■ Type A
■ Type B
■ Type A
■ Type B
For example
: Indicates that shifting up to the 3rd
gear is desired (currently the shift
lever is in the 2nd or 1st gear).
: Indicates that shifting down to the 3rd
gear is desired (currently the shift
lever is in the 4th, 5th, or 6th gear).
When the system is not working properly,
the indicator is not displayed.
OGDE044495/OGD044224
OGD044048/OGDE044496
Automatic transaxle shift position
indicator (if equipped)
Automatic transaxle shift indicator
(if equipped, For Europe)
In the Sports Mode, this indicator informs
which gear is desired while driving to
save fuel.
• Shifting up : ▲2, ▲3, ▲4, ▲5, ▲6
• Shifting down : ▼1, ▼2, ▼3, ▼4, ▼5
The indicator displays which automatic
transaxle shift lever is selected.
4 54
Features of your vehicle
■ Type A
■ Type A
■ Type B
■ Type B
For example
: Indicates that shifting up to the 3rd
gear is desired (currently the shift
lever is in the 2nd or 1st gear).
: Indicates that shifting down to the
3rd gear is desired (currently the
shift lever is in the 4th, 5th, 6th or
7th gear).
When the system is not working properly,
the indicator is not displayed.
OGDE044494/OGDE044496
Dual clutch transmission shift indicator (if equipped, For Europe)
In the Sports Mode, this indicator informs
which gear is desired while driving to
save fuel.
OGD044307/OGD044308
• Shifting up : ▲2, ▲3, ▲4, ▲5, ▲6, ▲7
• Shifting down : ▼1, ▼2, ▼3, ▼4, ▼5, ▼6
Dual clutch transmission shift
indicator (if equipped)
This indicator displays which shift lever is
selected.
•
•
•
•
•
Park : P
Reverse : R
Neutral : N
Drive : D
Sports Mode : D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7
4 55
Features of your vehicle
Press the TRIP button for less than
1 second to select any mode as follows:
Type B
Tripmeter A
Type A
Tripmeter A
Tripmeter B
Tripmeter B
Distance to empty*
Distance to empty
Average fuel consumption* &
Instant fuel consumption*
OMD040052
Trip computer (if equipped)
The trip computer is a microcomputercontrolled driver information system that
displays information related to driving,
when the ignition switch is in the ON
position. All stored driving information
(except odometer) resets if the battery is
disconnected.
Average fuel consumption*
Instant fuel consumption*
Elapsed time*
Average speed*
Service Mode*
Elapsed time*
User setting
Service Mode*
User setting
* if equipped
4 56
Average speed*
* if equipped
Features of your vehicle
■ Type A
■ Type B
■ Type A
■ Type B
■ Type A
■ Type B
OGDE044525/OGD044226L
OGD044227L/OGD044228L
OGD044229L/OGD044230L
Tripmeter (km or mi.)
TRIP A : Tripmeter A
TRIP B : Tripmeter B
This mode indicates the distance of individual trips selected since the last tripmeter reset.
The meter's working range is from 0.0 to
9999.9 km (0.0 to 9999.9 miles).
Pressing the RESET button for more
than 1 second, when the tripmeter is
being displayed, clears the tripmeter to
zero (0.0).
Distance to empty (if equipped)
(km or mi.)
This mode indicates the estimated distance to empty based on the current fuel
in the fuel tank and the amount of fuel
delivered to the engine.
The meter’s working range is from 1 to
9,999 km (1 to 9,999 miles).
Average fuel consumption
(if equipped) (L/100 km or MPG)
This mode calculates the average fuel
consumption from the total fuel used and
the distance since the last average consumption reset. The total fuel used is calculated from the fuel consumption input.
For an accurate calculation, drive more
than 50 m (0.03 miles).
4 57
Features of your vehicle
• When the “Avg. Fuel Economy” of
“User Setting” is in the “Off”
Pressing the RESET button for more
than 1 second, when the average fuel
consumption is displayed, clears the
average fuel consumption to zero (--.-).
• When the “Avg. Fuel Economy” of
“User Setting” is in the “After ignition”
If the engine Star/Stop button is in the
OFF position during 4 hours the average
fuel consumption will be cleared to zero
(---).
• When the “Avg Fuel Economy” of
“User Setting” is in the “After refueling”
If the vehicle speed exceeds 1 km/h after
refueling more than 6 l, the average fuel
consumption will be cleared to zero (---).
4 58
■ Type A
■ Type B
OGD044233L/OGD044234L
Instant fuel consumption
(if equipped) (L/100 km or MPG)
This mode calculates the instant fuel
consumption of the last few seconds.
✽ NOTICE
• If the vehicle is not on level ground or
the battery power has been interrupted, the “Distance to empty” function
may not operate correctly.
The trip computer may not register
additional fuel if less than 6 liters (1.6
gallons) of fuel are added to the vehicle.
• The fuel consumption and distance to
empty may vary significantly based
on driving conditions, driving habits,
and condition of the vehicle.
• The distance to empty value is an estimate of the available driving distance.
This may differ from the actual driving distance available.
Features of your vehicle
■ Type A
■ Type B
■ Type A
■ Type B
■ Type A
■ Type B
OGD044235L/OGD044236L
OGD044237L/OGD044238L
OGDE043351/OGDE044522
Average speed (km/h or MPH)
This mode calculates the average speed
of the vehicle since the last average
speed reset.
Even if the vehicle is not in motion, the
average speed keeps going while the
engine is running.
Pressing the RESET button for more
than 1 second, when the average speed
is being displayed, clears the average
speed to zero (---).
Elapsed time (if equipped)
This mode indicates the total time traveled since the last driving time reset.
Even if the vehicle is not in motion, the
driving time keeps going while the engine
is running.
The meter’s working range is from
00:00~99:59.
Pressing the RESET button for more
than 1 second, when the driving time is
being displayed, clears the driving time to
zero (00:00).
Service mode
Service in
It calculates and displays when you need
a scheduled maintenance service
(mileage or days).
If the remaining mileage or time reaches
1,500 km (1,500 miles) or 30 days,
"Service in" message is displayed for
several seconds each time you set the
ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop
Button to the ON position.
4 59
Features of your vehicle
■ Type A
■ Type B
■ Type A
■ Type B
■ Type A
■ Type B
OGDE044521/OGDE044520
OGDE044519/OGDE044518
OGD044231L/OGD044232L
Service required
If you do not have your vehicle serviced
according to the already inputted service
interval, “Service required” message is
displayed for several seconds each time
you set the ignition switch or Engine
Start/Stop Button to the ON position (The
mileage and time changes to "---").
• To reset the service interval to the
mileage and days you inputted before:
- Activate the reset mode by pressing
the RESET button for more than 5
second, then press the RESET button
again for more than 1 second
• To change or deactivate the service
interval:
- We recommend that you consult an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Service interval OFF
If the service interval is not set, “Service
interval OFF” message is displayed on
the LCD display.
User Settings
1. Stop the vehicle with the ignition
switch in the ON position or engine
running.
2. Press the TRIP button until the User
setting mode is displayed.
3. With the User setting mode displayed,
press the TRIP button until the screen
is changed.
4. You can change the item by pressing
the TRIP button and select an item by
pressing the RESET button.
4 60
✽ NOTICE
If any of the following conditions occurs,
the mileage and days may be incorrect.
- The battery cable is disconnected.
- The fuse switch is turned off.
- The battery is discharged.
Features of your vehicle
Door
Items
Explanation
Auto Lock
(if equipped)
• Off (Disable) : The auto door lock operation will be deactivated.
• Enable on Speed : All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed exceeds
15km/h (9.3mph).
• Enable on Shift : All doors will be automatically locked if the shift lever is shifted from the P (Park)
position to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D (Drive) position (for automatic
transaxle/dual clutch transmission shift lever).
Auto Unlock
• Off (Disable) : The auto door unlock operation will be canceled.
• Vehicle Off/On key out : All doors will be automatically unlocked when the ignition key is removed
from the ignition switch or the Engine Star/Stop button is set to the OFF
position.
• Driver Door Unlock : All doors will be automatically unlocked if the driver's door is unlocked.
• On Shift to P : All doors will be automatically unlocked if the shift lever is shifted to the P (Park)
position (for automatic transaxle/dual clutch transmission shift lever).
4 61
Features of your vehicle
Lights
Items
Head Lamp Delay
Welcome Light
(if equipped)
One Touch Turn Signal
4 62
Explanation
• If this item checked, the head lamp delay function will be activated.
• If this item checked, the welcome light function will be activated.
For more details, refer to "Light" in this chapter.
• Off: The one touch turn signal function will be deactivated.
• 3, 5, 7 Flashes : The lane change signals will blink 3, 5, or 7 times when the turn signal lever is
moved slightly.
For more details, refer to "Light" in this chapter.
Features of your vehicle
Settings
Items
Welcome Sound
(if equipped)
ECO Driving
(if equipped)
Shift Indicator
(if equipped)
Fuel Economy Unit
Steering Position
Fuel Economy Auto Reset
Temperature Unit
Language
Explanation
• If this item checked, the welcome sound function will be activated.
• If this item is checked, the ECO Driving function will be activated.
• If this item is checked, the shift indicator function will be activated.
Choose the fuel economy unit. (Km/L, L/100)
If this item is checked, the warning function regarding the steering wheel alignment will be activated.
For more details, refer to "Warning Messages" in this chapter.
• Off (Disable): The average fuel economy will reset when the RESET button presses for more
than 1 second.
• After ignition: The average fuel economy will reset automatically when the engine start/stop
button is in the OFF position during 4 hours.
• After refueling: The average fuel economy will rest automatically when the vehicle speed
exceeds 1km/h after refueling 6L or more.
Choose the temperature unit. (°C,°F)
Choose the language.
4 63
Features of your vehicle
Service interval
Items
Explanation
On this mode, you can activate the service interval function with mileage (km or mi.) and period
(months).
• Off : The service interval function will be deactivated.
• On :You can set the service interval (mileage and months).
Service Interval
✽ NOTICE - For Europe
If the service interval function is not available in your vehicle, we recommend that you consult
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for maintenance service information.
For more details, refer to "Service Mode" in this chapter.
4 64
Features of your vehicle
Warnings and indicators
All warning lights are checked by turning
the ignition switch ON (do not start the
engine). If any light does not illuminate,
we recommend that the system be
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
After starting the engine, check to make
sure that all warning lights are off. If any
are still on, this indicates a situation that
needs attention.
ECO indicator
(if equipped)
ECO
With Active ECO system
When the active ECO is operating the
ECO indicator illuminates green. For
more detailed information, refer to
"Active ECO" in chapter 5.
WARNING
Don't keep watching the indicator
while driving. It will distract you
while driving and cause an accident that results in severe personal
injury.
Without Active ECO system
The ECO indicator is a system that
informs you to drive economically.
It is displayed if you drive fuel efficiently
to help you improve fuel efficiency.
• The ECO indicator (green) will turn on
when you are driving fuel efficiently in
the ECO ON mode.You can turn off the
ECO indicator in the user setting
mode. As per ECO ON/OFF Mode
operation, refer to the previous page.
• Fuel-efficiency can be changed by the
driver's driving habit and road condition.
• It doesn't work at the condition which
doesn't meet economical driving such
as P (Park), N (Neutral), R (Reverse)
or sports mode.
4 65
Features of your vehicle
Air bag warning light
Seat belt warning
Engine oil pressure
warning
This warning light will illuminate for
approximately 6 seconds each time you
turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
This light also comes on when the
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) is
not working properly. If the AIR BAG
warning light does not come on, or continuously remains on after operating for
about 6 seconds when you turned the
ignition switch to the ON position or started the engine, or if it comes on while
driving, we recommend that the system
be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
As a reminder to the driver and passenger, the seat belt warning light will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each
time you turn the ignition switch ON
regardless of belt fastening.
For details, refer to the “Seat belt” in section 3.
This warning light indicates the engine oil
pressure is low.
If the warning light illuminates while driving:
1. Drive safely to the side of the road and
stop.
2. With the engine off, check the engine
oil level. If the level is low, add oil as
required.
If the warning light remains on after
adding oil or if oil is not available, we recommend that you call an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
CAUTION
If the engine is not stopped immediately after the engine oil pressure
warning light is illuminated, severe
damage could result.
4 66
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION
If the oil pressure warning light
stays on while the engine is running, serious engine damage may
result. The oil pressure warning
light comes on whenever there is
insufficient oil pressure. In normal
operation, it should come on when
the ignition switch is turned on,
then go out when the engine is
started. If the oil pressure warning
light stays on while the engine is
running, there is a serious malfunction.
If this happens, stop the car as
soon as it is safe to do so, turn off
the engine and check the oil level. If
the oil level is low, fill the engine oil
to the proper level and start the
engine again. If the light stays on
with the engine running, turn the
engine off immediately. In any
instance where the oil light stays on
when the engine is running, we recommend that the engine be
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer before the car is driven
again.
Turn signal indicator
Front fog light indicator
(if equipped)
The blinking green arrows on the instrument panel show the direction indicated
by the turn signals. If the arrow comes on
but does not blink, blinks more rapidly
than normal, or does not illuminate at all,
it indicates a malfunction in the turn signal system. You should consult your dealer for repairs.
This indicator also blinks when the hazard warning switch is turned on.
This indicator illuminates when the front
fog lights are ON.
High beam indicator
This indicator illuminates when the headlights are on and in the high beam position or when the turn signal lever is pulled
into the Flash-to-Pass position.
Rear fog light indicator
This indicator illuminates when the rear
fog lights are ON.
Light on indicator
The indicator illuminates when the tail
lights or headlights are ON.
Low Beam Indicator Light
(if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates when the
headlights are on.
4 67
Features of your vehicle
Charging system warning
light
EPS (Electric power steering) system warning light
Door ajar warning light
(if equipped)
This warning light indicates a malfunction
of either the generator or electrical
charging system.
If the warning light illuminates while the
vehicle is in motion:
1. Drive to the nearest safe location.
2. With the engine off, check the generator drive belt for looseness or breakage.
3. If the belt is adjusted properly, a problem exists somewhere in the electrical
charging system. We recommend that
the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
This warning light illuminates after the
ignition key is turned to the ON position
and then it will go off when the engine
starts.
This light also comes on when the EPS
has malfunctioned. If it comes on while
driving, we recommend that the system
be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
This warning light illuminates when a
door is not closed securely.
4 68
Tailgate open warning light
(if equipped)
This warning light illuminates when the
tailgate is not closed securely.
Features of your vehicle
EPB (Electric Parking Brake)
malfunction indicator
EPB
The EPB malfunction indicator will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned
ON, but should go off after approximately 3 seconds. If the warning light does not
come on, or continuously remains on, we
recommend that the system be checked
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Also, the EPB malfunction indicator may
illuminate when the ESC indicator comes
on to indicate that the ESC is not working
properly, but if this occurs, it does not
indicate the EPB has malfunctioned.
For more details, refer to "EPB" in section 5.
Immobilizer indicator
(if equipped)
Without smart key system
This indicator illuminates when the
immobilizer key is inserted and turned to
the ON position to start the engine.
At this time, you can start the engine. The
indicator goes out after approximately 30
seconds.
If this indicator blinks when the ignition
switch is in the ON position before starting the engine, we recommend that the
system be checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
With smart key system
If any of the following occurs in a vehicle
equipped with the smart key, the immobilizer indicator illuminates, blinks or goes
off.
• When the smart key is in the vehicle, if
the ENGINE START/STOP button is in
the ACC or ON position, the indicator
will illuminate for approximately 30
seconds to indicate that you are able to
start the engine. However, when the
smart key is not in the vehicle, if the
ENGINE START/STOP button is
pressed, the indicator will blink for a
few seconds to indicate that you are
not able to start the engine.
• If the indicator illuminates only for 2
seconds and goes out when the
ENGINE START/STOP button is
turned to ON position with the smart
key in the vehicle, we recommend that
the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• When the battery is weak, if the
ENGINE START/STOP button is
pressed, the indicator blinks, you are
not able to start the engine. However,
you are able to start the engine by
pressing the ENGINE START/STOP
button directly with the smart key. Also,
if the smart key system related parts
have a problem, the indicator will blink.
4 69
Features of your vehicle
Low fuel level warning
This warning light indicates the fuel tank
is nearly empty. When it comes on, you
should add fuel as soon as possible.
Driving with the fuel level warning light on
or with the fuel level below “E” can cause
the engine to misfire and damage the
catalytic converter (if equipped).
4 70
Malfunction indicator lamp
(MIL) (check engine light)
(if equipped)
This indicator is part of the Engine
Control System which monitors various
emission control system components. If
this indicator illuminates while driving, it
indicates that a potential malfunction has
been detected somewhere in the emission control system.
This indicator will also illuminate when
the ignition switch is turned to the ON
position, and will go off in a few seconds
after the engine is started. If it illuminates
while driving, or does not illuminate when
the ignition switch is turned to the ON
position, we recommend that the system
be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Generally, your vehicle will continue to be
drivable, we recommend that the system
be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer promptly.
CAUTION
Prolonged
driving
with
the
Emission
Control
System
Malfunction Indicator Light illuminated may cause damage to the
emission control systems which
could effect drivability and/or fuel
economy.
CAUTION - Gasoline engine
If the Emission Control System
Malfunction Indicator Light illuminates, potential catalytic converter
damage is possible which could
result in loss of engine power. We
recommend that the Engine Control
System be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as
possible.
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION - Diesel engine
(if equipped with DPF)
When the malfunction indicator
light is blinks, it may stop blinking
after driving the vehicle at more
than 60km/h (37 mph) or at more
than second gear with 1500 ~ 2000
engine rpm for a certain time (for
about 25 minutes).
If the malfunction indicator light
continues to be blinked in spite of
the procedure, we recommend that
the DPF system be checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
If you continue to drive with the
malfunction indicator light blinking
for a long time, the DPF system can
be damaged and fuel consumption
can be worsen.
CAUTION - Diesel engine
If the Emission Control System
Malfunction Indicator Light blinks,
some error related to the injection
quantity adjustment occurs which
could result in loss of engine
power, combustion noise and poor
emission. We recommend that the
Engine Control System be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
Engine coolant temperature warning light
(if equipped)
(for cluster type A)
The warning light illuminates and warning sound activates 5 times if the temperature of the engine coolant is above
125±2.5°C (257±4.5°F).
Do not continue driving with an overheated engine. If your vehicle overheats, refer
to “Overheating” in section 6.
✽ NOTICE
If the engine coolant temperature warning light illuminates, it indicates overheating that may damage the engine.
4 71
Features of your vehicle
Parking brake & brake fluid
warning
Parking brake warning
This warning light is illuminated when the
parking brake is applied with the ignition
switch in the START or ON position. The
warning light should go off when the
parking brake is released.
Always release the parking brake before
you drive.
4 72
Low brake fluid level warning
If the warning light remains on, it may indicate that the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low.
If the warning light remains on:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle.
2. With the engine stopped, check the
brake fluid level immediately and add
fluid as required. Then check all brake
components for fluid leaks.
3. Do not drive the vehicle if leaks are
found, the warning light remains on or
the brakes do not operate properly. We
recommend that the vehicle be towed to
any authorized HYUNDAI dealer for a
brake system inspection and necessary
repairs.
Your vehicle is equipped with dual-diagonal braking systems. This means you still
have braking on two wheels even if one of
the dual systems should fail. With only one
of the dual systems working, more than
normal pedal travel and greater pedal
pressure are required to stop the vehicle.
Also, the vehicle will not stop in as short a
distance with only a portion of the brake
system working. If the brakes fail while you
are driving, shift to a lower gear for additional engine braking and stop the vehicle
as soon as it is safe to do so.
To check bulb operation, check whether
the parking brake and brake fluid warning
light illuminates when the ignition switch
is in the ON position.
WARNING
Driving the vehicle with a warning
light on is dangerous. If the brake
warning light remains on, we recommend that the brakes be
checked and repaired immediately
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Features of your vehicle
ABS (Anti-lock brake system) warning light
(if equipped)
This warning light illuminates if the ignition switch is turned ON and goes off in
approximately 3 seconds if the system is
operating normally.
If the ABS warning light remains on,
comes on while driving, or does not
come on when the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position, this indicates
that the ABS may have malfunctioned.
If this occurs, we recommend that the
system be checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
The normal braking system will still be
operational, but without the assistance of
the anti-lock brake system.
Electronic brake force distribution (EBD) system warning
light
If two warning lights illuminate at the same time while
driving, your vehicle may
have a malfunction with ABS
and EBD system.
In this case, your ABS and regular brake
system may not work normally. We recommend that the system be checked by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon
as possible.
WARNING
If both ABS and Brake warning
lights are on and stay on, your vehicle’s brake system will not work
normally. So you may experience
an unexpected and dangerous situation during sudden braking. In this
case, avoid high speed driving and
abrupt braking. We recommend that
the vehicle be checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer as
soon as possible.
4 73
Features of your vehicle
ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) indicator
(if equipped)
ESC OFF indicator
(if equipped)
The ESC indicator will illuminate when
the ignition switch is turned ON, but
should go off after approximately 3 seconds. When the ESC is on, it monitors
the driving conditions. Under normal driving conditions, the ESC indicator will
remain off. When a slippery or low traction condition is encountered, the ESC
will operate, and the ESC indicator will
blink to indicate the ESC is operating.
But, if the ESC system malfunctions the
indicator illuminates and stays on. We
recommend that the system be checked
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
The ESC OFF indicator will illuminate
when the ignition switch is turned ON,
but should go off after approximately 3
seconds. To switch to ESC OFF mode,
press the ESC OFF button. The ESC
OFF indicator will illuminate indicating
the ESC is deactivated.
Cruise indicator (if equipped)
CRUISE indicator
CRUISE
The indicator illuminates when the cruise
control system is enabled.
The cruise indicator in the instrument
cluster is illuminated when the CRUISE
button on the steering wheel is pushed.
The indicator goes off when the CRUISE
button is pushed again. For more information about the use of cruise control,
refer to “Cruise control system” in section
5.
Cruise SET indicator
SET
The indicator illuminates when the cruise
control switch (SET- or RES+) is ON.
The cruise SET indicator in the instrument cluster illuminats when the cruise
control switch (SET- or RES+) is pushed.
The cruise SET indicator does not illuminate when the cruise control switch
(CANCEL) is pushed or the system is
disengaged.
4 74
Features of your vehicle
Glow indicator (Diesel
engine)
Fuel filter warning light
(Diesel engine)
Overspeed warning
(if equipped)
The indicator light illuminates when the
ignition switch is placed at the ON position. The engine can be started after the
preheat indicator light goes off. The illuminating time varies with the water temperature, air temperature and battery
condition.
This warning light illuminates for 3 seconds after the ignition switch is set to the
ON position and then it will go out. If it
lights up while the engine is running, it
indicates that water has accumulated
inside the fuel filter. If this happens,
remove the water from the fuel filter. For
more Information, refer to “Fuel filter” in
section 7.
Overspeed warning light
If you drive with the speed of 120 km/h or
more, the overspeed warning light will
blink. This is to prevent you from driving
your vehicle with overspeed.
✽ NOTICE
If the engine was not started within 10
seconds after the preheating is completed, turn the ignition key once more to
the LOCK position during 10 seconds,
and then to the ON position, in order to
preheat again.
CAUTION
If the preheat indicator light continues to illuminate or flash on and off
after the engine has warmed up or
while driving, we recommend that
the system be checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer as
soon as possible.
CAUTION
When the fuel filter warning light is
illuminated, engine power (vehicle
speed & idle speed) may decrease.
If you keep driving with the warning
light on, you can damage your vehicle's engine parts and injection system of the Common Rail. If this
occurs, we recommend that the
vehicle be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as
possible.
120
km/h
Overspeed warning chime (if equipped)
If you drive with the speed of 120 km/h or
more, the overspeed warning chime will
sound for about 5 seconds. This is to prevent you from driving your vehicle with
overspeed.
4 75
Features of your vehicle
LCD display information (if equipped)
Key not in vehicle
■ Type A
■ Type A
Low key battery
■ Type B
■ Type A
■ Type B
■ Type B
OGD044257L/OGD044320L
If the smart key is not in the vehicle and
if any door is opened or closed with the
ENGINE START/STOP button in the
ACC, ON, or START position, the warning illuminates on the LCD display. Also,
the chime sounds for 5 seconds when
the smart key is not in the vehicle and the
door is closed.
Always have the smart key with you.
4 76
Key not detected
OGD044241L/OGD044242L
OGD044258L/OGD044321L
If the smart key is not in the vehicle or is
not detected and you press the ENGINE
START/ STOP button, the warning illuminates on the LCD display for 10 seconds.
Also, the immobilizer indicator blinks for
10 seconds.
If the ENGINE START/STOP button turns
to the OFF position when the smart key
in the vehicle discharges, the warning
illuminates on the LCD display for about
10 seconds. Also, the warning chime
sounds once.
Replace the battery with a new one.
Features of your vehicle
Press brake pedal to start engine
(Automatic transaxle/
Dual clutch transmission)
■ Type A
Press clutch pedal to start engine
(Manual transaxle)
■ Type A
■ Type B
■ Type B
Shift to P
(Automatic transaxle/
Dual clutch transmission)
■ Type A
■ Type B
OGD044263L/OGD044323L
OGD044259L/OGD044322L
If the ENGINE START/STOP button turns
to the ACC position twice by pressing the
button repeatedly without depressing the
brake pedal, the warning illuminates on
the LCD display for about 10 seconds to
indicate that you should depress the
brake pedal to start the engine.
If the ENGINE START/STOP button turns
to the ACC position twice by pressing the
button repeatedly without depressing the
clutch pedal, the warning illuminates on
the LCD display for about 10 seconds to
indicate that you should depress the
clutch pedal to start the engine.
OGD044260L/OGD044324L
If you try to turn off the engine without the
shift lever in the P (Park) position, the
ENGINE START/STOP button will turn to
the ACC position. If the button is pressed
once more it will turn to the ON position.
The warning illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds to indicate that
you should press the ENGINE START/
STOP button with the shift lever in the P
(Park) position to turn off the engine.
Also, the warning chime sounds for about
10 seconds. (if equipped)
4 77
Features of your vehicle
Press start button again
■ Type A
■ Type B
Shift to P or N to start engine
(Automatic transaxle/
Dual clutch transmission)
■ Type A
Press start button while turning wheel
■ Type A
■ Type B
■ Type B
OGD044261L/OGD044325L
OGD044479L/OGD044327L
If you can not operate the ENGINE
START/ STOP button when there is a
problem with the ENGINE START/STOP
button system, the warning illuminates
for 10 seconds and the chime sounds
continuously to indicate that you could
start the engine by pressing the ENGINE
START/STOP button once more.
The chime will stop if the ENGINE
START/STOP button system works normally or the theft alarm system is armed.
If the warning illuminates each time you
press the ENGINE START/STOP button,
we recommend that the system be
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
If the steering wheel does not unlock normally when the ENGINE START/STOP
button is pressed, the warning illuminates for 10 seconds on the LCD display.
Also, the warning chime sounds once
and the ENGINE START/STOP button
light blinks for 10 seconds.
When you are warned, press the
ENGINE START/STOP button while turning the steering wheel right and left.
4 78
OGD044262L/OGD044347L
If you try to start the engine with the shift
lever not in the P(Park) or N(Neutral)
position, the warning illuminates for
about 10 seconds on the LCD display.
You can also start the engine with the
shift lever in the N(Neutral) position, but
for your safety start the engine with the
shift lever in the P(Park) position.
Features of your vehicle
Check steering wheel lock system
■ Type A
■ Type B
Press start button with key
■ Type A
■ Type B
Check brake switch fuse
■ Type A
■ Type B
OGD044478L/OGD044328L
OGD044243L/OGD044329L
OGD044264L/OGD044330L
If the steering wheel does not lock normally when the ENGINE START/STOP
button turns to the OFF position, the
warning illuminates for 10 seconds on
the LCD display. Also, the warning chime
sounds for 3 seconds and the ENGINE
START/STOP button light blinks for 10
seconds.
If you press the ENGINE START/ STOP
button while the warning “Key not detected” illuminates the warning “Press the
start button with key” illuminates for 10
seconds on the LCD display. Also, the
immobilizer indicator blinks for 10 seconds.
When the brake switch fuse is disconnected, the warning illuminates for 10
seconds on the LCD display.
Replace the fuse with a new one. If that
is not possible you can start the engine
by pressing the ENGINE START/STOP
button for 10 seconds in ACC.
4 79
Features of your vehicle
Low washer fluid (if equipped)
■ Type A
■ Type B
Turn on fuse switch (mode switch)
■ Type A
■ Type B
OGD044278L/OGD044349L
OGD044336L/OGD044332L
This warning light illuminates when the
washer fluid reservoir is nearly empty. If
you press the TRIP button while the
warning light is illuminating, LCD display
mode is changed to the trip mode for 4
seconds and then will return to the low
washer fluid mode. Refill the washer fluid
as soon as possible.
The notice appears to inform the driver to
turn on the fuse switch in the instrument
panel under the steering wheel.
For more details, refer to “Fuses” in section 7.
Align steering wheel
■ Type A
OGDE044484/OGDE044485
■ Type B
OGDE044479/OGDE044477
This warning message illuminates if you
start the engine when the steering wheel
is turned to more than 90 degrees to the
left or right.
It means that you should turn the steering wheel and make the angle of the
steering wheel be less than 30 degrees.
4 80
Features of your vehicle
Steering wheel aligning is completed.
■ Type A
■ Type B
Engine has overheated
■ Type A
■ Type B
Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)
warning (for Diesel engine)
■ Type A
OGDE044483/OGDE044481
OGDE044488/OGDE044486
If the steering wheel aligning is completed after “Align steering wheel” warning
message is displayed, this message is
displayed for 2 seconds.
This warning message illuminates and
warning sound activates 5 times when
the engine coolant temperature is above
120°C (248°F). This means that the
engine is overheated and may be damaged.
If your vehicle is overheated, refer to
“Overheating” in chapter 6.
■ Type B
OGDE044476/OGDE044475
This warning message illuminates if the
DPF system has a malfunction. At this
time, DPF warning light also blinks.
In this case, we recommend that you
have the DPF system checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to “Warning Lights”
in this chapter.
4 81
Features of your vehicle
REAR PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING
The rear parking assist system is a
supplementary function only. The
operation of the rear parking assist
system can be affected by several
factors (including environmental
conditions). It is the responsibility
of the driver to always check the
area behind the vehicle before and
while backing up.
Sensors
Operation of the rear parking
assist system
Operating condition
• This system will activate when backing
up with the ignition switch ON.
• The sensing distance while the rear
parking assist system is in operation is
approximately 120 cm (47 in.).
• When more than two objects are
sensed at the same time, the closest
one will be recognized first.
OGD041096
The rear parking assist system assists
the driver during backward movement of
the vehicle by chiming if any object is
sensed within a distance of 120 cm (47
in.) behind the vehicle. This system is a
supplemental system and it is not intended to nor does it replace the need for
extreme care and attention of the driver.
The sensing range and objects
detectable by the back sensors are limited. Whenever backing-up, pay as much
attention to what is behind you as you
would in a vehicle without a rear parking
assist system.
4 82
Types of warning sound
• When an object is 120 cm to 61 cm (47
in. to 23.6 in.) from the rear bumper:
Buzzer beeps intermittently.
• When an object is 60 cm to 31 cm
(23.6 in. to 12.2 in.) from the rear
bumper: Buzzer beeps more frequently.
• When an object is within 30 cm (11.8
in.) of the rear bumper:
Buzzer sounds continuously.
Features of your vehicle
Type of the warning indicator
(if equipped)
Distance from
object
Warning indicator
61cm ~ 120 cm
(24 in. ~ 47 in.)
31cm ~ 60 cm
(12.2 in. ~ 23.6 in.)
Less than 30 cm
(11.8 in.)
*1: It indicates the range of sensing object
by each sensor. (Left, Center, Right)
❈: In case of that the object is between
sensors or close, indicator could be
different.
Non-operational conditions of
rear parking assist system
The rear parking assist system may
not operate properly when:
1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It will
operate normally when the moisture
*
has been cleared.)
2. The sensor is covered with foreign
matter, such as snow or water, or the
sensor cover is blocked. (It will operate
*
normally when the material is removed
or the sensor is no longer blocked.)
3. Driving on uneven road surfaces
(unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, gradient).
*
4. Objects generating excessive noise
(vehicle horns, loud motorcycle
engines, or truck air brakes) are within
range of the sensor.
5. Heavy rain or water spray exists.
6. Wireless transmitters or mobile phones
are within range of the sensor.
7. The sensor is covered with snow.
8. Trailer towing
1
1
1
The detecting range may decrease
when:
1. The sensor is stained with foreign matter such as snow or water. (The sensing range will return to normal when
removed.)
2. Outside air temperature is extremely
hot or cold.
The following objects may not be recognized by the sensor:
1. Sharp or slim objects such as ropes,
chains or small poles.
2. Objects which tend to absorb the sensor frequency such as clothes, spongy
material or snow.
3. Undetectable objects smaller than 1 m
(40 in.) in height and narrower than 14
cm (6 in.) in diameter.
4 83
Features of your vehicle
Rear parking assist system precautions
• The rear parking assist system may
not sound sequentially depending on
the speed and shapes of the objects
detected.
• The rear parking assist system may
malfunction if the vehicle bumper
height or sensor installation has been
modified or damaged. Any non-factory
installed equipment or accessories
may also interfere with the sensor performance.
• The sensor may not recognize objects
less than 30 cm (11.8 in.) from the sensor, or it may sense an incorrect distance. Use caution.
• When the sensor is frozen or stained
with snow, dirt, or water, the sensor
may be inoperative until the stains are
removed using a soft cloth.
• Do not push, scratch or strike the sensor. Sensor damage could occur.
4 84
✽ NOTICE
Self-diagnosis
This system can only sense objects within the range and location of the sensors;
it can not detect objects in other areas
where sensors are not installed. Also,
small or slim objects, such as poles or
objects located between sensors may not
be detected by the sensors.
Always visually check behind the vehicle when backing up.
Be sure to inform any drivers of the
vehicle that may be unfamiliar with the
system regarding the systems capabilities and limitations.
When you shift the gear to the R
(Reverse) position and if one or more of
the below occurs you may have a malfunction in the rear parking assist system.
• You don't hear an audible warning
sound or if the buzzer sounds intermittently.
WARNING
Pay close attention when the vehicle is driven close to objects on the
road, particularly pedestrians, and
especially children. Be aware that
some objects may not be detected
by the sensors, due to the object’s
distance, size or material, all of
which can limit the effectiveness of
the sensor. Always perform a visual inspection to make sure the vehicle is clear of all obstructions
before moving the vehicle in any
direction.
•
is displayed. (if equipped)
(blinks)
If this occurs, we recommend that the
system be checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
WARNING
Your new vehicle warranty does not
cover any accidents or damage to
the vehicle or injuries to its occupants due to a rear parking assist
system malfunction. Always drive
safely and cautiously.
Features of your vehicle
REARVIEW CAMERA (IF EQUIPPED)
✽ NOTICE
Closing the rearview camera cover
makes a sound, but it is normal condition.
OGD041100
Rear view display
The rearview camera may be turned off
by pressing the ON/OFF button when the
rearview camera is activated.
To turn the camera on again, press the
ON/OFF button again when the ignition
switch is on and the shift lever in R
(Reverse). Also, the camera will turn on
automatically whenever the ignition
switch is turned off and on again.
WARNING
• This system is a supplementary
function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always
check the inside/outside rearview
mirror and the area behind the
vehicle before and while backing
up because there is a dead zone
that can't be seen through the
camera.
• Always keep the camera lens
clean. If lens is covered with foreign matter, the camera may not
operate normally.
CAUTION
OGDE042099
If you move the shift lever to the R
(Reverse) position with the ignition switch
on, the back-up light will illuminate, the
rearview camera cover will open and
then the rearview camera will activate.
When moving the shift lever from R
(Reverse) into P (Park), D (Drive) or N
(Neutral), the rearview camera cover will
close after 10 seconds.
• Before washing the vehicle,
check that the rearview camera
cover is closed. If you wash the
vehicle while the rearview camera
cover is opened, the rearview
camera may be damaged.
• Do not try to open the rearview
camera cover manually. The
rearview camera may be damaged.
CAUTION
If the rearview camera was jammed
with ice, the camera would not
operate normally. Use an approved
spray
de-icer
(not
radiator
antifreeze) to release the frozen
mechanism or move the vehicle to a
warm place and allow the ice to
melt.
4 85
Features of your vehicle
HAZARD WARNING FLASHER
OGDE042103L
The hazard warning flasher should be
used whenever you find it necessary to
stop the vehicle in a hazardous location.
When you must make such an emergency stop, always pull off the road as far
as possible.
The hazard warning lights are turned on
by pushing in the hazard switch. Both
turn signal lights will blink. The hazard
warning lights will operate even though
the key is not in the ignition switch.
To turn the hazard warning lights off,
push the switch again.
4 86
Features of your vehicle
LIGHTING
Battery saver function
• The purpose of this feature is to prevent the battery from being discharged. The system automatically
turns off the parking lights when the
driver removes the ignition key (Smart
key : turns off the engine) and opens
the driver-side door.
• With this feature, the parking lights will
turn off automatically if the driver parks
on the side of road at night.
If necessary, to keep the lights on
when the ignition key is removed, perform the following:
1) Open the driver-side door.
2) Turn the parking lights OFF and ON
again using the light switch on the
steering column.
Headlight (Headlamp) escort
function (if equipped)
The headlights (and/or taillights) remain
on for approximately 5 minutes after the
ignition key is removed or turned to the
ACC or LOCK position. However, if the
driver’s door is opened and closed, the
headlights are turned off after 15 seconds.
The headlights can be turned off by
pressing the lock button on the transmitter or smart key twice or turning off the
light switch from the headlight or Auto
light position.
CAUTION
If the driver gets out of the vehicle
through other doors (except driver’s door), the battery saver function does not operate and the headlight escort function does not turn
off automatically. Therefore, it causes the battery to be discharged. In
this case, make sure to turn off the
lamp before getting out of the vehicle.
OBK049045
Lighting control
The light switch has a Headlight and a
Parking light position.
To operate the lights, turn the knob at the
end of the control lever to one of the following positions:
(1) Off(O) position
(2) Parking light position
(3) Headlight position
(4) Auto light position (if equipped)
4 87
Features of your vehicle
OBK049047
OMD040095
Headlight position ( )
When the light switch is in the headlight
position (2nd position), the head, tail,
position, license and instrument panel
lights are ON.
Auto light position (if equipped)
When the light switch is in the AUTO light
position, the taillights and headlights will
be turned ON or OFF automatically
depending on the amount of light outside
the vehicle.
OBK049046
Parking light position (
)
When the light switch is in the parking
light position (1st position), the tail position, license and instrument panel lights
will turn ON.
✽ NOTICE
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position to turn on the headlights.
4 88
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION
• Never place anything over sensor
(1) located on the instrument
panel, this will ensure better autolight system control.
• Don’t clean the sensor using a
window cleaner, the cleanser may
leave a light film which could
interfere with sensor operation.
• If your vehicle has window tint or
other types of metallic coating on
the front windshield, the Auto
light system may not work properly.
OBK049050
High beam operation
To turn on the high beam headlights, push
the lever away from you. Pull it back for
low beams.
The high beam indicator will light when
the headlight high beams are switched on.
To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not leave the lights on for a
prolonged time while the engine is not
running.
OBK049049
To flash the headlights, pull the lever
towards you. It will return to the normal
(low beam) position when released. The
headlight switch does not need to be on
to use this flashing feature.
WARNING
Do not use high beam when there
are other vehicles. Using high
beam could obstruct the other driver's vision.
4 89
Features of your vehicle
One-touch lane change function
(if equipped)
To activate an one-touch lane change
function, move the turn signal lever
slightly and then release it. The lane
change signals will blink 3 times.
✽ NOTICE
OBK049051
Turn signals and lane change signals
The ignition switch must be on for the
turn signals to function. To turn on the
turn signals, move the lever up or down
(A). The green arrow indicators on the
instrument panel indicate which turn signal is operating. They will self-cancel
after a turn is completed. If the indicator
continues to flash after a turn, manually
return the lever to the off position.
To signal a lane change, move the turn
signal lever slightly and hold it in position
(B). The lever will return to the off position
when released.
If an indicator stays on and does not
flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of the
turn signal bulbs may be burned out and
will require replacement.
4 90
If an indicator flash is abnormally quick
or slow, a bulb may be burned out or
have a poor electrical connection in the
circuit.
OBK049052
Front fog light (if equipped)
Fog lights are used to provide improved
visibility when visibility is poor due to fog,
rain or snow, etc. The fog lights will turn
on when the fog light switch (1) is turned
on after the parklight is turned on.
To turn off the fog lights, turn the fog light
switch (1) to the O (Off) position.
CAUTION
When in operation, the fog lights
consume large amounts of vehicle
electrical power. Only use the fog
lights when visibility is poor.
Features of your vehicle
Daytime running light
(if equipped)
■ Type A
OED040806
■ Type B
OAM049046L
Rear fog light
To turn the rear fog lights on, turn the
rear fog light switch (1) to the on position
when the headlight is turned on.
Also, the rear fog lights turn on when the
rear fog light switch is turned on after the
front fog light switch (if equipped) is
turned on and the headlight switch is in
the parklight position.
To turn the rear fog lights off, turn the rear
fog light switch to the on position again.
Type A
The Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can
make it easier for others to see the front
of your vehicle during the day. DRL can
be helpful in many different driving conditions, and it is especially helpful after
dawn and before sunset.
The DRL system will turn the dedicated
lamp OFF when:
1. The parklight switch is ON.
2. The engine is OFF.
Type B
The Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can
make it easier for others to see the front
of your vehicle during the day. DRL can
be helpful in many different driving conditions, and it is especially helpful after
dawn and before sunset.
The DRL system will turn the dedicated
lamp OFF when:
1. The front fog lights or headlights are
ON.
2. The engine is OFF.
OGDE041187
Headlight leveling device
(if equipped)
Manual type
To adjust the headlight beam level
according to the number of the passengers and loading weight in the luggage
area, turn the beam leveling switch.
The higher the number of the switch
position, the lower the headlight beam
level. Always keep the headlight beam at
the proper leveling position, or headlights
may dazzle other road users.
4 91
Features of your vehicle
Listed below are the examples of proper
switch settings. For loading conditions
other than those listed below, adjust the
switch position so that the beam level
may be the nearest as the condition
obtained according to the list.
Loading condition
Driver only
Driver + Front passenger
Switch position
0
0
Full passengers
(including driver)
1
Full passengers (including
driver) + Maximum permissible loading
2
Driver + Maximum permissible loading
3
4 92
Automatic type
It automatically adjusts the headlight
beam level according to the number of
passengers and loading weight in the
luggage area.
And it offers proper headlight beam
under various conditions.
WARNING
If it does not work properly even
though your car is inclined backward according to passenger's
posture, or the headlight beam is
irradiated to the high or low position, we recommend that the system be inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Do not attempt to inspect or
replace the wiring yourself.
Features of your vehicle
WIPERS AND WASHERS
Windshield wiper/washer
■ Type A
Rear window wiper/washer
■ Type A
A : Wiper speed control (front)
·
/ MIST – Single wipe
· O / OFF – Off
· --- / INT – Intermittent wipe
AUTO* – Auto control wipe
· 1 / LO– Low wiper speed
· 2 / HI – High wiper speed
B : Intermittent control wipe time
adjustment
C : Wash with brief wipes (front)*
■ Type B
■ Type B
D : Rear wiper/washer control*
·
/ ON – Continuous wipe
· --- / INT* – Intermittent wipe
· O / OFF – Off
E : Wash with brief wipes (rear)
* : if equipped
OXM049230L/OXM049231L/OAM049048L/OAM049048N
4 93
Features of your vehicle
Windshield wipers
Operates as follows when the ignition
switch is turned ON.
/ MIST : For a single wiping cycle,
move the lever to this (
/
MIST) position and release
it. The wipers will operate
continuously if the lever is
held in this position.
O / OFF : Wiper is not in operation
--- / INT : Wiper operates intermittently at
the same wiping intervals. Use
this mode in light rain or mist.
To vary the speed setting, turn
the speed control knob.
1 / LO : Normal wiper speed
2 / HI : Fast wiper speed
To vary the speed setting, turn the speed
control knob (1).
If the wiper switch is set in AUTO mode
when the ignition switch is ON, the wiper
will operate once to perform a self-check
of the system. Set the wiper to OFF position when the wiper is not in use.
■ Type A
Rain sensor
OEL049900
■ Type B
✽ NOTICE
If there is heavy accumulation of snow
or ice on the windshield, defrost the
windshield for about 10 minutes, or
until the snow and/or ice is removed
before using the windshield wipers to
ensure proper operation.
If you do not remove the snow and/or ice
before using the wiper and washer, it
may damage the wiper and washer system.
4 94
Rain sensor
OXM049123
Auto control (if equipped)
The rain sensor located on the upper end
of the windshield glass senses the
amount of rainfall and controls the wiping
cycle for the proper interval. The more it
rains, the faster the wiper operates. When
the rain stops, the wiper stops.
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION
When the ignition switch is ON and
the windshield wiper switch is
placed in the AUTO mode, use caution in the following situations to
avoid any injury to the hands or
other parts of the body:
• Do not touch the upper end of the
windshield glass facing the rain
sensor.
• Do not wipe the upper end of the
windshield glass with a damp or
wet cloth.
• Do not put pressure on the windshield glass.
CAUTION
When washing the vehicle, set the
wiper switch in the OFF position to
stop the auto wiper operation.
The wiper may operate and be damaged if the switch is set in the AUTO
mode while washing the vehicle.
Do not remove the sensor cover
located on the upper end of the passenger side windshield glass.
Damage to system parts could
occur and may not be covered by
your vehicle warranty.
When starting the vehicle in winter,
set the wiper switch in the OFF
position. Otherwise, wipers may
operate and ice may damage the
windshield wiper blades. Always
remove all snow and ice and defrost
the windshield properly prior to
operating the windshield wipers.
■ Type A
OXM049048E
■ Type B
OAM049102N
Windshield washers (if equipped)
In the OFF position, pull the lever gently
toward you to spray washer fluid on the
windshield and to run the wipers 1-3
cycles.
Use this function when the windshield is
dirty.
The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever.
If the washer does not work, check the
washer fluid level. If the fluid level is not
sufficient, you will need to add appropriate non-abrasive windshield washer fluid
to the washer reservoir.
The reservoir filler neck is located in the
front of the engine compartment on the
passenger side.
4 95
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION
To prevent possible damage to the
washer pump, do not operate the
washer when the fluid reservoir is
empty.
WARNING
Do not use the washer in freezing
temperatures without first warming
the windshield with the defrosters;
the washer solution could freeze on
the windshield and obscure your
vision.
4 96
CAUTION
• To prevent possible damage to
the wipers or windshield, do not
operate the wipers when the
windshield is dry.
• To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, do not use gasoline,
kerosene, paint thinner, or other
solvents on or near them.
• To prevent damage to the wiper
arms and other components, do
not attempt to move the wipers
manually.
• To prevent possible damage to
the wipers and washer system,
use anti-freezing washer fluids in
the winter season or cold weather.
Headlight washer (if equipped)
If your vehicle is equipped with the headlight washer it will operate at the same
time when you operate the windshield
washer. It will operate when the headlight
switch is in the first or second position
and the ignition switch or engine
start/stop button is in the ON position.
The washer fluid will be sprayed on to the
headlights.
✽ NOTICE
Check the headlight washers periodically to confirm that the washer fluid is
being sprayed properly onto the headlight lenses.
Features of your vehicle
■ Type A
■ Type A
OXM049103E
■ Type B
OXM049125L
■ Type B
OAM049103N
Rear window wiper and washer
switch (if equipped)
The rear window wiper and washer
switch is located at the end of the wiper
and washer switch lever. Turn the switch
to the desired position to operate the rear
wiper and washer.
/ ON - Normal wiper operation
--- / INT - Intermittent wiper operation
(if equipped)
O / OFF - Wiper is not in operation
OXM049125
Push the lever away from you to spray
rear washer fluid and to run the rear
wipers 1~3 cycles. The spray and wiper
operation will continue until you release
the lever. (if equipped)
4 97
Features of your vehicle
INTERIOR LIGHT
CAUTION
Do not use the interior lights for
extended periods when the engine
is not running.
It may cause battery discharge.
Interior lamp AUTO cut
■ Type A
• When all entrances are closed, if you
lock the vehicle by using the transmitter or the smart key, all interior lamp
will be off after a few seconds.
• If you do not operate anything in the
vehicle after turning off the engine, the
lights will turn off after 20 minutes.
WARNING
Do not use the interior lights when
driving in the dark. Accidents could
happen because the view may be
obscured by interior lights.
OGD041104
■ Type B
OGD041105
Map lamp (if equipped)
Push the lens (1) to turn the map lamp on
or off. This light produces a spot beam for
convenient use as a map lamp at night or
as a personal lamp for the driver and the
front passenger.
4 98
Features of your vehicle
•
•
•
/OFF (2) : The lights turn off even
if a door is opened.
/DOOR (3) :
In the DOOR position, the map
lamp and the room lamp come
on when any door is opened
regardless of the ignition switch
position.
When doors are unlocked by
the transmitter (or smart key),
the map lamp and the room
lamp come on for approximately 30 seconds as long as any
door is not open. The map lamp
and the room lamp goes out
gradually after approximately 30
seconds if the door is closed.
However, if the ignition switch is
ON or all doors are locked, the
map lamp and the room lamp
will turn off immediately.
/ON (4) : Map lamp and room
lamp stay on at all times.
❈ When the lamp is turned ON
by pressing the lens (1), the
lamp does not turn off even if
the switch (2) is in the OFF
position.
Type B
Press the switch
room lamp.
Press the switch
room lamp.
■ Type A
to turn on the
to turn off the
CAUTION
OMD040097
Do not leave the lamp switches on
for an extended period of time when
the vehicle is not running.
■ Type B
OGD041151
Room lamp
Type A
To turn the room lamp ON or OFF, push
the switch.
4 99
Features of your vehicle
OGD041106
OYF049209
Luggage room lamp
Vanity mirror lamp (if equipped)
The luggage room lamp comes on when
the tailgate is opened.
Pull the sunvisor downward and you can
turn the vanity mirror lamp ON or OFF by
pushing the button.
•
: To turn the lamp ON.
• O : To turn the lamp OFF.
CAUTION
The luggage lamp comes on as
long as the tailgate is open. To prevent unnecessary charging system
drain, close the tailgate securely
after using the luggage room.
4 100
CAUTION
To prevent unnecessary charging
system drain, turn off the lamp by
pushing the O button after using
the lamp.
Features of your vehicle
WELCOME SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
Headlamp welcome
Interior light
When the headlight(light switch in the
headlight or AUTO position) is on and all
doors (and tailgate) are locked and
closed, the headlight, position light and
tail light will come on for 15 seconds if
any of the below is performed.
• Without smart key system
- When the door unlock button is
pressed on the transmitter.
• With the smart key system
- When the door unlock button is
pressed on the smart key.
When the interior light switch is in the
DOOR position and all doors (and tailgate) are locked and closed, the room
lamp will come on for 30 seconds if any
of the below is performed.
• Without smart key system
- When the door unlock button is
pressed on the transmitter.
• With the smart key system
- When the door unlock button is
pressed on the smart key.
- When the button of the outside door
handle is pressed.
At this time, if you press the door lock button (on the transmitter or smart key), the
lights will turn off immediately.
At this time, if you press the door lock button, the lamps will turn off immediately.
Puddle lamp and pocket lamp
(if equipped)
When all doors are locked and closed,
the puddle lamp and pocket lamp will
come on for 15 seconds if any of the
below is performed.
• Without smart key system
- When the door unlock button is
pressed on the transmitter.
• With the smart key system
- When the door unlock button is
pressed on the smart key.
- When the button of the outside door
handle is pressed.
- When the vehicle is approached with
the smart key in possession.
At this time, if you press the door lock button, the lamps will turn off immediately.
4 101
Features of your vehicle
DEFROSTER
CAUTION
■ Manual climate control
To prevent damage to the conductors bonded to the inside surface of
the rear window, never use sharp
instruments or window cleaners
containing abrasives to clean the
window.
✽ NOTICE
If you want to defrost and defog the
front windshield, refer to “Windshield
defrosting and defogging” in this section.
OGD041107
■ Automatic climate control
Outside mirror defroster
(if equipped)
If your vehicle is equipped with outside
mirror defrosters, they will operate at the
same time when you turn on the rear
window defroster.
OGD041108
Rear window defroster
The defroster heats the window to
remove frost, fog and thin ice from the
interior and exterior of the rear window,
while engine is running.
To activate the rear window defroster,
press the rear window defroster button
located in the center facia switch panel.
4 102
The indicator on the rear window
defroster button illuminates when the
defroster is ON.
If there is heavy accumulation of snow on
the rear window, brush it off before operating the rear defroster.
The rear window defroster automatically
turns off after approximately 20 minutes
or when the ignition switch is turned off.
To turn off the defroster, press the rear
window defroster button again.
Front wiper deicer (if equipped)
If your vehicle is equipped with front
wiper deicer, they will operate at the
same time when you turn on the rear
window defroster.
Features of your vehicle
MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
1. MAX A/C (Max airconditioning) button
(if equipped)
2. A/C (Air conditioning) button (if equipped)
3. Mode selection buttons
4. Fan speed control knob
5. Rear window defroster button
6. Front windshield defrost button
7. Temperature control knob
8. Air intake control button
CAUTION
Operating the blower when the
ignition switch is in the ON position could cause the battery to
discharge. Operate the blower
when the engine is running.
OGDE042109
4 103
Features of your vehicle
Heating and air conditioning
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
To improve the effectiveness of heating and cooling :
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the outside
(fresh) air position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the
air conditioning system (if equipped)
on.
(if equipped)
OGD041111
4 104
Features of your vehicle
Face-Level (B, D, F*)
Air flow is directed toward the upper body
and face. Additionally, each outlet can be
controlled to direct the air discharged
from the outlet.
Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, E, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the floor
and the windshield with a small amount
directed to the side window defrosters.
Defrost-Level (A, D)
Bi-Level (B, D, C, E, F*)
OGD041110
Mode selection
The mode selection button controls the
direction of the air flow through the ventilation system.
Air can be directed to the floor, dashboard outlets, or windshield. Five symbols are used to represent Face, BiLevel, Floor, Floor-Defrost and Defrost
air position.
Air flow is directed towards the face and
the floor.
Most of the air flow is directed to the
windshield with a small amount of air
directed to the side window defrosters.
* : if equipped
Floor-Level (C, E, A, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor, with a small amount of the air being
directed to the windshield and side window defrosters.
4 105
Features of your vehicle
OGD041112
OGD041113
OGD041116
MAX A/C-Level (if equipped)
To select the MAX A/C, turn the fan
speed control knob to the right then
press the MAX A/C button.
Air flow is directed toward the upper body
and face.
In this mode, the air conditioning, recirculated air position and max cool temperature condition will be selected automatically.
Instrument panel vents
The outlet vents can be opened or closed
separately using the thumbwheel.
Also, you can adjust the direction of air
delivery from these vents using the vent
control lever as shown.
Temperature control
The temperature control knob allows you
to control the temperature of the air flowing from the ventilation system. To
change the air temperature in the passenger compartment, turn the knob to
the right position for warm and hot air or
left position for cooler air.
4 106
Features of your vehicle
Recirculated air position
With the recirculated air
position selected, air from
the passenger compartment will be drawn through
the heating system and
heated or cooled according
to the function selected.
OGD041115
Air intake control
This is used to select outside (fresh) air
position or recirculated air position.
To change the air intake control position,
press the control button.
Outside (fresh) air position
With the outside (fresh) air
position
selected,
air
enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or
cooled according to the
function selected.
✽ NOTICE
It should be noted that prolonged operation of the heater in the recirculated air
position (without air conditioning selected) will cause fogging of the windshield
and side windows and the air within the
passenger compartment will become
stale.
In addition, prolonged use of the air
conditioning with the recirculated air
position selected will result in excessively dry air in the passenger compartment.
WARNING
• Continuous operation of the climate control system in the recirculated air position may allow
humidity to increase inside the
vehicle which may fog the glass
and obscure visibility.
• Do not sleep in a vehicle with air
conditioning or heating system
on. It may cause serious harm or
death due to a drop in the oxygen
level and/or body temperature.
• Continuous operation of the climate control system in the recirculated air position can cause
drowsiness or sleepiness, and
loss of vehicle control. Set the air
intake control to the outside
(fresh) air position as much as
possible while driving.
4 107
Features of your vehicle
OGD041114
OGD043114A
OGD041117
Fan speed control
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position for fan operation.
The fan speed control knob allows you to
control the fan speed of the air flowing
from the ventilation system. To change
the fan speed, turn the knob to the right
for higher speed or left for lower speed.
Setting the fan speed control knob to the
“0” position turns off the fan.
To turn off the blowers
To turn off the blowers, turn the fan
speed control knob to the "0" position.
Air conditioning (A/C) (if equipped)
Press the A/C button to turn the air conditioning system on (indicator light will
illuminate). Press the button again to turn
the air conditioning system off.
4 108
Features of your vehicle
System operation
Ventilation
1. Set the mode to the
position.
2. Set the air intake control to the outside
(fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
Heating
1. Set the mode to the
position.
2. Set the air intake control to the outside
(fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn
the air conditioning system (if
equipped) on.
• If the windshield fogs up, set the mode
or
position.
to the
Operation Tips
• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from
entering the car through the ventilation
system, temporarily set the air intake
control to the recirculated air position.
Be sure to return the control to the
fresh air position when the irritation
has passed to keep fresh air in the
vehicle. This will help keep the driver
alert and comfortable.
• Air for the heating/cooling system is
drawn in through the grilles just ahead
of the windshield. Care should be
taken that these are not blocked by
leaves, snow, ice or other obstructions.
• To prevent interior fog on the windshield, set the air intake control to the
fresh air position and fan speed to the
desired position, turn on the air conditioning system, and adjust the temperature control to desired temperature.
Air conditioning (if equipped)
HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systems are
filled with environmentally friendly
R-134a refrigerant.
1. Start the engine. Push the air conditioning button.
2. Set the mode to the
position.
3. Set the air intake control to the outside
air or recirculated air position.
4. Adjust the fan speed control and temperature control to maintain maximum
comfort.
4 109
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
• When using the air conditioning system, monitor the temperature gauge
closely while driving up hills or in
heavy traffic when outside temperatures are high. Air conditioning system operation may cause engine overheating. Continue to use the blower
fan but turn the air conditioning system off if the temperature gauge indicates engine overheating.
• When opening the windows in humid
weather air conditioning may create
water droplets inside the vehicle.
Since excessive water droplets may
cause damage to electrical equipment,
air conditioning should only be used
with the windows closed.
4 110
Air conditioning system operation tips
• If the vehicle has been parked in direct
sunlight during hot weather, open the
windows for a short time to let the hot
air inside the vehicle escape.
• To help reduce moisture inside of the
windows on rainy or humid days,
decrease the humidity inside the vehicle by operating the air conditioning
system.
• During air conditioning system operation, you may occasionally notice a
slight change in engine speed as the
air conditioning compressor cycles.
This is a normal system operation
characteristic.
• Use the air conditioning system every
month only for a few minutes to ensure
maximum system performance.
• When using the air conditioning system, you may notice clear water dripping (or even puddling) on the ground
under the passenger side of the vehicle. This is a normal system operation
characteristic.
• Operating the air conditioning system
in the recirculated air position provides
maximum cooling, however, continual
operation in this mode may cause the
air inside the vehicle to become stale.
• During cooling operation, you may
occasionally notice a misty air flow
because of rapid cooling and humid air
intake. This is a normal system operation characteristics.
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
Outside air
Recirculated
air
Blower
Climate control
air filter
Heater core
Evaporator
core
1LDA5047
Climate control air filter
The climate control air filter installed
behind the glove box filters the dust or
other pollutants that come into the vehicle from the outside through the heating
and air conditioning system. If dust or
other pollutants accumulate in the filter
over a period of time, the air flow from the
air vents may decrease, resulting in
moisture accumulation on the inside of
the windshield even when the outside
(fresh) air position is selected. If this happens, we recommend that the climate
control air filter be replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule.
If the vehicle is being driven in severe
conditions such as dusty, rough roads,
more frequent climate control air filter inspections and changes are
required.
• When the air flow rate suddenly
decreases, we recommend that the
system be checked at an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is low,
the performance of the air conditioning is
reduced. Overfilling also has a negative
influence on the air conditioning system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is
found, we recommend that system be
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
✽ NOTICE
It is important that the correct type and
amount of oil and refrigerant is used.
Otherwise, damage to the compressor
and abnormal system operation may
occur.
WARNING
We recommend that the air conditioning system be serviced by an
authorized
HYUNDAI
dealer.
Improper service may cause serious injury to the person performing
the service.
4 111
Features of your vehicle
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
1. A/C (Air conditioning) button
2. Driver’s temperature control button
3. LCD display
4. Mode selection button
5. Air intake control button
6. Front windshield defrost button
7. Fan speed control knob
8. AUTO (automatic control) button
9. OFF button
10. Rear window defrost button
11. Dual temperature control selection button
12. Passenger’s temperature control button
CAUTION
Operating the blower when the
ignition switch is in the ON position could cause the battery to
discharge. Operate the blower
when the engine is running.
OGDE042118E
4 112
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
OGDE042119L
Automatic heating and air conditioning
1. Press the AUTO button.
The modes, fan speeds, air intake and
air-conditioning will be controlled automatically according to the temperature
setting.
OGDE042123L
2. Press the temperature control button
to set the desired temperature.
• To turn the automatic operation off,
select any button of the following:
- Mode selection button
- Front windshield defrost button
(Press the button one more time to
deselect the front windshield defroster
function. The 'AUTO' sign will illuminate on the information display once
again.)
- Fan speed control button
The selected function will be controlled manually while other functions
operate automatically.
• For your convenience and to improve
the effectiveness of the climate control, use the AUTO button and set the
temperature to 23°C (73°F).
4 113
Features of your vehicle
Manual heating and air conditioning
OGD041120
✽ NOTICE
Never place anything over the sensor
located on the instrument panel to
ensure better control of the heating and
cooling system.
4 114
The heating and cooling system can be
controlled manually by pressing buttons
other than the AUTO button. In this case,
the system works sequentially according
to the order of buttons selected.
When pressing any button (or turning
any knob) except AUTO button while
automatic operation, the functions not
selected will be controlled automatically.
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the outside
(fresh) air position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the
air conditioning system on.
Press the AUTO button in order to convert to full automatic control of the system.
OGDE042121L
Mode selection
The mode selection button controls the
direction of the air flow through the ventilation system.
The air flow outlet port is converted as
follows:
Refer to the illustration in the “Manual climate control system”.
Features of your vehicle
Floor & Defrost
Most of the air flow is directed to the floor
and the windshield with a small amount
directed to the side window defrosters.
Floor-Level
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor, with a small amount of the air being
directed to the windshield and side window defrosters.
Bi-Level
OGDE042122L
OGD041113
Defrost-Level
Most of the air flow is directed to the
windshield with a small amount of air
directed to the side window defrosters.
Instrument panel vents
The outlet vents can be opened or closed
separately using the thumbwheel.
Also, you can adjust the direction of air
delivery from these vents using the vent
control lever as shown.
Air flow is directed towards the face and
the floor.
Face-Level
Air flow is directed toward the upper body
and face. Additionally, each outlet can be
controlled to direct the air discharged
from the outlet.
4 115
Features of your vehicle
■ Driver’s side
Adjusting the driver and passenger side
temperature equally
1. Press the DUAL button again to deactivate DUAL mode. The passenger
side temperature will be set to the
same temperature as the driver side
temperature.
2. Press the driver side temperature control button. The driver and passenger
side temperature will be adjusted
equally.
■ Passenger’s side
OGD041123
OGD041124
Temperature control
The temperature will increase to the
maximum (HI) by pushing the up ( )
button.
The temperature will decrease to the minimum (Lo) by pushing the down ( ) button.
Each time you press the button, the temperature will increase or decrease by
0.5°C/1°F. When set to the lowest temperature setting, the air conditioning will
operate continuously.
Adjusting the driver and passenger side
temperature individually
1. Press the DUAL button to operate the
driver and passenger side temperature
individually. Pressing the passenger
side temperature control button will
automatically switch to the DUAL
mode as well.
2. Press the driver side temperature control to adjust the driver side temperature. Press the passenger side temperature control to adjust the passenger side temperature.
When the driver side temperature is set
to the highest or lowest temperature setting, the DUAL mode is deactivated for
maximum heating or cooling.
4 116
Temperature conversion
If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, the temperature mode display will reset to Centigrade.
This is a normal condition.You can switch
the
temperature
mode
between
Centigrade to Fahrenheit as follows;
While pressing the MODE button,
depress the DUAL button for 3 seconds
or more. The display will change from
Centigrade to Fahrenheit, or from
Fahrenheit to Centigrade.
Features of your vehicle
Recirculated air position
The indicator light on the
button illuminates when the
recirculated air position is
selected.
With the recirculated air
position selected, air from
passenger compartment
will be drawn through the
heating system and heated
or cooled according to the
function selected.
OGDE041125L
Air intake control
This is used to select outside (fresh) air
position or recirculated air position.
To change the air intake control position,
push the control button.
Outside (fresh) air position
The indicator light on the
button does not illuminate
when the outside (fresh) air
position is selected.
With the outside (fresh) air
position selected, air enters
the vehicle from outside
and is heated or cooled
according to the function
selected.
✽ NOTICE
It should be noted that prolonged operation of the heating in recirculated air
position will cause fogging of the windshield and side windows and the air
within the passenger compartment will
become stale.
In addition, prolonged use of the air conditioning with the recirculated air position selected, will result in excessively
dry air in the passenger compartment.
WARNING
• Continued climate control system
operation in the recirculated air
position may allow humidity to
increase inside vehicle which may
fog the glass and obscure visibility.
• Do not sleep in a vehicle with air
conditioning or heating system on.
It may cause serious harm or death
due to a drop in the oxygen level
and/or body temperature.
• Continued climate control system
operation in the recirculated air
position can cause drowsiness or
sleepiness, and loss of vehicle
control. Set the air intake control to
the outside (fresh) air position as
much as possible while driving.
4 117
Features of your vehicle
OGD041126
OGD041127
OGD041128
Fan speed control
The fan speed can be set to the desired
speed by turning the fan speed control
knob.
To change the fan speed, turn the knob
to the right for higher speed or left for
lower speed.
Pressing the OFF button turns off the
fan.
Air conditioning
Press the A/C button to turn the air conditioning system on (indicator light will
illuminate).
Press the button again to turn the air
conditioning system off.
OFF mode
Push the OFF button to turn off the air climate control system. However you can
still operate the mode and air intake buttons as long as the ignition switch is in
the ON position.
4 118
Features of your vehicle
Climate control air filter
✽ NOTICE
The climate control air filter installed
behind the glove box filters the dust or
other pollutants that come into the vehicle from the outside through the heating
and air conditioning system. If dust or
other pollutants accumulate in the filter
over a period of time, the air flow from the
air vents may decrease, resulting in
moisture accumulation on the inside of
the windshield even when the outside
(fresh) air position is selected. If this happens, we recommend that the climate
control air filter be replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule.
If the vehicle is being driven in severe
conditions such as dusty, rough roads,
more frequent climate control air filter inspections and changes are
required.
• When the air flow rate suddenly
decreases, we recommend that the
system be checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is low,
the performance of the air conditioning is
reduced. Overfilling also has a negative
influence on the air conditioning system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is
found, we recommend that the system be
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
✽ NOTICE
It is important that the correct type and
amount of oil and refrigerant is used.
Otherwise, damage to the compressor
and abnormal system operation may
occur.
WARNING
We recommend that the air conditioning system be serviced by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Improper service may cause serious injury to the person performing
the service.
4 119
Features of your vehicle
WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING
WARNING - Windshield
heating
Do not use the
or
position
during cooling operation in
extremely humid weather. The difference between the temperature of
the outside air and that of the windshield could cause the outer surface of the windshield to fog up,
causing loss of visibility. In this
case, set the mode selection knob
or button to the
position and
fan speed control knob or button to
lower speed.
4 120
• For maximum defrosting, set the temperature control to the extreme
right/hot position and the fan speed
control to the highest speed.
• If warm air to the floor is desired while
defrosting or defogging, set the mode
to the floor-defrost position.
• Before driving, clear all snow and ice
from the windshield, rear window, outside rear view mirrors, and all side windows.
• Clear all snow and ice from the hood
and air inlet in the cowl grill to improve
heater and defroster efficiency and to
reduce the probability of fogging up
inside of the windshield.
OGD041129
Manual climate control system
To defog inside windshield
1. Select any fan speed except “0” position.
2. Select desired temperature.
3. Select the
or
position.
4. The outside (fresh) air will be selected
automatically. Additionally, the air conditioning (if equipped) will automatically operate if the mode is selected to
the
or
position.
If the air conditioning and outside (fresh)
air position are not selected automatically, press the corresponding button manually.
Features of your vehicle
OGD041130
To defrost outside windshield
1. Set the fan speed to the highest
(extreme right) position.
2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot
position.
3. Select the
or
position.
4. The outside (fresh) air and air conditioning (if equipped) will be selected
automatically.
OGD041131
Automatic climate control system
To defog inside windshield
1. Select desired temperature.
2. Select desired fan speed.
3. Select the
or
position.
4. The air-conditioning will turn on
according to the detected ambient
temperature, outside (fresh) air position and higher fan speed will be
selected automatically.
If the air-conditioning, outside (fresh) air
position and higher fan speed are not
selected automatically, adjust the corresponding button or knob manually.
If the
or
position is selected,
lower fan speed is controlled to higher
fan speed.
OGD041132
To defrost outside windshield
1. Set temperature to the extreme hot
(HI) position.
2. Set fan speed to the highest position.
3. Select the
or
position.
4. The air-conditioning will turn on
according to the detected ambient
temperature and outside (fresh) air
position will be selected automatically.
If the
or
position is selected,
lower fan speed is controlled to higher
fan speed.
4 121
Features of your vehicle
Defogging logic (if equipped)
To reduce the probability of fogging up
the inside of the windshield, the air intake
or air conditioning are controlled automatically according to certain conditions
such as
or
position. To cancel or
return the defogging logic, do the following.
OGD041133
OGD041134
Manual climate control system
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
2. Press the defroster button (
).
3. Press the air intake control button at
least 5 times within 3 seconds.
The indicator on the air intake button
blinks 3 times with 0.5 seconds of interval. It indicates that the defogging logic is
canceled or returned to the programmed
status.
Automatic climate control system
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
2. Press the defroster button (
).
3. While pressing the air conditioning
button (A/C), press the air intake control button at least 5 times within 3 seconds.
The indicator on the air intake button
blinks 3 times with 0.5 seconds of interval. It indicates that the defogging logic is
canceled or returned to the programmed
status.
If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, it resets to the defog logic
status.
4 122
If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, it resets to the defog logic
status.
Features of your vehicle
This indicator illuminates
when the auto defogging
system senses the moisture
of inside the windshield and
operates.
✽ NOTICE
The auto defogging system may not
operate with temperature below -15°C to
prevent the system from malfuntioning.
OGDE041135
Auto defogging system
(if equipped)
Auto defogging reduces the probability of
fogging up the inside of the windshield by
automatically sensing the moisture of
inside the windshield.
The auto defogging system operates
when the heater or air conditioning is on.
If more moisture is in the vehicle, the
higher steps operate as follow. For example if auto defogging does not defog
inside the windshield at step 1 Outside
air position, it tries to defog again at step
2 Blowing air toward the windshield.
Step 1 : Outside air position
Step 2 : Blowing air toward the windshield
Step 3 : Increasing air flow toward the
windshield
Step 4 : Operating the air conditioning
Step 5 : Maximizing the air conditioning
The auto defogging system is automatically activated when the conditions are
met. However, if you would like to cancel
the auto defogging system, press the
front defroster button 4 times within 2
seconds while pressing the AUTO button. The indicator of the front defroster
button will blink 3 times to notify you that
the system is cancelled. To use the auto
defogging system again, follow the procedures mentioned above.
If the battery has been disconnected or
discharged, it resets to the auto defogging status.
✽ NOTICE
• When the air conditioning is turned
on by Auto defogging system, if you
try to turn off the air conditioning, the
indicator will blink 3 times and the air
conditioning will not be turned off.
• For efficiency, do not select recirculated air position while Auto defogging
system is operating.
CAUTION
Do not remove the sensor cover
located on the upper end of the
driver side windshield glass.
Damage to system parts could
occur and may not be covered by
your vehicle warranty.
4 123
Features of your vehicle
CLEAN AIR (IF EQUIPPED)
OGDE041214
When the ignition switch is in the ON
position, the clean air function turns on
automatically.
Also, the clean air function turns off automatically, when the ignition switch turns
to the OFF position.
4 124
Features of your vehicle
STORAGE COMPARTMENT
CAUTION
• To avoid possible theft, do not
leave valuables in the storage
compartment.
• Always keep the storage compartment covers closed while
driving. Do not attempt to place
so many items in the storage
compartment that the storage
compartment cover cannot close
securely.
OGD041136
WARNING - Flammable
materials
Do not store cigarette lighters,
propane cylinders, or other flammable/explosive materials in the vehicle. These items may catch fire
and/or explode if the vehicle is
exposed to hot temperatures for
extended periods.
Center console storage
(if equipped)
To open the center console storage, pull
up the lever.
OGD041137
Sliding armrest (if equipped)
To move forward
Grab the front portion of the armrest (1)
then pull it forward
To move rearward
Push the armrest rearward with your
palm.
WARNING
Do not grab the front portion of the
armrest (1) when moving the armrest rearward. It may pinch your fingers.
4 125
Features of your vehicle
WARNING
Do not put perishable food in the
cool box because it may not maintain the necessary consistent temperature to keep the food fresh.
Close
Open
OGD041138
OGDE042141L
Glove box
Cool box (if equipped)
To open the glove box, push the button
and the glove box will automatically
open. Close the glove box after use.
You can keep beverage cans or other
items cool in the glove box.
1. Turn on the air conditioning. The temperature of the cool box will change
according to the temperature of air
conditioning system.
2. Slide the open/close lever (1) of the
vent installed in the glove box to the
open position.
3. When the cool box is not used, slide
the lever (1) to the closed position.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of injury in an
accident or sudden stop, always
keep the glove box door closed
while driving.
CAUTION
Do not keep food in the glove box
for a long time.
4 126
✽ NOTICE
If some items in the cool box block the
vent, the cooling effectiveness of the cool
box is reduced.
Features of your vehicle
WARNING
OGD041139
Sunglass holder (if equipped)
To open the sunglass holder, press the
cover and the holder will slowly open.
Place your sunglasses in the compartment door with the lenses facing out.
Push to close.
• Do not keep objects except sunglasses inside the sunglass holder. Such objects can be thrown
from the holder in the event of a
sudden stop or an accident, possibly injuring the passengers in
the vehicle.
• Do not open the sunglass holder
while the vehicle is moving. The
rear view mirror of the vehicle
can be blocked by an open sunglass holder.
• Do not put the glasses forcibly
into a sunglass holder to prevent
breakage or deformation of
glasses. It may cause personal
injury if you try to open it forcibly
when the glasses are jammed in
holder.
OGDE041140
Luggage side tray (if equipped)
The luggage side tray can be used for
storing small items.
• To open the cover, pull up the handle
and lift the cover.
4 127
Features of your vehicle
INTERIOR FEATURES
WARNING
OGDE041142
Cigarette lighter (if equipped)
For the cigarette lighter to work, the ignition switch must be in the ACC or ON
position.
To use the cigarette lighter, push it all the
way into its socket. When the element is
heated, the lighter will pop out to the
“ready” position.
We recommend that you use parts for
replacement from an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
4 128
• Do not hold the lighter in after it
is already heated because it will
overheat.
• If the lighter does not pop out
within 30 seconds, remove it to
prevent overheating.
• Do not insert foreign objects into
the socket of the cigarette lighter.
It may damage the cigarette
lighter.
CAUTION
The use of plug-in accessories
(shavers, hand-held vacuums, and
coffee pots, etc.) may damage the
socket or cause electrical failure.
Features of your vehicle
■ Type A
■ Type A
WARNING - Ashtray use
• Do not use the vehicle’s ashtrays
as waste receptacles.
• Putting lit cigarettes or matches
in an ashtray with other combustible materials may cause a
fire.
OMD040133
■ Type B
OMD040134
■ Type B
OGD041183
OGD041144
Ashtray (if equipped)
Cup holder
To use the ashtray, open the cover.
To clean or empty the ashtray, pull it out.
Front
Cups or small beverage cans may be
placed in the cup holders.
4 129
Features of your vehicle
■ Rear (if equipped)
WARNING - Hot liquids
OGD041184
Rear
To use the cup holder, pull down the armrest.
• Do not place uncovered cups
with hot liquid in the cup holder
while the vehicle is in motion. If
the hot liquid spills, you may burn
yourself. Such a burn to the driver could lead to loss of control of
the vehicle.
• To reduce the risk of personal
injury in the event of sudden stop
or collision, do not place uncovered or unsecured bottles, glasses, cans, etc., in the cup holder
while the vehicle is in motion.
WARNING
Keep cans or bottles out of direct
sun light and do not put them in a
vehicle that is heated up. It may
explode.
4 130
CAUTION
When cleaning spilled liquids, do
not dry the cup holder at high temperature.
This may damage the chrome part
of the cup holer.
Features of your vehicle
■ Type A
To use the vanity mirror, pull down the
visor and open the mirror cover (3).
To use the vanity mirror lamp, switch it
on. (if equipped)
Adjust the sunvisor extension (if equipped)
forward or backward (4).
✽ NOTICE
OMD040167K
■ Type B
Close the vanity mirror cover securely
and return the sunvisor to its original
position after use.
CAUTION - Vanity mirror
lamp (if equipped)
Always have the switch in the off
position when the vanity mirror
lamp is not in use. If the sunvisor is
closed without the lamp off, it may
discharge the battery or damage
the sunvisor.
WARNING
For your safety, do not obstruct your
vision when using the sunvisor.
❈ To learn how to use the vanity mirror
lamp, refer to "Interior light" in this section.
OHD046089L
Sunvisor
Use the sunvisor to shield direct light
through the front or side windows.
To use a sunvisor, pull it downward.
To use a sunvisor for a side window, pull
it downward, unsnap it from the bracket
(1) and swing it to the side (2).
4 131
Features of your vehicle
■ Front (Type A)
The power outlet is designed to provide
power for mobile telephones or other
devices designed to operate with vehicle
electrical systems. The devices should
draw less than 10 amps with the engine
running.
OGDE041145
■ Front (Type B)
OGDE041145L
■ Rear (if equipped)
OGD041182
Power outlet (if equipped)
4 132
CAUTION
• Use the power outlet only when
the engine is running and remove
the accessory plug after use.
Using the accessory plug for prolonged periods of time with the
engine off could cause the battery to discharge.
• Only use 12V electric accessories
which are less than 10A in electric capacity.
• Adjust the air-conditioner or
heater to the lowest operating
level when using the power outlet.
• Close the cover when not in use.
• Some electronic devices can
cause electronic interference
when plugged into a vehicle’s
power outlet. These devices may
cause excessive audio static and
malfunctions in other electronic
systems or devices used in your
vehicle.
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
When using a portable audio device
connected to the power outlet, noise may
occur during playback. If this happens,
use the power source of the portable
audio device.
❈ iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc.
OUN026348
OGDE041150
Aux, USB and iPod port
(if equipped)
If your vehicle has an Aux (Auxiliary)
and/or USB (Universal Serial Bus) port
or iPod port, you can use an aux port to
connect audio devices and an USB port
to plug in an USB and also an iPod port
to plug in an iPod.
Clothes hanger (if equipped)
To use the hanger, pull down the upper
portion of hanger.
CAUTION
Do not hang heavy clothes, since
those may damage the hook.
WARNING
Do not hang other objects except
clothes. In an accident it may cause
vehicle damage or personal injury.
4 133
Features of your vehicle
WARNING
OMD040195N
Floor mat anchor(s) (if equipped)
When using a floor mat on the front floor
carpet, make sure it attaches to the floor
mat anchor(s) in your vehicle. This keeps
the floor mat from sliding forward.
4 134
The following must be observed
when installing ANY floor mat to
the vehicle.
• Ensure that the floor mats are
securely attached to the vehicle's
floor mat anchor(s) before driving
the vehicle.
• Do not use ANY floor mat that
cannot be firmly attached to the
vehicle's floor mat anchors.
• Do not stack floor mats on top of
one another (e.g. all-weather rubber mat on top of a carpeted floor
mat). Only a single floor mat
should be installed in each position.
IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was
manufactured with driver's side
floor mat anchors that are
designed to securely hold the
floor mat in place. To avoid any
interference with pedal operation,
HYUNDAI recommends that only
the HYUNDAI floor mat designed
for use in your vehicle be
installed.
OGDE041220
Luggage net holder (if equipped)
To keep items from shifting in the cargo
area, you can use the 4 holders located
in the cargo area (under the floor panel)
to attach the luggage net.
If your vehicle is equipped with a luggage
board, set the board to the lower position
before installing the luggage net.
If necessary, we recommend that you
contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
to obtain a luggage net.
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the goods or
the vehicle, care should be taken
when carrying fragile or bulky
objects in the luggage compartment.
WARNING
Avoid eye injury. DO NOT overstretch the luggage net, ALWAYS
keep your face and body out of the
luggage net’s recoil path. DO NOT
use when the strap has visible
signs of wear or damage.
OGD041149
Cargo area cover (if equipped)
Use the cover to hide items stored in the
cargo area.
The cargo area cover will be lifted when
the tailgate is opened. Disconnect the
strap (1) from holder if you want to return
the cover to original position. To remove
the cargo area cover completely, lift the
cover to a 50-degree angle and pull it out
to the full (2). For installation of the cover,
reverse the removal procedure.
• When you return the cargo area
cover to its original position, hold
the cover and lower it.
• Do not operate the vehicle with
the cover removed. It may damage to the cover.
• The cargo area cover may be lifted when the tailgate is opened.
Ensure that the luggage on the
cover is moved to a safe place.
• Since the cargo area cover may be
damaged or malformed, do not
apply excessive force to the cover
or do not put the heavy loads on it.
WARNING
• Do not place objects on the cargo
security screen. Such objects
may be thrown about inside the
vehicle and possibly injure vehicle occupants during an accident
or when braking.
• Never allow anyone to ride in the
luggage compartment. It is
designed for luggage only.
• Maintain the balance of the vehicle and locate the weight as forward as possible.
4 135
Features of your vehicle
EXTERIOR FEATURES
✽ NOTICE
If the vehicle is equipped with a sunroof,
be sure not to position cargo onto the
roof in such a way that it could interfere
with sunroof operation.
CAUTION
OED046090
Mounting bracket for roof carrier
(if equipped)
To install or remove a roof carrier, you
can use the mounting bracket and cover
on the roof.
When you install a roof carrier, use the
following procedure.
1. Insert a slim tool(coin or flat blade driver) into the slot and slide the cover
toward the arrow on the cover.
WARNING
Use a coin or flat blade driver when
you remove the roof carrier cover.
If you use your fingernail, it may
damage your fingernail.
4 136
OED046091
2. Rotate the cover half way and insert
the cover on the roof hole as the illustration.
✽ NOTICE
To prevent loosing the roof carrier
cover, install the cover on the roof before
you install the roof carrier.
3. After using the roof carrier, install the
cover back on the roof in the reverse
order.
• When carrying cargo on the roof,
take the necessary precautions to
make sure the cargo does not
damage the roof of the vehicle.
• When carrying large objects on
the roof, make sure they do not
exceed the overall roof length or
width.
Features of your vehicle
WARNING
• The vehicle center of gravity will
be higher when items are loaded
onto the roof. Avoid sudden
starts, braking, sharp turns,
abrupt maneuvers or high speeds
that may result in loss of vehicle
control or rollover resulting in an
accident.
• Always drive slowly and turn corners carefully when carrying
items on the roof. Severe wind
updrafts, caused by passing
vehicles or natural causes, can
cause sudden upward pressure
on items loaded on the roof. This
is especially true when carrying
large, flat items such as wood
panels or mattresses. This could
cause the items to fall off the roof
and cause damage to your vehicle or others around you.
• To prevent damage or loss of
cargo while driving, check frequently before or while driving to
make sure the items on the roof
are securely fastened.
4 137
Features of your vehicle
AUDIO SYSTEM
✽ NOTICE
CAUTION
• If you install an aftermarket HID
head lamp, your vehicle’s audio and
electronic device may malfunction.
• Prevent chemicals such as perfume,
cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand cleaner,
and air freshener from contacting the
interior parts because they may cause
damage or discoloration.
OHM048154
Roof antenna (if equipped)
Your car uses a roof antenna to receive
both AM and FM broadcast signals. This
antenna is a removable type. To remove
the antenna, turn it counterclockwise. To
install the antenna, turn it clockwise.
4 138
• Before entering a place with a low
height clearance or a car wash,
remove the antenna by rotating it
counterclockwise. If not, the
antenna may be damaged.
• When reinstalling your antenna, it
is important that it is fully tightened and adjusted to the upright
position to ensure proper reception. But it could be removed
when parking the vehicle or when
loading cargo on the roof rack.
Features of your vehicle
■ Type A
VOLUME (VOL +/-) (1)
• Press the up button (+) to increase volume.
• Press the down button (-) to decrease
volume.
SEEK/PRESET (
/
) (2)
If the SEEK/PRESET button is pressed
for 0.8 second or more, it will work as follows in each mode.
OMD040139N
■ Type B
RADIO mode
It will function as the AUTO SEEK select
button. It will SEEK until you release the
button.
CDP mode
It will function as the FF/REW button.
OMD040139
Steering wheel audio control
(if equipped)
If the SEEK/PRESET button is pressed
for less than 0.8 second, it will work as
follows in each mode.
RADIO mode
It will function as the PRESET STATION
select buttons.
CDP mode
It will function as the TRACK UP/DOWN
button.
MODE (3)
Press the MODE button to select Radio,
CD (Compact Disc) or AUX (Auxiliary, if
equipped).
MUTE (4, if equipped)
• Press the button to mute the sound.
• Press the button to turn off the microphone during a telephone call.
Detailed information for audio control
buttons is included in the following pages
in this section.
The steering wheel audio control button
is installed to promote safe driving.
CAUTION
Do not operate audio remote control buttons simultaneously.
4 139
Features of your vehicle
■ CD Player : AC100A5GG / AC101A5GG / AC110A5UG / AC100A5MG / AC102A5GG / AC100A5GJ / AC100A5GL /
AC110A5GN / AC110A5GE / AC110A5GL
❋No
4 140
logo will be shown if the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology feature is not supported.
Features of your vehicle
When the pop up screen is displayed,
use the
TUNE knob or keys 1
~ 6 to select the desired mode.
SYSTEM CONTROLLERS AND
FUNCTIONS
❈ Display and settings may differ
depending on the selected audio.
Audio Head Unit
1.
(EJECT)
• Ejects the disc.
2. RADIO
• Changes to FM/AM mode.
• Each time the key is pressed,the mode is
changed in order of FM1 ➟ FM2 ➟ AM.
❈ In Setup>Display, the radio pop up
screen will be displayed when [Mode
Pop up] is turned On .
3. MEDIA
• Changes to CD, USB MP3, iPod, BT
MP3, AUX modes.
• Each time the key is pressed, the mode
is changed in order of CD, USB, iPod,
AUX, My Music, BT Audio.
❈ In Setup>Display, the media pop up
screen will be displayed when [Mode
Pop up] is turned On .
When the pop up screen is displayed,
use the
TUNE knob or keys 1
~ 5 to select the desired mode.
4. PHONE
• Operates Phone Screen
❈ When a phone is not connected, the
connection screen is displayed.
TRACK
5. SEEK ,
• Radio Mode : Automatically searches
for broadcast frequencies.
• CD, USB, iPod, My Music modes
- Shortly press the key (under 0.8 seconds):
Moves to next or previous song (file).
- Press and hold the key (over 0.8 seconds): Rewinds or fast-forwards the current song(file).
6. PWR/VOL knob
•
Power Knob: Turns power On/Off by
pressing the knob
•
Volume Knob: Sets volume by turning the knob left/right
7. FM
• Changes to FM mode.
8. AM
• Changes to AM mode.
4 141
Features of your vehicle
11. DISP
• Each time the button is shortly pressed
(under 0.8 seconds), it sets screen Off
➟ Screen On ➟ Screen Off
❈ Audio operation is maintained and
only the screen will be turned Off.
In the screen Off state, press any key
to turn the screen On again.
9. 1 ~ 6 (Preset)
• Radio Mode: Saves frequencies (channels) or receives saved frequencies
(channels)
• CD, USB, iPod, My Music mode
- 1 RPT : Repeat
- 2 RDM : Random
• In the Radio, Media, Setup, and Menu
pop up screen, the number menu is
selected.
FOLDER
10. FOLDER ,
• MP3, CD, USB mode : Folder Search
• iPod mode: Moves to parent folder
4 142
12. SCAN
• Radio Mode
- Shortly press the key (under 0.8 seconds): Previews each broadcast for 5
seconds each
- Press and hold the key (over 0.8 seconds): Previews the broadcasts saved
in Preset 1 ~ 6
for 5 seconds
each.
❈ Press the SCAN key again to continue listening to the current frequency.
• CD, USB, iPod mode
- Shortly press the key (under 0.8 seconds): Previews each song (file) for 10
seconds each
❈ Press the SCAN key again to continue listening to the current song (file).
13. SETUP
CLOCK
• Shortly press the key (under 0.8 seconds) : Moves to the Display, Sound,
Clock, Phone, System setting modes
• Press and hold the key (over 0.8 seconds) : Move to the Time setting screen
14. MEMU
Displays menus for the current mode.
15.
TUNE knob
• Radio mode : Changes frequency by
turning the knob left/right
• CD, USB, iPod mode: Searches songs
(files) by turning the knob left/right
❈ When the desired song is displayed,
press the knob to play the song.
• Moves focus in all selection menus and
selects menus.
Features of your vehicle
DISPLAY SETTINGS
Text Scroll
[Text Scroll] Set
Press the SETUP key Select [Display]
through
TUNE knob or 1 RPT key
Select menu through
TUNE knob
•
•
On
Off
On
/
Off
: Maintains scroll
: Scrolls only one (1) time.
Media Display
When playing an MP3 file, select the
desired display info from ‘Folder/File’ or
‘Album/Artist/Song’.
Mode Pop up
[Mode Pop up] Changes
. selection mode
On
/
Off
• During On state, press the RADIO or
MEDIA key to display the mode
change pop up screen.
4 143
Features of your vehicle
SOUND SETTINGS
Press the SETUP key Select [Sound]
through
TUNE knob or 2 RDM key
Select menu through
TUNE knob
Sound Settings
Power Bass
This menu allows you to set the ‘Bass,
Middle, Treble’ and the Sound Fader and
Balance.
This is a sound system feature that provides live bass.
Select [Power Bass] Set On / Off
through
TUNE knob
Select [Sound Settings] Select
menu through
TUNE knob Turn
TUNE knob left/right to set
• Bass, Middle, Treble : Selects the sound
tone.
Speed Dependent Volume Control
This feature is used to automatically control the volume level according to the
speed of the vehicle.
Select [SDVC] Set in 4 levels [Off/
Low/Mid/High] of
TUNE knob
• Fader, Balance : Moves the sound fader
and balance.
• Default : Restores default settings.
❈ Return : While adjusting values, repressing the
TUNE knob will
restore the parent menu.
4 144
Features of your vehicle
CLOCK SETTINGS
Press the SETUP
key Select [Clock]
CLOCK
through
TUNE knob or 3 key
Select menu through
TUNE knob
❈ Adjust the number currently in focus to
set the [hour] and press the tune knob
to set the [minute].
Calendar Settings
This menu is used to set the date
(YYYY/MM/DD).
Select [Calendar Settings] Set
through
TUNE knob Press
TUNE knob
Clock Settings
❈ Adjust the number currently in focus to
make the settings and press the tune
knob to move to the next setting. (Set
in order of Month/Day/Year)
This menu is used to set the time.
Select [Clock Settings] Set through
TUNE knob Press
TUNE knob
Clock Display when Power is OFF
Select [Clock Disp.(Pwr Off) Set
On / Off through
TUNE knob
•
•
On
Off
: Displays time/date on screen
: Turn off.
4 145
Features of your vehicle
PHONE SETUP
Press the SETUP key Select [Phone]
through
TUNE knob or 4 key
Select menu through
TUNE knob
➂ Pairing completion is displayed.
❈ In some mobile phones, pairing will
automatically be followed by connection.
Pair Phone
CAUTION
To pair a Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology enabled mobile phone,
authentication and connection
processes are first required. As a
result, you cannot pair your mobile
phone while driving the vehicle.
First park your vehicle before use.
Select [Pair Phone] Set through
knob
TUNE
➀ Search for device names as displayed
on your mobile phone and connect.
➁ Input the passkey displayed on the
screen. (Passkey : 0000)
❈ The device name and passkey will be
displayed on the screen for up to 3
minutes. If pairing is not completed
within the 3 minutes, the mobile phone
pairing process will automatically be
canceled.
4 146
❈ It is possible to pair up to five
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
enabled mobile phones.
Features of your vehicle
Phone List
The names of up to 5 paired phones will
be displayed.
A [ ] is displayed in front of the currently
connected phone.
➂ Connection completion is displayed.
❈ If a phone is already connected, disconnect the currently connected
phone and select a new phone to connect.
• Disconnecting a connected phone
Select [Phone List] Select mobile
phone through
TUNE knob Select
[Disconnect Phone]
➀ Select the currently connected mobile
phone.
Select the desired name to setup the
selected phone.
• Connecting a phone
Select [Phone List] Select mobile
phone through
TUNE knob Select
[Connect Phone]
➁ Disconnect
the selected mobile
phone.
➂ Disconnection completion is displayed.
• Changing connection sequence
(Priority)
This is used to change the order (priority) of automatic connection for the paired
mobile phones.
Select [Phone List] Select [Priority]
through
TUNE knob Select No. 1
Priority mobile phone
➀ Select [Priority].
➁ From the paired phones, select the
phone desired for No.1 priority.
➂ The changed priority sequence is dis-
played.
❈ Once the connection sequence (priority) is changed, the new no. 1 priority
mobile phone will be connected.
- when the no. 1 priority cannot be connected: Automatically attempts to connect the most recently connected
phone.
- Cases when the most recently connected phone cannot be connected:
Attempts to connect in the order in
which paired phones are listed.
- The connected phone will automatically be changed to No. 1 priority.
➀ Select a mobile phone that is not currently connected.
➁ Connect the selected mobile phone.
4 147
Features of your vehicle
• Delete
Contacts Download
Audio Streaming
Select [Phone List] Select mobile
phone through
TUNE knob Select
[Delete]
This feature is used to download contacts and call histories into the audio system.
Songs (files) saved in your Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology enabled mobile phone
can be played through the audio system.
Select [Contacts Download] Select
through
TUNE knob
Select [Audio Streaming] Set
Off
through
TUNE knob
➀ Select the desired mobile phone.
➁ Delete the selected mobile phone.
➂ Deletion completion is displayed.
❈ When attempting to delete a currently
connected phone, the phone is first
disconnected.
CAUTION
• When you delete a mobile phone,
the mobile phone contacts will
also be erased.
• For stable Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology communication, delete
the mobile phone from the audio
and also delete the audio from your
mobile phone.
The Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
audio streaming feature may not be
supported in some mobile phones.
Outgoing Volume
This is used to set the volume of your
voice as heard by the other party while
on a Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
enabled handsfree call.
Select [Outgoing Volume] Set volume through
TUNE knob
Auto Download
When connecting a mobile phone, it is
possible to automatically download new
Contacts and Call Histories.
4 148
/
CAUTION
CAUTION
• The download feature may not be
supported in some mobile phones.
• If a different operation is performed while Contacts are being
downloaded, downloading will be
discontinued. Contacts already
downloaded will be saved.
• When downloading new Contacts,
delete all previously saved
Contacts before starting download.
Select [Auto Download] Set
Off through
TUNE knob
On
On
/
❈ Even while on a call, the volume can
be changed by using the
SEEK
,
TRACK
key.
Features of your vehicle
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
System Off
• Turning On Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology through the SETUP Key
This feature is used when you do not
wish to use the Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology system.
Select [Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
Press the
key Select [Phone]
through
TUNE knob or 3 key
➀ A screen asking whether to turn on
System Off] Set through
knob
TUNE
❈ If a phone is already connected, disconnect the currently connected phone
and turn the Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology system off.
Using the Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology System
To use Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
when the system is currently off, follow
these next steps.
SETUP
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology will be
displayed.
➁ On the screen, select YES to turn on
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology and
display guidance.
❈ If the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
system is turned on, the system will
automatically try to connect the most
Bluetooth®
recently
connected
Wireless Technology mobile phone.
CAUTION
• Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
connection may become intermittently disconnected in some
mobile phones. Follow these next
steps to try again.
1) Turn the Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology function within the
mobile phone ON/OFF and try to
connect again.
2) Turn the mobile phone power
ON/OFF and try to connect again.
3) Completely remove the mobile
phone battery, reboot, and then
try to connect again.
4) Reboot the audio system and try
to connect again
5) Delete all paired devices in your
mobile phone and the audio system and pair again for use.
• Turning On Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology through the PHONE Key
Press the
PHONE
key Screen Guidance
❈ Moves to the screen where Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology functions can be
used and displays guidance.
4 149
Features of your vehicle
SYSTEM SETTINGS
Press the SETUP key Select [System]
through tune knob or 5 key Select
menu through
TUNE knob
Memory Information
Displays currently used memory and
total system memory.
Select [Memory Information] OK
The currently used memory is displayed
on the left side while the total system
memory is displayed on the right side.
4 150
Language
This menu is used to set the display and
voice recognition language.
Select [Language] Set through
knob
TUNE
❈ The system will reboot after the language is changed.
❈ Language support by region
- English, Korean
Features of your vehicle
RADIO
Changing RADIO mode
SEEK
Press the
RADIO
(
FM
,
AM
)key
TRACK
SEEK ,
• Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8
seconds): Changes the frequency.
• Pressing and holding the key (over 0.8
seconds): Automatically searches for
the next frequency.
Press the RADIO key to change the
mode in order of FM1 ➟ FM2 ➟ AM.
Press the FM or AM key to change
the mode in order of FM1 ➟ FM2 and AM.
• When the power is off, press the
RADIO key to turn on the audio system
and receive radio broadcasts.
[Mode Pop up] On state : Displays the
change radio mode pop up screen.
While the pop up screen is displayed,
you can change the radio mode through
the tune knob or 1 ~ 5 keys.
Adjust Volume
Turn the
VOL knob left/right to adjust
the volume.
Preset SEEK
Press the RADIO (
1 ~ 6
FM
,
AM
) key
• Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8
seconds): Plays the frequency saved in
the corresponding key.
• Pressing and holding the key (over 0.8
seconds): Pressing and holding the
1
6
desired key from
~
will
save the currently playing broadcast to
the selected key and sound a BEEP.
SCAN
Press the
RADIO
(
FM
,
AM
) key
SCAN
• Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8
seconds): The broadcast frequency
increases and previews each broadcast
for 5 seconds each. After scanning all
frequencies, returns and plays the current broadcast frequency.
• Pressing and holding the key (over 0.8
seconds): Previews the broadcasts
saved in Preset 1 ~ 6 for 5 seconds each.
Press the
RADIO
(
FM
,
AM
) key
SCAN
• Pressing and holding the key (over 0.8
seconds): The broadcast frequency
increases and previews each broadcast
for 5 seconds each. After scanning all
frequencies, returns and plays the current broadcast frequency.
Selecting through manual search
Turn the
TUNE knob left/right to adjust
the frequency.
• AC100A5GG / AC101A5GG / AC110A5UG /
AC100A5GJ
- FM : Changes by 100Khz
- AM : Changes by 9khz
• AC100A5MG / AC110A5GN
- FM : Changes by 200Khz
- AM : Changes by 10khz
• AC102A5GG / AC110A5GE
- FM : Changes by 50Khz
- AM : Changes by 9khz
• AC100A5GL / AC110A5GL
- FM : Changes by 100Khz
- AM : Changes by 10khz
4 151
Features of your vehicle
MENU
Within MENU key are the A.Store (Auto
Store) and Info functions.
AST (Auto Store)
Press the MENU key Set [ AST]
through
TUNE knob or 1 RPT key.
Select AST (Auto Store) to save frequencies with superior reception to
presets 1 ~ 6 . If no frequencies
are received, then the most recently
received frequency will be broadcast.
4 152
Features of your vehicle
FM reception
AM reception
JBM001
How vehicle audio works
AM and FM radio signals are broadcast
from transmitter towers located around
your city. They are intercepted by the
radio antenna on your vehicle. This signal
is then received by the radio and sent to
your vehicle speakers.
When a strong radio signal has reached
your vehicle, the precise engineering of
your audio system ensures the best possible quality reproduction. However, in
some cases the signal coming to your
vehicle may not be strong and clear. This
can be due to factors, such as the distance from the radio station, closeness of
other strong radio stations or the presence of buildings, bridges or other large
obstructions in the area.
FM radio station
JBM002
JBM003
AM broadcasts can be received at
greater distances than FM broadcasts.
This is because AM radio waves are
transmitted at low frequencies. These
long, low frequency radio waves can follow the curvature of the earth rather than
travelling straight out into the atmosphere. In addition, they curve around
obstructions so that they can provide better signal coverage.
FM broadcasts are transmitted at high
frequencies and do not bend to follow the
earth's surface. Because of this, FM
broadcasts generally begin to fade at
short distances from the station. Also,
FM signals are easily affected by buildings, mountains, or other obstructions.
These can result in certain listening conditions which might lead you to believe a
problem exists with your radio. The following conditions are normal and do not
indicate radio trouble:
4 153
Features of your vehicle
Using a cellular phone or a two-way
radio
When a cellular phone is used inside the
vehicle, noise may be produced from the
audio system. This does not mean that
something is wrong with the audio equipment. In such a case, use the cellular
phone at a place as far as possible from
the audio equipment.
CAUTION
JBM004
JBM005
• Fading - As your vehicle moves away
from the radio station, the signal will
weaken and sound will begin to fade.
When this occurs, we suggest that you
select another stronger station.
• Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals or
large obstructions between the transmitter and your radio can disturb the
signal causing static or fluttering noises to occur. Reducing the treble level
may lessen this effect until the disturbance clears.
• Station Swapping - As a FM signal
weakens, another more powerful signal near the same frequency may
begin to play. This is because your
radio is designed to lock onto the clearest signal. If this occurs, select another
station with a stronger signal.
• Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio signals
being received from several directions
can cause distortion or fluttering. This
can be caused by a direct and reflected signal from the same station, or by
signals from two stations with close
frequencies. If this occurs, select
another station until the condition has
passed.
4 154
When using a communication system such as a cellular phone or a
radio set inside the vehicle, a separate external antenna must be fitted.
When a cellular phone or a radio set
is used with an internal antenna
alone, it may interfere with the vehicle's electrical system and adversely affect safe operation of the vehicle.
WARNING
Do not use a cellular phone while
driving. Stop at a safe location to
use a cellular phone.
Features of your vehicle
BASIC METHOD OF USE :
Audio CD / MP3 CD / USB /
iPod / My Music
Press the MEDIA key to change the mod
mode in order of CD➟USB(iPod)➟AUX
➟My Music➟BT Audio.
The folder/file name is displayed on the
screen.
❈ The CD is automatically played when
a CD is inserted.
❈ The USB music is automatically
played when a USB is connected.
Press the SETUP key Select [ Display]
through the TUNE knob or 1 RPT key
Select [Song Info] Media Display
• [Song Info] : The screen display info can
be changed to Album/Artist/ Song
name.
Repeat
While song (file) is playing
(RPT) key
1 RPT
Audio CD, MP3 CD, USB, iPod, My Music
mode: RPT on screen
• To repeat one song (Shortly pressing
the key (under 0.8 seconds)): Repeats
the current song.
MP3 CD, USB mode: FLD.RPT on
screen
• To repeat folder (Pressing and holding
the key (over 0.8 seconds)): repeats all
files within the current folder.
❈ Press the 1 RPT key again to turn off
repeat.
❈ Upgrade models are toggled mode as
follows whenever it pressed RPT button. (RPT ➟ FLD.RPT ➟ OFF)
4 155
Features of your vehicle
Random
While song (file) is playing
(RDM) key
2 RDM
Audio CD, My Music mode: RDM on
screen
• Random (Shortly pressing the key
(under 0.8 seconds)): Plays all songs in
random order.
MP3 CD, USB mode: FLD.RDM on
screen
• Folder Random (Shortly pressing the
key (under 0.8 seconds)): Plays all files
within the current folder in random
order.
iPod mode: ALB RDM on screen
• Album Random (Shortly pressing the
key (under 0.8 seconds)): Plays all files
within albums of the current category in
random order.
MP3 CD, USB, iPod mode: ALL RDM on
screen
• All Random (pressing and holding the
key (over 0.8 seconds)): Plays all files in
random order.
❈ Press the 2 RDM key again to turn off
repeat.
4 156
Audio CD, My music mode :
• RDM ➟ OFF
MP3 CD, USB mode :
• FLD.RDM ➟ ALL.RDM ➟ OFF
iPod mode :
ALB RDM ➟ ALL RDM ➟ OFF
❈ Upgrade models are toggled mode as
follows whenever it pressed RDM button.
Changing Song/File
While song (file) is playing
TRACK
key
• Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8
seconds): Plays the current song from
the beginning.
❈ If the TRACK key is pressed again
within 1 second, the previous song is
played.
• Pressing and holding the key (over 0.8
seconds): Rewinds the song.
While song (file) is playing
SEEK
key
• Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8
seconds): Plays the next song.
• Pressing and holding the key (over 0.8
seconds): Fast forwards the song.
Scan
While song (file) is playing
key
SCAN
• Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8
seconds) : Scans all songs from the
next song for 10 seconds each.
While song (file) is playing
SCAN
key
• Pressing and holding the key (over 0.8
seconds) : Scans all songs for 10 seconds starting from the next song.
❈ Press the SCAN key again to turn off.
❈ The SCAN function is not supported in
iPod mode.
Folder Search : MP3 CD, USB
Mode
While file is playing FORDER (Folder
Up) key
• Searches the next folder.
While file is playing
Down) key
FORDER
(Folder
• Searches the parent folder.
❈ If a folder is selected by pressing the
TUNE knob, the first file within the
selected folder will be played.
❈ In iPod mode, moves to the Parent
Folder.
Features of your vehicle
Searching Songs (File)
MENU : Audio CD
• Turning
TUNE knob : Searches for
songs (files)
• Pressing
TUNE knob : Plays selected song (file).
Press the CD MP3 mode MENU key to
set the Repeat, Random, Information
features.
Information
Press the MENU key Set [ Info]
TUNE knob or 3
through the
key to display information of the current song.
❈ Press the MENU key to turn off info
display.
Repeat
Press the MENU key Set [ RPT]
TUNE knob or 1 RPT
through the
key to repeat the current song.
❈ Press RPT again to turn off.
Random
Press the MENU key Set [ RDM]
through the
TUNE knob or 2 RDM
key to randomly play songs within
the current folder.
❈ Press RDM again to turn off.
4 157
Features of your vehicle
MENU : MP3 CD / USB
Press the CD MP3 mode MENU key to
set the Repeat, Folder Random, Folder
Repeat, All Random, Information, and
Copy features.
Folder Random
Press the MENU key Set [ F.RDM]
TUNE knob or 2 RDM
through the
key to randomly play songs within the
current folder.
❈ Press F.RDM again to turn off.
Repeat
Press the MENU key Set [ RPT]
TUNE knob or 1 RPT
through the
key to repeat the current song.
❈ Press RPT again to turn off.
Folder Repeat
Press the MENU key Set [ F.RPT]
through the
TUNE knob or 3
key to repeat songs within the current folder.
❈ Press F.RPT again to turn off.
All Random
Press the MENU key Set [ A.RDM]
through the TUNE knob or 4 key
to randomly play all songs within the
CD.
❈ Press A.RDM again to turn off.
Information
Press the MENU key Set [ Info]
through the
TUNE knob or 5
key to display information of the current song.
4 158
❈ Press the MENU key to turn off info
display.
Copy
Press the MENU key Set [ Copy]
through the
TUNE knob or 6
key.
This is used to copy the current song
into My Music. You can play the copied
Music in My Music mode.
❈ If another key is pressed while copying
is in progress, a pop up asking you
whether to cancel copying is displayed.
❈ If another media is connected or
inserted (USB, CD, iPod, AUX) while
copying is in progress, copying is canceled.
❈ Music will not be played while copying
is in progress.
Features of your vehicle
MENU : iPod
In iPod mode, press the MENU key to
set the Repeat, Album Random, All
Random, and Information features.
All Random
Press the MENU key Set [ A.RDM]
through the
TUNE knob or 3
key.
Plays all songs within the currently playing category in random order.
❈ Press A.RDM again to turn off.
Repeat
Press the MENU key Set [ RPT]
TUNE knob or 1 RPT
through the
key to repeat the current song.
Information
Press the MENU key Set [ Info]
TUNE knob or 4
through the
key.
Displays information of the current song.
❈ Press the MENU key to turn off info
display.
❈ Press RPT again to turn repeat off.
Album Random
Press the MENU key Set [ Alb.RDM]
through the TUNE knob or 2 RDM key.
Plays albums within the currently playing
category in random order.
❈ Press Alb.RDM again to turn off.
4 159
Features of your vehicle
MENU : My Music Mode
(for Bluetooth equipped model)
In My Music mode, press the MENU key
to set the Repeat, Random, Information,
Delete, Delete All, and Delete Selection
features.
Information
Press the MENU key Set [ Info]
TUNE knob or 3
through the
key.
Displays information of the current song.
❈ Press the MENU key to turn off info
display.
Delete
Press the MENU key Set [ Delete]
through the
TUNE knob or 4
key.
Repeat
Press the MENU key Set [ RPT]
through the
TUNE knob or 1 RPT
key.
Deletes currently playing file
In the play screen, pressing delete will
delete the currently playing song.
Deletes file from list
Repeats the currently playing song.
❈ Press RPT again to turn repeat off.
Random
Press the
through the
Deletes all songs of My Music.
Delete Selection
Press the MENU key Set [ Del.Sel]
through the
TUNE knob or 6
key.
Songs within My Music are selected and
deleted.
➀ Select the songs you wish to delete
from the list.
➁ After selecting, press the
MENU key
and select the delete menu.
key Set [ RDM]
TUNE knob or 2 RDM key.
MENU
Plays all songs within the currently playing folder in random order.
❈ Press RDM again to turn random off.
4 160
Delete All
Press the MENU key Set [ Del.All]
through the TUNE knob or 5 key.
➀ Select the file you wish to delete by
using the
➁ Press the
TUNE knob.
MENU key and select the
delete menu to delete the selected file.
Features of your vehicle
AUX
AUX is used to play external MEDIA currently connected with the AUX terminal.
AUX mode will automatically start when
an external device is connected with the
AUX terminal.
If an external device is connected, you
can also press the MEDIA key to change
to AUX mode.
✽ NOTICE FOR USING THE
AUX
• Fully insert the AUX cable into the
AUX terminal for use.
❈ AUX mode cannot be started unless
there is an external device connected
to the AUX terminal.
4 161
Features of your vehicle
Caring for disc
• If the temperature inside the car is too
high, open the car windows to ventilate
before using the system.
• It is illegal to copy and use MP3/WMA
files without permission. Use CDs that
are created only by lawful means.
• Do not apply volatile agents, such as
benzene and thinner, normal cleaners
and magnetic sprays made for analogue disc onto CDs.
• To prevent the disc surface from getting damaged, hold CDs by the edges
or the center hole only.
• Clean the disc surface with a piece of
soft cloth before playback (wipe it from
the center to the outside edge).
• Do not damage the disc surface or
attach pieces of sticky tape or paper.
• Make certain only CDs are inserted
into the CD player (Do not insert more
than one CD at a time).
• Keep CDs in their cases after use to
protect them from scratches or dirt.
• Depending on the type of CD-R/CDRW CDs, certain CDs may not operate
normally according to manufacturing
companies or making and recording
methods. In such circumstances, continued use may cause malfunctions to
your audio system.
4 162
✽ NOTICE - Playing an
Incompatible Copy
Protected Audio CD
Some copy protected CDs, which do not
comply with international audio CD
standards (Red Book), may not play on
your car audio. Please note that inabilities to properly play a copy protected
CD may indicate that the CD is defective, not the CD player.
NOTE:
Order of playing files (folders) :
1. Song playing order : to sequentially.
2. Folder playing order :
❋ If no song file is contained in the
folder, that folder is not displayed.
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION IN USING
USB DEVICE
• To use an external USB device,
make sure the device is not connected when starting up the vehicle. Connect the device after
starting up.
• If you start the engine when the
USB device is connected, it may
damage the USB device. (USB
flashdrives are very sensitive to
electric shock.)
• If the engine is started up or
turned off while the external USB
device is connected, the external
USB device may not work.
• The System may not play inauthentic MP3 or WMA files.
1) It can only play MP3 files with
the compression rate between
8Kbps~320Kbps.
2) It can only play WMA music
files with the compression rate
between 8Kbps~320Kbps.
• Take precautions for static electricity when connecting or disconnecting the external USB device.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is not
recognizable.
• Depending on the condition of
the external USB device, the connected external USB device can
be unrecognizable.
• When the formatted byte/sector
setting of External USB device is
not either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE,
then the device will not be recognized.
• Use only a USB device formatted
to FAT 12/16/32.
• USB devices without USB I/F
authentication may not be recognizable.
• Make sure the USB connection
terminal does not come in contact
with the human body or other
objects.
• If you repeatedly connect or disconnect the USB device in a short
period of time, it may break the
device.
• You may hear a strange noise
when connecting or disconnecting a USB device.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• If you disconnect the external USB
device during playback in USB
mode, the external USB device can
be damaged or may malfunction.
Therefore, disconnect the external
USB device when the audio is
turned off or in another mode. (e.g,
Radio, CD)
• Depending on the type and capacity
of the external USB device or the
type of the files stored in the device,
there is a difference in the time
taken for recognition of the device.
• Do not use the USB device for purposes other than playing music files.
• Playing videos through the USB is
not supported.
• Use of USB accessories such as
rechargers or heaters using USB
I/F may lower performance or
cause trouble.
• If you use devices such as a USB
hub purchased separately, the
vehicle’s audio system may not
recognize the USB device. In that
case, connect the USB device
directly to the multimedia terminal of the vehicle.
(Continued)
4 163
Features of your vehicle
(Continued)
• If the USB device is divided by
logical drives, only the music files
on the highest-priority drive are
recognized by car audio.
• Devices such as MP3 Player/
Cellular phone/Digital camera can
be unrecognizable by standard
USB I/F can be unrecognizable.
• Charging through the USB may
not be supported in some mobile
devices.
• USB HDD or USB types liable to
connection failures due to vehicle
vibrations are not supported.
(i-stick type)
• Some non-standard USB devices
(METAL COVER TYPE USB) can
be unrecognizable.
• Some USB flash memory readers
(such as CF, SD, micro SD, etc.) or
external-HDD type devices can be
unrecognizable.
• Music files protected by DRM
(DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGEMENT)
are not recognizable.
(Continued)
4 164
(Continued)
• The data in the USB memory may
be lost while using this audio.
Always back up important data on
a personal storage device.
• Please avoid using USB memory
products which can be used as
key chains or cellular phone
accessories as they could cause
damage to the USB jack. Please
make certain only to use plug type
connector products as shown
below.
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE FOR USING THE
iPod® DEVICE
• Some iPod models may not support
communication protocol and files
may not properly play.
Supported iPod models:
- iPod Mini
- iPod 4th(Photo) ~ 6th(Classic)
generation
- iPod Nano 1st~4th generation
- iPod Touch 1st~2nd generation
• The order of search or playback of
songs in the iPod can be different
from the order searched in the
audio system.
• If the iPod disabled due to its own
malfunction, reset the iPod. (Reset:
Refer to iPod manual)
• An iPod may not operate normally
on low battery.
• Some iPod devices, such as the
iPhone, can be connected through
the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
interface. The device must have
Wireless
audio
Bluetooth®
Technology capability (such as for
stereo headphone Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology ). The device
can play, but it will not be controlled by the audio system.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• To use iPod features within the audio,
use the cable provided upon purchasing an iPod device.
• Skipping or improper operation may
occur depending on the characteristics of your iPod/Phone device.
• If your iPhone is connected to both
the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
and USB, the sound may not be properly played. In your iPhone, select the
Dock connector or Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology to change the
sound output (source).
CAUTION IN USING THE
iPod® DEVICE
• When connecting iPod with the
iPod Power Cable, insert the connector to the multimedia socket
completely. If not inserted completely, communications between
iPod and audio may be interrupted.
• When adjusting the sound effects of
the iPod and the audio system, the
sound effects of both devices will
overlap and might reduce or distort
the quality of the sound.
• Deactivate (turn off) the equalizer
function of an iPod when adjusting the audio system’s volume,
and turn off the equalizer of the
audio system when using the
equalizer of an iPod.
• When not using iPod with car
audio, detach the iPod cable from
iPod. Otherwise, iPod may remain
in accessory mode, and may not
work properly.
4 165
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE FOR USING THE
My Music
• Even if memory is available, a maximum of 6,000 songs can be stored.
• The same song can be copied up to
1,000 times.
• Memory info can be checked in the
System menu of Setup.
4 166
Features of your vehicle
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
AUDIO
What is Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology?
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology is a wireless technology that allows multiple
devices to be connected in a short range,
low-powered devices like hands-free,
stereo headset, wireless remote controller, etc. For more information, visit the
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology website at
www.Bluetooth.com
Before
using Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology audio features
•
Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology audio
may not be supported depending on
the compatibility of your Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology mobile phone.
• In order to use Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology audio, you must first pair and
connect the Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology mobile phone.
• Bluetooth® Wireless Technology audio
can be used only when the [Audio
Streaming] of Phone is turned On .
❈ Setting Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
Audio Streaming : Press the SETUP
key Select [Phone] through the tune
3
knob or
key Select [Audio
Streaming] through the
TUNE
knob Set On / Off
Starting Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology Audio
• Press the MEDIA key to change the
mode in order of CD➟USB➟AUX➟My
Music➟BT Audio.
• If BT Audio is selected, Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology audio will start playing.
❈ Audio may not automatically start playing in some mobile phones.
Using the Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology audio features
• Play / Stop
Press the
TUNE knob to play and
pause the current song.
❈ The previous song / next song / play /
pause functions may not be supported
in some mobile phones.
4 167
Features of your vehicle
PHONE
Making a call using the Steering
remote controller
Before using the Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology phone features
• In order to use Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology phone, you must first pair
and connect the Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology mobile phone.
• If the mobile phone is not paired or connected, it is not possible to enter Phone
mode. Once a phone is paired or connected, the guidance screen will be displayed.
• If Priority is set upon vehicle ignition
(IGN/ACC ON), the Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology phone will be automatically
connected. Even if you are outside, the
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology phone
will be automatically connected once
you are in the vicinity of the vehicle. If
you do not want automatic Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology phone connection,
set the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
power to OFF.
4 168
1.
2.
button : Places and transfers calls.
button : Ends calls or cancels functions.
• Check call history and making call
➀ Shortly press (under 0.8 seconds) the
key on the steering remote controller.
➁ The call history list will be displayed
on the screen.
➂ Press the
key again to connect a
call to the selected number.
• Redialing the most recently called number
➀ Press and hold (over 0.8 seconds) the
key on the steering remote controller.
➁ The most recently called number is
redialed.
Features of your vehicle
Phone MENU
Phone Book
Press the PHONE key to display three
menus (Call History, Phone book, Phone
Setup).
Press the PHONE key Set [ P. Book]
through the TUNE knob or 2 RDM key.
Call History
Press the PHONE key Set [ Call
History] through the
TUNE knob or
1 RPT key.
The call history is displayed and can be
used to select a number and make a call.
If call history does not exist, a screen
asking whether to download call history
is displayed. (The download feature may
not be supported in some mobile
phones)
The Contacts are displayed and can be
used to select a number and make a call.
❈ If more than one number is saved to
one contact, then a screen showing
the mobile phone number, house and
office number is displayed. Select the
desired number to make the call.
❈ If Contacts do not exist, a screen asking whether to download Contacts is
displayed. (The download feature may
not be supported in some mobile
phones)
Phone Setup
Press the PHONE key Set [ Phone
Setup] through the
TUNE knob or
3
key.
The Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
mobile phone setup screen is displayed.
For more information, refer to “Phone
Setup”.
4 169
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION IN USING
BLUETOOTH® WIRELESS
TECHNOLOGY CELLULAR PHONE
• Do not use a cellular phone or
Bluetooth® Wireless
perform
Technology settings (e.g. pairing
a phone) while driving.
• Some
Bluetooth®
Wireless
Technology -enabled phones may
not be recognized by the system
or fully compatible with the system.
• Before using Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology related features of
the audio system, refer your
phone’s User’s Manual for phoneWireless
side
Bluetooth®
Technology operations.
• The phone must be paired to the
audio system to use Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology related features.
• You will not be able to use the
hands-free feature when your
phone (in the car) is outside of
the cellular service area (e.g. in a
tunnel, in a underground, in a
mountainous area, etc.).
(Continued)
4 170
(Continued)
• If the cellular phone signal is
poor or the vehicles interior noise
is too loud, it may be difficult to
hear the other person’s voice during a call.
• Do not place the phone near or
inside metallic objects, otherwise
communications with Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology system or
cellular service stations can be
disturbed.
• While a phone is connected through
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
your phone may discharge quicker
than usual for additional ® Wireless
Technology-related operations.
• Some cellular phones or other
devices may cause interference
noise or malfunction to audio
system. In this case, store the
device in a different location may
resolve the condition.
• Phone contact names should be
saved in English or they may not
be displayed correctly.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• If Priority is set upon vehicle ignition(IGN/ACC ON), the Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology phone will
be automatically connected.
Even if you are outside, the
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
phone will be automatically connected once you are in the vicinity of the vehicle.
If you do not want automatic
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
connection, turn the Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology feature off.
• The hands-free call volume and
quality may differ depending on
the mobile phone type.
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION
• Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
features can be used only when the
mobile phone has been paired and
connected with the device. For
more information on pairing and
connecting Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology enabled mobile phones,
refer to the “Phone Setup” section.
• When a Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology mobile phone is connected, a ( ) icon will appear at the
top of the screen. If a ( ) icon is
not displayed, this indicates that a
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
enabled device has not been connected. Your must connect the
device before use. For more information on Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology mobile phones, refer to
the “Phone Setup” section.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Pairing and connecting a Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology enabled mobile
phone will work only when the
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
option within your mobile phone
has been turned on. (Methods of
turning on the Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology enabled feature may
differ depending on the mobile
phone.)
• In some mobile phones, starting the
ignition while talking through
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
enabled handsfree call will result in
the call becoming disconnected.
(Switch the call back to your mobile
phone when starting the ignition.)
• Some features may not be supported
in some Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology mobile phone and
devices.
• Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
enabled operation may be unstable
depending on the communication
state.
4 171
Driving your vehicle
Before driving ............................................................5-4
Brake system............................................................5-35
• Before entering vehicle ..................................................5-4
• Necessary inspections ....................................................5-4
• Before starting ................................................................5-4
• Power brakes ................................................................5-35
• Parking brake - Hand type..........................................5-37
• Electric parking brake (EPB) ....................................5-39
• Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ....................................5-43
• Electronic stability control (ESC) ..............................5-45
• Vehicle stability management (VSM) ........................5-49
• Hill-start assist control (HAC) ....................................5-50
• Good braking practices................................................5-51
Key positions..............................................................5-6
• Illuminated ignition switch............................................5-6
• Ignition switch position..................................................5-6
• Starting the engine ........................................................5-7
Engine start/stop button ........................................5-10
• Illuminated engine start/stop button ..........................5-10
• Engine start/stop button position................................5-10
• Starting the engine ......................................................5-13
Manual transaxle ....................................................5-16
• Manual transaxle operation ........................................5-16
• Good driving practices ................................................5-18
Automatic transaxle ................................................5-20
• Automatic transaxle operation ....................................5-20
• Good driving practices ................................................5-24
Dual clutch transmission ........................................5-26
• Dual clutch transmission operation............................5-26
• Good driving practices ................................................5-32
Active ECO system..................................................5-34
• Active ECO operation ..................................................5-34
• Limitation of Active ECO operation ..........................5-34
Cruise control system..............................................5-52
• Cruise control switch ..................................................5-53
• To set cruise control speed ..........................................5-53
• To increase cruise control set speed............................5-54
• To decrease the cruising speed ....................................5-54
• To temporarily accelerate with the cruise
control on ......................................................................5-54
• To cancel cruise control, do one of the following ......5-55
• To resume cruising speed at more than
approximately 30 km/h (20 mph) ..............................5-55
• To turn cruise control off, do one of the following....5-56
Economical operation ............................................5-56
Special driving conditions ......................................5-58
• Hazardous driving conditions ....................................5-58
• Rocking the vehicle ......................................................5-58
• Smooth cornering ........................................................5-59
• Driving at night ............................................................5-59
5
• Driving in the rain........................................................5-60
• Driving in flooded areas ..............................................5-60
• Highway driving ..........................................................5-61
Winter driving ........................................................5-62
5
• Snowy or Icy conditions ..............................................5-62
• Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant ....................5-64
• Check battery and cables ............................................5-64
• Change to “winter weight” oil if necessary ..............5-64
• Check spark plugs and ignition system......................5-64
• To keep locks from freezing ........................................5-65
• Use approved window washer anti-freeze
in system ........................................................................5-65
• Don’t let your parking brake freeze ..........................5-65
• Don’t let ice and snow accumulate underneath ........5-65
• Carry emergency equipment ......................................5-65
• Don't place foreign objects or materials in the
engine compartment ..................................................5-65
Trailer towing ..........................................................5-66
• Hitches ..........................................................................5-67
• Safety chains ................................................................5-67
• Trailer brakes................................................................5-68
• Driving with a trailer ..................................................5-68
• Maintenance when trailer towing ..............................5-71
• If you do decide to pull a trailer ................................5-72
Vehicle weight ..........................................................5-74
Driving your vehicle
WARNING - ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!
Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous. If, at any time, you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle, open the windows immediately.
• Do not inhale exhaust fumes.
Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxiation.
• Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.
The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If you hear
a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the car, we recommend that the exhaust system be checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.
Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Never run the engine in your
garage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the vehicle out.
• Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle.
If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the vehicle, be sure to do so only in an open area
with the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn into the interior.
If you must drive with the trunk lid open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary:
1. Close all windows.
2. Open side vents.
3. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face" and the fan at one of the higher speeds.
To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the windshield are
kept clear of snow, ice, leaves or other obstructions.
5 3
Driving your vehicle
BEFORE DRIVING
Before entering vehicle
Necessary inspections
Before starting
• Be sure that all windows, outside mirror(s), and outside lights are clean.
• Check the condition of the tires.
• Check under the vehicle for any sign of
leaks.
• Be sure there are no obstacles behind
you if you intend to back up.
Fluid levels, such as engine oil, engine
coolant, brake fluid, and washer fluid
should be checked on a regular basis,
with the exact interval depending on the
fluid. Further details are provided in section 7, “Maintenance”.
• Close and lock all doors.
• Position the seat so that all controls are
easily reached.
• Adjust the inside and outside rearview
mirrors.
• Be sure that all lights work.
• Check all gauges.
• Check the operation of warning lights
when the ignition switch is turned to
the ON position.
• Release the parking brake and make
sure the brake warning light goes out.
For safe operation, be sure you are familiar with your vehicle and its equipment.
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result
in a loss of vehicle control, that
may lead to an accident, severe
personal injury, and death. The driver’s primary responsibility is in
the safe and legal operation of a
vehicle, and use of any handheld
devices, other equipment, or vehicle systems which take the driver’s
eyes, attention and focus away
from the safe operation of a vehicle
or which are not permissible by law
should never be used during operation of the vehicle.
WARNING
All passengers must be properly
belted whenever the vehicle is moving. Refer to “Seat belts” in section
3 for more information on their
proper use.
WARNING
Always check the surrounding
areas near your vehicle for people,
especially children, before putting a
car into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).
5 4
Driving your vehicle
WARNING - Driving under
the influence of alcohol or
drugs
Drinking and driving is dangerous.
Drunk driving is the number one
contributor to the highway death
toll each year. Even a small amount
of alcohol will affect your reflexes,
perceptions and judgment. Driving
while under the influence of drugs
is as dangerous or more dangerous
than driving drunk.
You are much more likely to have a
serious accident if you drink or
take drugs and drive.
If you are drinking or taking drugs,
don’t drive. Do not ride with a driver who has been drinking or taking
drugs. Choose a designated driver
or call a cab.
WARNING
• When you intend to park or stop
the vehicle with the engine on, be
careful not to depress the accelerator pedal for a long period of
time. It may overheat the engine
or exhaust system and cause fire.
• When you make a sudden stop or
turn the steering wheel rapidly,
loose objects may drop on the
floor and it could interfere with
the operation of the foot pedals,
possibly causing an accident.
Keep all things in the vehicle
safely stored.
• If you do not focus on driving, it
may cause an accident. Be careful when operating what may disturb driving such as audio or
heater. It is the responsibility of
the driver to always drive safely.
5 5
Driving your vehicle
KEY POSITIONS
■ Type A
Ignition switch position
ON
ACC
LOCK
START
OGDE051055
■ Type B
LOCK
The steering wheel locks to protect
against theft. The ignition key can be
removed only in the LOCK position.
When turning the ignition switch to the
LOCK position, push the key inward at
the ACC position and turn the key toward
the LOCK position.
ACC (Accessory)
The steering wheel is unlocked and electrical accessories are operative.
✽ NOTICE
If difficulty is experienced turning the
ignition switch to the ACC position, turn
the key while turning the steering wheel
right and left to release the tension.
OUN036001
Illuminated ignition switch
(if equipped)
Whenever a front door is opened, the
ignition switch will be illuminated for your
convenience, provided the ignition switch
is not in the ON position. The light will go
off immediately when the ignition switch
is turned on or go off after about 30 seconds when the door is closed.
5 6
ON
The warning lights can be checked
before the engine is started. This is the
normal running position after the engine
is started.
Do not leave the ignition switch ON if the
engine is not running to prevent battery
discharge.
START
Turn the ignition switch to the START
position to start the engine. The engine
will crank until you release the key; then
it returns to the ON position. The brake
warning light can be checked in this position.
Driving your vehicle
Starting the engine
WARNING - Ignition switch
• Never turn the ignition switch to
LOCK or ACC while the vehicle is
moving. This would result in loss
of directional control and braking
function, which could cause an
accident.
• Before leaving the driver’s seat,
always make sure the shift lever
is engaged in 1st gear for the
manual transaxle or P (Park) for
the automatic transaxle/dual
clutch transmission, set the parking brake fully and shut the
engine off. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement may occur
if these precautions are not
taken.
• Never reach for the ignition
switch, or any other controls
through the steering wheel while
the vehicle is in motion. The presence of your hand or arm in this
area could cause a loss of vehicle
control, an accident and serious
bodily injury or death.
• Do not place any movable objects
around the driver’s seat as they
may move while driving, interfere
with the driver and lead to an
accident.
WARNING
• Always wear appropriate shoes
when operating your vehicle.
Unsuitable shoes (high heels, ski
boots,etc.) may interfere with
your ability to use the brake and
accelerator pedal, and clutch (if
equipped).
• Do not start the vehicle with the
accelerator pedal depressed. The
vehicle can move and lead to an
accident.
• Wait until the engine rpm is normal. The vehicle may suddenly
move if the brake padel is
released when the rpm is high.
Starting the gasoline engine
1. Make sure the parking brake is
applied.
2. Manual Transaxle - Depress the
clutch pedal fully and shift the
transaxle into Neutral. Keep the clutch
pedal and brake pedal depressed
while turning the ignition switch to the
start position.
Automatic Transaxle - Place the
transaxle shift lever in P (Park).
Depress the brake pedal fully.
You can also start the engine when
the shift lever is in the N (Neutral)
position.
3. Turn the ignition switch to START and
hold it there until the engine starts (a
maximum of 10 seconds), then
release the key.
It should be started without depressing
the accelerator pedal.
4. Do not wait for the engine to warm up
while the vehicle remains stationary.
Start driving at moderate engine
speeds. (Steep accelerating and decelerating should be avoided.)
5 7
Driving your vehicle
CAUTION
If the engine stalls while you are in
motion, do not attempt to move the
shift lever to the P (Park) position. If
traffic and road conditions permit,
you may put the shift lever in the N
(Neutral) position while the vehicle
is still moving and turn the ignition
switch to the START position in an
attempt to restart the engine.
CAUTION
• Do not engage the starter for
more than 10 seconds. If the
engine stalls or fails to start, wait
5 to 10 seconds before re-engaging the starter. Improper use of
the starter may damage it.
• Do not turn the ignition switch to
the START position with the
engine running. It may damage
the starter.
5 8
Starting the diesel engine
To start the diesel engine when the
engine is cold, it has to be pre-heated
before starting the engine and then have
to be warmed up before starting to drive.
1. Make sure the parking brake is
applied.
2. Manual Transaxle - Depress the
clutch pedal fully and shift the
transaxle into Neutral. Keep the clutch
pedal and brake pedal depressed
while turning the ignition switch to the
start position.
Automatic Transaxle / Dual clutch
transmission - Place the transaxle
shift lever in P(park). Depress the
brake pedal fully.
You can also start the engine when the
shift lever is in the N(neutral) position.
Glow indicator light
W-60
3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position to pre-heat the engine. Then the
glow indicator light will illuminate.
4. If the glow indicator light goes out, turn
the ignition switch to the START position and hold it there until the engine
starts (a maximum of 10 seconds),
then release the key.
✽ NOTICE
If the engine does not start within 10
seconds after the preheating is completed, turn the ignition key once more to
the LOCK position for 10 seconds, and
then to the ON position, in order to preheat again.
Driving your vehicle
Starting and stopping the engine for turbocharger intercooler
1. Do not race or accelerate the engine
immediately after starting.
If the engine is cold, idle for several
seconds before sufficient lubrication is
ensured in the turbocharger unit.
2. After high speed or extended driving,
requiring a heavy engine load, run the
engine on idle condition about 1
minute before turning it off.
This idle time will allow the turbocharger to cool prior to shutting the
engine off.
CAUTION
Do not turn off the engine immediately after it has been subjected to
a heavy load. Doing so may cause
severe damage to the engine or
turbo charger unit.
5 9
Driving your vehicle
ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON (IF EQUIPPED)
Engine start/stop button position
OFF
Not illuminated
OGD051005
Illuminated engine start/stop
button
Whenever the front door is opened, the
engine start/stop button will illuminate for
your convenience. The light will go off
after about 30 seconds when the door is
closed. It will also go off immediately
when the theft-alarm system is armed.
5 10
• With manual transaxle
To turn off the engine (START/RUN position) or vehicle power (ON position), stop
the vehicle then press the engine
start/stop button.
• With automatic transaxle/
Dual clutch transmission
To turn off the engine (START/RUN position) or vehicle power (ON position),
press the engine start/stop button with
the shift lever in the P (Park) position.
When you press the engine start/stop
button without the shift lever in the P
(Park) position, the engine start/stop button will not change to the OFF position
but to the ACC position.
The steering wheel locks when the
engine start/stop button is in the OFF
position to protect you against theft. It
locks when the door is opened.
If the steering wheel is not locked properly when you open the driver's door, the
warning chime will sound. Try locking the
steering wheel again. If the problem is
not solved, we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
In addition, if the engine start/stop button
is in the OFF position after the driver's
door is opened, the steering wheel will
not lock and the warning chime will
sound. In such a situation, close the door.
Then the steering wheel will lock and the
warning chime will stop.
✽ NOTICE
If the steering wheel doesn't unlock
properly, the engine start/stopbutton
will not work. Press the engine start/
stop button while turning the steering
wheel right and left to release the tension.
Driving your vehicle
CAUTION
You are able to turn off the engine
(START/RUN) or vehicle power
(ON), only when the vehicle is not in
motion. In an emergency situation
while the vehicle is in motion, you
are able to turn the engine off and
to the ACC position by pressing the
engine start/stop button for more
than 2 seconds or 3 times successively within 3 seconds. If the vehicle is still moving, you can restart
the engine without depressing the
brake pedal by pressing the engine
start/stop button with the shift lever
in the N (Neutral) position.
ACC(Accessory)
ON
Orange indicator
Blue indicator
• With manual transaxle
Press the engine start/stop button when
the button is in the OFF position without
depressing the clutch pedal.
• With manual transaxle
Press the engine start/stop button when
the button is in the ACC position without
depressing the clutch pedal.
• With automatic transaxle/
Dual clutch transmission
Press the engine start/stop button while it
is in the OFF position without depressing
the brake pedal.
• With automatic transaxle/
Dual clutch transmission
Press the engine start/stop button while it
is in the ACC position without depressing
the brake pedal.
The steering wheel unlocks and electrical accessories are operational.
If the engine start/stop button is in the
ACC position for more than 1 hour, the
button turns off automatically to prevent
battery discharge.
The warning lights can be checked
before the engine is started. Do not leave
the engine start/stop button in the ON
position for a long time. The battery may
discharge, because the engine is not
running.
5 11
Driving your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
START/RUN
If you leave the engine start/stop button
in the ACC or ON position for a long
time, the battery will discharge.
Not illuminated
• With manual transaxle
To start the engine, depress the clutch
pedal and brake pedal, then press the
engine start/stop with the shift lever in
the Neutral position.
• With automatic transaxle/
Dual clutch transmission
To start the engine, depress the brake
pedal and press the engine start/stop
button with the shift lever in the P (Park)
or the N (Neutral) position. For your safety, start the engine with the shift lever in
the P (Park) position.
✽ NOTICE
If you press the engine start/stop button
without depressing the clutch pedal for
manual transaxle vehicles or without
depressing the brake pedal for automatic transaxle vehicles, the engine will not
start and the engine start/stop button
changes as follow:
OFF ➔ACC ➔ ON ➔ OFF or ACC
5 12
WARNING
• Never press the engine start/stop
button while the vehicle is in
motion. This would result in loss
of directional control and braking
function, which could cause an
accident.
• The anti-theft steering column
lock is not a substitute for the
parking brake. Before leaving the
driver's seat, always make sure
the shift lever is engaged in P
(Park), set the parking brake fully
and shut the engine off.
Unexpected and sudden vehicle
movement may occur if these
precautions are not taken.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Never reach for the engine start/
stop button or any other controls
through the steering wheel while
the vehicle is in motion. The presence of your hand or arm in the
area could cause loss of vehicle
control, an accident and serious
bodily injury or death.
• Do not place any movable objects
around the driver's seat as they
may move while driving, interfere
with the driver and lead to an
accident.
Driving your vehicle
Starting the engine
WARNING
• Always wear appropriate shoes
when operating your vehicle.
Unsuitable shoes (high heels, ski
boots,etc.) may interfere with
your ability to use the brake and
accelerator pedal.
• Do not start the vehicle with the
accelerator pedal depressed. The
vehicle can move and lead to an
accident.
• Wait until the engine rpm is normal. The vehicle may suddenly
move if the brake padel is
released when the rpm is high.
Starting the gasoline engine
1. Carry the smart key or leave it inside
the vehicle.
2. Make sure the parking brake is firmly
applied.
3. Manual Transaxle - Depress the
clutch pedal fully and shift the
transaxle into Neutral. Keep the clutch
pedal and brake pedal depressed
while starting the engine.
Automatic Transaxle - Place the
transaxle shift lever in P (Park).
Depress the brake pedal fully.
You can also start the engine when
the shift lever is in the N (Neutral)
position.
4. Press the engine start/stop button.
It should be started without depressing
the accelerator.
5. Do not wait for the engine to warm up
while the vehicle remains stationary.
Start driving at moderate engine
speeds. (Steep accelerating and decelerating should be avoided.)
Starting the diesel engine
To start the diesel engine when the
engine is cold, it has to be pre-heated
before starting the engine and then have
to be warmed up before starting to drive.
1. Make sure the parking brake is
applied.
2. Manual Transaxle - Depress the
clutch pedal fully and shift the
transaxle into Neutral. Keep the clutch
pedal and brake pedal depressed
while pressing the engine start/stop
button to the START position.
Automatic Transaxle / Dual clutch
transmission - Place the transaxle
shift lever in P (Park). Depress the
brake pedal fully.
You can also start the engine when the
shift lever is in the N (Neutral) position.
5 13
Driving your vehicle
Glow indicator light
W-60
3. Press the engine start/stop button
while depressing the brake pedal.
4. Continue depressing the brake pedal
until the illuminated glow indicator
goes off. (approximately 5 seconds)
5. The engine starts running when the
glow indicator goes off.
✽ NOTICE
If the engine start/stop button is pressed
once more while the engine is pre-heating, the engine may start.
5 14
Starting and stopping the engine for turbocharger intercooler
1. Do not race or accelerate the engine
immediately after starting.
If the engine is cold, idle for several
seconds before sufficient lubrication is
ensured in the turbocharger unit.
2. After high speed or extended driving,
requiring a heavy engine load, idle the
engine about 1 minute before turning it
off.
This idle time will allow the turbocharger to cool prior to shutting the
engine off.
CAUTION
Do not turn the engine off immediately after it has been subjected to
a heavy load. Doing so may cause
severe damage to the engine or turbocharger unit.
• Even if the smart key is in the vehicle,
if it is far away from you, the engine
may not start.
• When the engine start/stop button is in
the ACC position or above, if any door
is opened, the system checks for the
smart key. If the smart key is not in the
vehicle, a message “Key not in the
vehicle” will appear on the LCD display.
And if all doors are closed, the chime
will sound for 5 seconds. The indicator
or warning will turn off while the vehicle
is moving. Always have the smart key
with you.
WARNING
The engine will start, only when the
smart key is in the vehicle.
Never allow children or any person
who is unfamiliar with the vehicle
touch the engine start/stop button
or related parts.
Driving your vehicle
CAUTION
CAUTION
If the engine stalls while the vehicle
is in motion, do not attempt to move
the shift lever to the P (Park) position. If the traffic and road conditions permit, you may put the shift
lever in the N (Neutral) position
while the vehicle is still moving and
press the engine start/stop button
in an attempt to restart the engine.
• Do not press the engine
start/stop button for more than 10
seconds except when the brake
switch fuse is blown.
• Do not turn the ignition switch to
the START position with the
engine running. It may damage
the starter.
OGD055006
✽ NOTICE
• If the battery is weak or the smart key
does not work correctly, you can start
the engine by pressing the engine
start/stop button with the smart key.
• When the brake switch fuse is blown,
you cannot start the engine normally.
Replace the fuse with a new one. If not
possible, you can start the engine by
pressing the engine start/stop button
for 10 seconds while it is in the ACC
position. The engine can start without
depressing the brake pedal. But for
your safety always depress the brake
pedal before starting the engine.
5 15
Driving your vehicle
MANUAL TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)
Manual transaxle operation
The shift lever can be moved without
pulling the button (1).
The button (1) must be pulled up
while moving the shift lever.
OMD050009
* The actual shift lever in the vehicle may
differ from the illustration.
5 16
The manual transaxle has 6 forward
gears.
This shift pattern is imprinted on the shift
knob. The transaxle is fully synchronized
in all forward gears so shifting to either a
higher or a lower gear is easily accomplished.
Depress the clutch pedal down fully while
shifting, then release it slowly.
If your vehicle is equipped with an ignition lock system, the engine will not start
when starting the engine without
depressing the clutch pedal.
The shift lever must return to the Neutral
position before shifting into R (Reverse).
The button (1) located immediately below
the shift knob must be pulled upward
while moving the shift lever to the R
(Reverse) position.
Make sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before shifting into R (Reverse).
Never operate the engine with the
tachometer (rpm) in the red zone.
CAUTION
• When downshifting from 5th
(Fifth) gear to 4th (Fourth) gear,
caution should be taken not to
inadvertently move the shift lever
sideways in such a manner that
second gear is engaged. Such a
drastic downshift may cause the
engine speed to increase to the
point that the tachometer will
enter the red-zone. Such overrevving of the engine may possibly cause engine and transaxle
damage.
• Do not downshift more than 2
gears or downshift the gear when
the engine is running at high
speed (5,000 RPM or higher).
Such a downshifting may damage
the engine, clutch and the
transaxle.
• When shifting from 5th gear to
6th gear or from 6th gear to 5th
gear, push the shift lever to the
right while shifting. Otherwise,
the shift lever might move to 3rd
gear or 4th gear and it may damage the engine and transaxle.
Driving your vehicle
• During cold weather, shifting may be
difficult until the transaxle lubricant has
warmed up. This is normal and not
harmful to the transaxle.
• If you've come to a complete stop and
it's hard to shift into 1st (First) or R
(Reverse), leave the shift lever at
Neutral position and release the clutch.
Depress the clutch pedal back down,
and then shift into 1st (First) or R
(Reverse) gear position.
CAUTION
• To avoid premature clutch wear
and damage, do not drive with
your foot resting on the clutch
pedal. Also, don’t use the clutch
to hold the vehicle stopped on an
uphill grade, while waiting for a
traffic light, etc.
• Do not use the shift lever as a
handrest during driving, as this
can result in premature wear of
the transaxle shift forks.
• When operating the clutch pedal,
press the clutch pedal down fully.
If you don't press the clutch pedal
fully, the clutch may be damaged
or noise may occur.
• To prevent possible damage to
the clutch system, do not start
with the 2nd(second) gear
engaged except when you start
on a slippery road.
WARNING
• Before leaving the driver’s seat,
always set the parking brake fully
and shut the engine off. Then
make sure the transaxle is shifted
into 1st (First) gear when the
vehicle is parked on a level or
uphill grade, and shifted into R
(Reverse) on a downhill grade.
Unexpected and sudden vehicle
movement can occur if these precautions are not followed in the
order identified.
• If your vehicle has a manual
transaxle not equipped with a
ignition lock switch, it may move
and cause a serious accident
when starting the engine without
depressing the clutch pedal while
the parking brake is released and
the shift lever not in the Neutral
position.
• Do not use the engine brake
(shifting from a high gear to lower
gear) rapidly on slippery roads.
The vehicle may slip causing an
accident.
5 17
Driving your vehicle
Using the clutch
The clutch should be pressed all the way
to the floor before shifting, then released
slowly. The clutch pedal should always be
fully released while driving. Do not rest
your foot on the clutch pedal while driving. This can cause unnecessary wear.
Do not partially engage the clutch to hold
the car on an incline. This causes unnecessary wear. Use the foot brake or parking brake to hold the car on an incline. Do
not operate the clutch pedal rapidly and
repeatedly.
CAUTION
When operating the clutch pedal,
depress the clutch pedal down fully.
If you don’t depress the clutch
pedal fully, the clutch may be damaged or noise may occur.
5 18
Downshifting
When you must slow down in heavy traffic or while driving up steep hills, downshift before the engine starts to labor.
Downshifting reduces the chance of
stalling and gives better acceleration
when you need to increase your speed
again. When the vehicle is traveling down
steep hills, downshifting helps maintain
safe speed and prolongs brake life.
Good driving practices
• Never take the vehicle out of gear and
coast down a hill. This is extremely
hazardous. Always leave the vehicle in
gear.
• Don't "ride" the brakes. This can cause
them to overheat and malfunction.
Instead, when you are driving down a
long hill, shift to a lower gear. When
you do this, engine braking will help
slow down the vehicle.
• Slow down before shifting to a lower
gear. This will help avoid over-revving
the engine, which can cause damage.
• Slow down when you encounter cross
winds. This gives you much better control of your vehicle.
• Be sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before you attempt to shift into
R (Reverse). The transaxle can be
damaged if you do not. To shift into R
(Reverse), depress the clutch, move
the shift lever to Neutral, then shift to
the R (Reverse) position.
• Exercise extreme caution when driving
on a slippery surface. Be especially
careful when braking, accelerating or
shifting gears. On a slippery surface,
an abrupt change in vehicle speed can
cause the drive wheels to lose traction
and the vehicle to go out of control.
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
• Always buckle-up! In a collision,
an unbelted occupant is significantly more likely to be seriously
injured or killed than a properly
belted occupant.
• Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning.
• Do not make quick steering
wheel movements, such as sharp
lane changes or fast, sharp turns.
• The risk of rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control of
your vehicle at highway speeds.
• Loss of control often occurs if
two or more wheels drop off the
roadway and the driver oversteers to reenter the roadway.
• In the event your vehicle leaves
the roadway, do not steer sharply.
Instead, slow down before pulling
back into the travel lanes.
• Never exceed posted speed limits.
5 19
Driving your vehicle
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)
Automatic transaxle operation
The automatic transaxle has 6 forward
speeds and one reverse speed. The individual speeds are selected automatically,
depending on the position of the shift
lever.
+ (UP)
✽ NOTICE
The first few shifts on a new vehicle, if
the battery has been disconnected, may
be somewhat abrupt. This is a normal
condition, and the shifting sequence will
adjust after shifts are cycled a few times
by the TCM (Transaxle Control
Module) or PCM (Powertrain Control
Module).
- ( D OW N )
Depress the brake pedal and the lock release button when shifting.
(If the shift lock system is not equipped, it is not necessary to depress the brake pedal.
However, it is recommended to depress the brake pedal to avoid inadvertent movement
of the vehicle.)
Press the lock release button when shifting.
The shift lever can be shifted freely.
OGD051011
5 20
Driving your vehicle
For smooth operation, depress the brake
pedal when shifting from N (Neutral) to a
forward or reverse gear.
WARNING - Automatic
transaxle
• Always check the surrounding
areas near your vehicle for people, especially children, before
shifting a car into D (Drive) or R
(Reverse).
• Before leaving the driver’s seat,
always make sure the shift lever
is in the P (Park) position; then
set the parking brake fully and
shut the engine off. Unexpected
and sudden vehicle movement
can occur if these precautions are
not followed in the order identified.
• Do not use the engine brake
(shifting from a high gear to lower
gear) rapidly on slippery roads.
The vehicle may slip causing an
accident.
CAUTION
• To avoid damage to your
transaxle, do not accelerate the
engine in R (Reverse) or any forward gear position with the
brakes on.
• When stopped on an upgrade, do
not hold the vehicle with engine
power. Use the service brake or
the parking brake.
• Do not shift from N (Neutral) or P
(Park) into D (Drive), or R
(Reverse) when the engine is
above idle speed.
Transaxle ranges
The indicator lights in the instrument
cluster displays the shift lever position
when the ignition switch is in the ON
position.
P (Park)
Always come to a complete stop before
shifting into P (Park). This position locks
the transaxle and prevents the front
wheels from rotating.
WARNING
• Shifting into P (Park) while the
vehicle is in motion will cause the
drive wheels to lock which will
cause you to lose control of the
vehicle.
• Do not use the P (Park) position
in place of the parking brake.
Always make sure the shift lever
is latched in the P (Park) position
and set the parking brake fully.
• Never leave a child unattended in
a vehicle.
CAUTION
The transaxle may be damaged if
you shift into P (Park) while the
vehicle is in motion.
5 21
Driving your vehicle
R (Reverse)
Use this position to drive the vehicle
backward.
CAUTION
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into or out of R
(Reverse); you may damage the
transaxle if you shift into R
(Reverse) while the vehicle is in
motion, except as explained in
“Rocking the vehicle” in this section.
N (Neutral)
The wheels and transaxle are not locked.
The vehicle will roll freely even on the
slightest incline unless the parking brake
or service brakes are applied.
WARNING
Do not drive with the shift lever in N
(Neutral).
The engine brake will not work and
lead to an accident.
5 22
D (Drive)
This is the normal forward driving position. The transaxle will automatically shift
through a 6-gear sequence, providing the
best fuel economy and power.
For extra power when passing another
vehicle or climbing grades, depress the
accelerator fully, at which time the
transaxle will automatically downshift to
the next lower gear.
✽ NOTICE
Always ensure vehicle is stationary, at a
complete stop, before selecting D
(Drive).
+ (UP)
- (DOWN)
Sports mode
OGD051013
Sports mode
Whether the vehicle is stationary or in
motion, sports mode is selected by pushing the shift lever from the D (Drive) position into the manual gate. To return to D
(Drive) range operation, push the shift
lever back into the main gate.
In sports mode, moving the shift lever
backwards and forwards will allow you to
make gearshifts rapidly.
Up (+) : Push the lever forward once to
shift up one gear.
Down (-) : Pull the lever backwards once
to shift down one gear.
Driving your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
• In sports mode, the driver must execute upshifts in accordance with road
conditions, taking care to keep the
engine speed below the red zone.
• In sports mode, only the 6 forward
gears can be selected. To reverse or
park the vehicle, move the shift lever
to the R (Reverse) or P (Park) position
as required.
• In sports mode, downshifts are made
automatically when the vehicle slows
down. When the vehicle stops, 1st gear
is automatically selected.
• In sports mode, when the engine rpm
approaches the red zone shift points
are varied to upshift automatically.
• To maintain the required levels of
vehicle performance and safety, the
system may not execute certain
gearshifts when the shift lever is operated.
• When driving on a slippery road,
push the shift lever forward into the
+(up) position. This causes the
transaxle to shift into the 2nd gear
which is better for smooth driving on
a slippery road. Push the shift lever to
the -(down) side to shift back to the 1st
gear.
Shift lock system (if equipped)
For your safety, the automatic transaxle
has a shift lock system which prevents
shifting the transaxle from P (Park) or N
(Neutral) into R (Reverse) unless the
brake pedal is depressed.
To shift the transaxle from P (Park) or N
(Neutral) into R (Reverse):
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine or turn the ignition
switch to the ON position.
3. Move the shift lever.
If the brake pedal is repeatedly
depressed and released with the shift
lever in the P (Park) position, a chattering
noise near the shift lever may be heard.
This is a normal condition.
WARNING
Always fully depress the brake
pedal before and while shifting out
of the P (Park) position into another position to avoid inadvertent
motion of the vehicle which could
injure persons in or around the car.
OGD051012
Shift-lock override
If the shift lever cannot be moved from
the P (Park) or N (Neutral) position into R
(Reverse) position with the brake pedal
depressed, continue depressing the
brake, then do the following:
1. Move the shift lever while pressing the
shift-lock release button.
2. We recommend that the system be
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer immediately.
5 23
Driving your vehicle
Ignition key interlock system
(if equipped)
The ignition key cannot be removed
unless the shift lever is in the P (Park)
position.
5 24
Good driving practices
• Never move the shift lever from P
(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other position with the accelerator pedal
depressed.
• Never move the shift lever into P (Park)
when the vehicle is in motion.
• Be sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before you attempt to shift into
R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
• Never take the vehicle out of gear and
coast down a hill. This may be
extremely hazardous. Always leave the
vehicle in gear when moving.
• Do not "ride" the brakes. This can
cause them to overheat and malfunction. Instead, when you are driving
down a long hill, slow down and shift to
a lower gear. When you do this, engine
braking will help slow down the vehicle.
• Slow down before shifting to a lower
gear. Otherwise, the lower gear may
not be engaged.
• Always use the parking brake. Do not
depend on placing the transaxle in P
(Park) to keep the vehicle from moving.
• Exercise extreme caution when driving
on a slippery surface. Be especially
careful when braking, accelerating or
shifting gears. On a slippery surface,
an abrupt change in vehicle speed can
cause the drive wheels to lose traction
and the vehicle to go out of control.
• Optimum vehicle performance and
economy is obtained by smoothly
depressing and releasing the accelerator pedal.
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
• Always buckle-up! In a collision,
an unbelted occupant is significantly more likely to be seriously
injured or killed than a properly
belted occupant.
• Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning.
• Do not make quick steering
wheel movements, such as sharp
lane changes or fast, sharp turns.
• The risk of rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control of
your vehicle at highway speeds.
• Loss of control often occurs if
two or more wheels drop off the
roadway and the driver oversteers to reenter the roadway.
• In the event your vehicle leaves
the roadway, do not steer sharply.
Instead, slow down before pulling
back into the travel lanes.
• Never exceed posted speed limits.
WARNING
If your vehicle becomes stuck in
snow, mud, sand, etc., then you
may attempt to rock the vehicle free
by moving it forward and backward.
Do not attempt this procedure if
people or objects are anywhere
near the vehicle. During the rocking
operation the vehicle may suddenly
move forward of backward as it
becomes unstuck, causing injury
or damage to nearby people or
objects.
Moving up a steep grade from a standing start
To move up a steep grade from a standing start, depress the brake pedal, shift
the shift lever to D (Drive). Select the
appropriate gear depending on load
weight and steepness of the grade, and
release the parking brake. Depress the
accelerator pedal gradually while releasing the service brakes.
5 25
Driving your vehicle
DUAL CLUTCH TRANSMISSION (IF EQUIPPED)
Dual clutch transmission operation
The Dual clutch transmission has seven
forward speeds and one reverse speed.
The individual speeds are selected automatically in the D (Drive) position.
+ (UP)
- ( D OW N )
Depress the brake pedal and the lock release button when shifting.
(If the shift lock system is not equipped, it is not necessary to depress the brake pedal.
However, it is recommended to depress the brake pedal to avoid inadvertent movement
of the vehicle.)
Press the lock release button when shifting.
The shift lever can be shifted freely.
OGD051011
5 26
Driving your vehicle
For smooth operation, depress the brake
pedal when shifting from N (Neutral) to a
forward or reverse gear.
WARNING - Dual clutch
transmission
• Always check the surrounding
areas near your vehicle for people, especially children, before
shifting a car into D (Drive) or R
(Reverse).
• Before leaving the driver’s seat,
always make sure the shift lever
is in the P (Park) position; then
set the parking brake fully and
shut the engine off. Unexpected
and sudden vehicle movement
can occur if these precautions are
not followed in the order identified.
• Do not use the engine brake
(shifting from a high gear to lower
gear) rapidly on slippery roads.
The vehicle may slip causing an
accident.
CAUTION
• To avoid damage to your transmission, do not accelerate the
engine in R (Reverse) or any forward gear position with the
brakes on.
• When stopped on an upgrade, do
not hold the vehicle with engine
power. Use the service brake or
the parking brake.
• Do not shift from N (Neutral) or P
(Park) into D (Drive), or R
(Reverse) when the engine is
above idle speed.
• The Dual clutch transmission gives the
driving feel of a manual transaxle, yet
provides the ease of a fully automatic
transaxle. Unlike a traditional automatic
transaxle, the gear shifting can be felt
(and heard) on the Dual clutch transmission
- Think of it as an automatically shifting
manual transaxle.
- Shift into Drive range and get fully
automatic shifting, similar to a conventional automatic transaxle.
• Dual clutch transmission adopts drytype dual clutch, which is different from
torque
converter
of
automatic
transaxle, and shows better acceleration performance during driving. But,
initial launch might be little bit slower
than Automatic Transaxle.
• The dry-type clutch transfers torque
and provides a direct driving feeling
which may feel different from a conventional automatic transaxle with a
torque converter. This may be more
noticeable when starting from a stop or
low vehicle speed.
• When rapidly accelerating at low vehicle speed, engine could rev at high
rpm depending on vehicle drive condition.
5 27
Driving your vehicle
• For smooth launch uphill, press down
the accelerator pedal smoothly
depending on the current conditions.
• If you release your foot from the accelerator pedal at low vehicle speed, you
may feel strong engine brake, which is
similar to manual transaxle.
• When driving downhill, you may use
Sports Mode and press the paddle
shifters to downshift to a lower gear in
order to control your speed without
using the brake pedal excessively.
• When you turn the engine on and off,
you may hear clicking sounds as the
system goes through a self test. This is
a normal sound for the Dual clutch
transmission.
✽ NOTICE
■ Type A
■ Type B
OGD044476L/OGD044255L
• To hold the vehicle on a hill use the
foot brake or the parking brake. If the
vehicle is held by applying the accelerator pedal on a hill the clutch and
transmission will be overheated
resulting in damage.
At this time, a warning message will
appear on the LCD display and you
may feel a vibration.
(Continued)
5 28
(Continued)
• If the clutch becomes overheated by
excessive use of the clutch to hold on a
hill, you may notice a shudder feeling
and a blinking display on the instrument cluster. When this occurs, the
clutch is disabled until the clutch cools
to normal temperatures. If this
occurs, pull over to a safe location,
shift into P (Park) and apply the foot
brake for a few minutes.
• If the LCD warning is active, the foot
brake must be applied.
• Ignoring the warnings can lead to
damage to the transmission.
• If the display continues to blink, for
your safety, contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked.
(Continued)
Driving your vehicle
(Continued)
■ Type A
■ Type A
■ Type B
OGD044477L/OGD044253L
■ Type B
OGD044475L/OGD044254L
• Under certain conditions such as
repeated launch on steep grades, the
clutch in the transmission could overheat. When the clutch is overheated,
the safe protection mode engages.
(Continued)
(Continued)
If the safe protection mode engages,
the gear position indicator on the cluster blinks with a chime sound. At this
time, a warning message will appear
on the LCD display and driving may
not be smooth.
If you ignore this warning, the driving
condition may become worse. To
return the normal driving condition,
stop the vehicle and apply the foot
brake for a few minutes before driving off.
• Gear shifts may be more noticeable
than a conventional automatic
transaxle. This is a normal characteristic of this type of Dual clutch transmission.
• During the first 1000 miles, you may
feel that the vehicle may not be
smooth when accelerating at low
speed. During this break-in period,
the shift quality and performance of
your new vehicle is continuously optimized.
• Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into D (Drive) or R
(Reverse).
• Do not put the shift lever in N
(Neutral) while driving.
Transmission ranges
The indicator lights in the instrument
cluster displays the shift lever position
when the ignition switch is in the ON
position.
P (Park)
Always come to a complete stop before
shifting into P (Park). This position locks
the transmission and prevents the front
wheels from rotating.
WARNING
• Shifting into P (Park) while the
vehicle is in motion will cause the
drive wheels to lock which will
cause you to lose control of the
vehicle.
• Do not use the P (Park) position
in place of the parking brake.
Always make sure the shift lever
is latched in the P (Park) position
and set the parking brake fully.
• Never leave a child unattended in
a vehicle.
CAUTION
The transmission may be damaged
if you shift into P (Park) while the
vehicle is in motion.
5 29
Driving your vehicle
R (Reverse)
Use this position to drive the vehicle
backward.
CAUTION
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into or out of R
(Reverse); you may damage the
transmission if you shift into R
(Reverse) while the vehicle is in
motion, except as explained in
“Rocking the vehicle” in this section.
N (Neutral)
The wheels and transmission are not
locked. The vehicle will roll freely even on
the slightest incline unless the parking
brake or service brakes are applied.
WARNING
Do not drive with the shift lever in N
(Neutral).
The engine brake will not work and
lead to an accident.
5 30
D (Drive)
This is the normal forward driving position. The transmission will automatically
shift through a 7-gear sequence, providing the best fuel economy and power.
For extra power when passing another
vehicle or climbing grades, depress the
accelerator fully, at which time the transmission will automatically downshift to
the next lower gear.
✽ NOTICE
Always ensure vehicle is stationary, at a
complete stop, before selecting D
(Drive).
+ (UP)
- (DOWN)
Sports mode
OGD051013
Sports mode
Whether the vehicle is stationary or in
motion, sports mode is selected by pushing the shift lever from the D (Drive) position into the manual gate. To return to D
(Drive) range operation, push the shift
lever back into the main gate.
In sports mode, moving the shift lever
backwards and forwards will allow you to
make gearshifts rapidly.
Up (+) : Push the lever forward once to
shift up one gear.
Down (-) : Pull the lever backwards once
to shift down one gear.
Driving your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
• In sports mode, the driver must execute upshifts in accordance with road
conditions, taking care to keep the
engine speed below the red zone.
• In sports mode, only the 7 forward
gears can be selected. To reverse or
park the vehicle, move the shift lever
to the R (Reverse) or P (Park) position
as required.
• In sports mode, downshifts are made
automatically when the vehicle slows
down. When the vehicle stops, 1st gear
is automatically selected.
• In sports mode, when the engine rpm
approaches the red zone shift points
are varied to upshift automatically.
• To maintain the required levels of
vehicle performance and safety, the
system may not execute certain
gearshifts when the shift lever is operated.
Shift lock system (if equipped)
For your safety, the dual clutch transmission has a shift lock system which prevents shifting the transmission from P
(Park) or N (Neutral) into R (Reverse)
unless the brake pedal is depressed.
To shift the transmission from P (Park) or
N (Neutral) into R (Reverse):
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine or turn the ignition
switch to the ON position.
3. Move the shift lever.
If the brake pedal is repeatedly
depressed and released with the shift
lever in the P (Park) position, a chattering
noise near the shift lever may be heard.
This is a normal condition.
WARNING
Always fully depress the brake
pedal before and while shifting out
of the P (Park) position into another position to avoid inadvertent
motion of the vehicle which could
injure persons in or around the car.
OGD051012
Shift-lock override
If the shift lever cannot be moved from
the P (Park) or N (Neutral) position into R
(Reverse) position with the brake pedal
depressed, continue depressing the
brake, then do the following:
1. Move the shift lever while pressing the
shift-lock release button.
2. We recommend that the system be
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer immediately.
5 31
Driving your vehicle
Ignition key interlock system
(if equipped)
The ignition key cannot be removed
unless the shift lever is in the P (Park)
position.
5 32
Good driving practices
• Never move the shift lever from P
(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other position with the accelerator pedal
depressed.
• Never move the shift lever into P (Park)
when the vehicle is in motion.
• Be sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before you attempt to shift into
R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
• Never take the vehicle out of gear and
coast down a hill. This may be
extremely hazardous. Always leave the
vehicle in gear when moving.
• Do not "ride" the brakes. This can
cause them to overheat and malfunction. Instead, when you are driving
down a long hill, slow down and shift to
a lower gear. When you do this, engine
braking will help slow down the vehicle.
• Slow down before shifting to a lower
gear. Otherwise, the lower gear may
not be engaged.
• Always use the parking brake. Do not
depend on placing the transmission in
P (Park) to keep the vehicle from moving.
• Exercise extreme caution when driving
on a slippery surface. Be especially
careful when braking, accelerating or
shifting gears. On a slippery surface,
an abrupt change in vehicle speed can
cause the drive wheels to lose traction
and the vehicle to go out of control.
• Optimum vehicle performance and
economy is obtained by smoothly
depressing and releasing the accelerator pedal.
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
• Always buckle-up! In a collision,
an unbelted occupant is significantly more likely to be seriously
injured or killed than a properly
belted occupant.
• Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning.
• Do not make quick steering
wheel movements, such as sharp
lane changes or fast, sharp turns.
• The risk of rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control of
your vehicle at highway speeds.
• Loss of control often occurs if
two or more wheels drop off the
roadway and the driver oversteers to reenter the roadway.
• In the event your vehicle leaves
the roadway, do not steer sharply.
Instead, slow down before pulling
back into the travel lanes.
• Never exceed posted speed limits.
WARNING
If your vehicle becomes stuck in
snow, mud, sand, etc., then you
may attempt to rock the vehicle free
by moving it forward and backward.
Do not attempt this procedure if
people or objects are anywhere
near the vehicle. During the rocking
operation the vehicle may suddenly
move forward of backward as it
becomes unstuck, causing injury
or damage to nearby people or
objects.
Moving up a steep grade from a standing start
To move up a steep grade from a standing start, depress the brake pedal, shift
the shift lever to D (Drive). Select the
appropriate gear depending on load
weight and steepness of the grade, and
release the parking brake. Depress the
accelerator pedal gradually while releasing the service brakes.
5 33
Driving your vehicle
ACTIVE ECO SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
Limitation of Active ECO operation:
OGD051031
Active ECO operation
Active ECO helps improve fuel efficiency
by controlling the engine and transaxle.
But fuel-efficiency can be changed by the
driver's driving habits and road conditions.
• When the Active ECO button is
pressed the ECO indicator (green) will
illuminate to show that the Active ECO
is operating.
• When the Active ECO is activated, it
does not turn off even though the
engine is restarted again. To turn off
the system, press the active ECO button again.
• If Active ECO is turned off, it will return
to the normal mode.
5 34
If the following conditions occur while
Active ECO is operating, the system
operation is limited even though there is
no change in the ECO indicator.
• When the coolant temperature is low:
The system will be limited until engine
performance becomes normal.
• When driving up a hill: The system will
be limited to gain power when driving
uphill because the engine torque is
restricted.
• When using sports mode: The system
will be limited according to the shift
location.
• When the accelerator pedal is deeply
pressed for a few seconds: The system
will be limited, judging that the driver
wants to speed up.
Driving your vehicle
BRAKE SYSTEM
Power brakes
Your vehicle has power-assisted brakes
that adjust automatically through normal
usage.
In the event that the power-assisted
brakes lose power because of a stalled
engine or some other reason, you can
still stop your vehicle by applying greater
force to the brake pedal than you normally would. The stopping distance, however, will be longer.
When the engine is not running, the
reserve brake power is partially depleted
each time the brake pedal is applied. Do
not pump the brake pedal when the
power assist has been interrupted.
Pump the brake pedal only when necessary to maintain steering control on slippery surfaces.
WARNING - Brakes
• Do not drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. This will
create abnormal high brake temperatures, excessive brake lining
and pad wear, and increased
stopping distances.
• When descending a long or steep
hill, shift to a lower gear and
avoid continuous application of
the brakes. Continuous brake
application will cause the brakes
to overheat and could result in a
temporary loss of braking performance.
• Wet brakes may impair the vehicle’s ability to safely slow down;
the vehicle may also pull to one
side when the brakes are applied.
Applying the brakes lightly will
indicate whether they have been
affected in this way. Always test
your brakes in this fashion after
driving through deep water. To
dry the brakes, apply them lightly
while maintaining a safe forward
speed until brake performance
returns to normal.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Always, confirm the position of
the brake and accelerator pedal
before driving. If you don't check
the position of the accelerator
and brake pedal before driving,
you may depress the accelerator
instead of the brake pedal. It may
cause a serious accident.
5 35
Driving your vehicle
In the event of brake failure
(if equipped)
If service brakes fail to operate while the
vehicle is in motion, you can make an
emergency stop with the parking brake.
The stopping distance, however, will be
much greater than normal.
WARNING - Parking brake
Applying the parking brake while
the vehicle is moving at normal
speeds can cause a sudden loss of
control of the vehicle. If you must
use the parking brake to stop the
vehicle, use great caution in applying the brake.
5 36
Disc brakes wear indicator
Your vehicle has disc brakes.
When your brake pads are worn and new
pads are required, you will hear a highpitched warning sound from your front
brakes or rear brakes (if equipped). You
may hear this sound come and go or it
may occur whenever you depress the
brake pedal.
Please remember that some driving conditions or climates may cause a brake
squeal when you first apply (or lightly
apply) the brakes. This is normal and
does not indicate a problem with your
brakes.
CAUTION
• To avoid costly brake repairs, do
not continue to drive with worn
brake pads.
• Always replace brake pads as
complete front or rear axle sets.
WARNING - Brake wear
This brake wear warning sound
means your vehicle needs service.
If you ignore this audible warning,
you will eventually lose braking
performance, which could lead to a
serious accident.
Driving your vehicle
CAUTION
• Driving with the parking brake
applied will cause excessive
brake pad (or lining) and brake
rotor wear.
• Do not operate the parking brake
while the vehicle is moving
except in an emergency situation.
It could damage the vehicle system and make endanger driving
safety.
OMD050014
Parking brake - Hand type
Applying the parking brake
To engage the parking brake, first apply
the foot brake and then without pressing
the release button in, pull the parking
brake lever up as far as possible. In addition it is recommended that when parking
the vehicle on a gradient, the shift lever
should be positioned in the appropriate
low gear for manual transaxle vehicles or
in the P (Park) position for automatic
transaxle/dual clutch transmission vehicles.
OMD050015
Releasing the parking brake
To release the parking brake, first apply
the foot brake and pull up the parking
brake lever slightly. Secondly press the
release button (1) and lower the parking
brake lever (2) while pressing the button.
5 37
Driving your vehicle
If at all possible, cease driving the vehicle immediately. If that is not possible,
use extreme caution while operating the
vehicle and only continue to drive the
vehicle until you can reach a safe location or repair shop.
WARNING
• To prevent unintentional movement when stopped and leaving
the vehicle, do not use the shift
lever instead of the parking
brake. Set the parking brake AND
make sure the shift lever is
securely positioned in 1st (First)
gear or R (Reverse) for manual
transaxle equipped vehicles and
in P (Park) for automatic
transaxle/Dual clutch transmission equipped vehicles.
• Never allow anyone who is unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch
the parking brake. If the parking
brake is released unintentionally,
serious injury may occur.
• All vehicles should always have
the parking brake fully engaged
when parking to avoid inadvertent movement of the vehicle
which can injure occupants or
pedestrians.
5 38
WK-23
Check the brake warning light by turning
the ignition switch ON (do not start the
engine). This light will illuminate when the
parking brake is applied with the ignition
switch in the START or ON position.
Before driving, be sure the parking brake
is fully released and the brake warning
light is off.
If the brake warning light remains on
after the parking brake is released while
the engine is running, there may be a
malfunction in the brake system.
Immediate attention is necessary.
Driving your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
On a steep incline or when pulling a
trailer if the vehicle does not stand still,
do as follows:
1. Apply the EPB.
2. Pull up the EPB switch for more than
3 seconds.
CAUTION
OGDE051015
Electric parking brake (EPB)
(if equipped)
Applying the parking brake
To apply the EPB (electric parking
brake):
1. Depress the brake pedal.
2. Pull up the EPB switch.
Make sure the warning light comes on.
Do not operate the parking brake
while the vehicle is moving except
in an emergency situation. It could
damage the vehicle system and
endanger driving safety.
OGD051016
Releasing the parking brake
To release the EPB (electric parking
brake), press the EPB switch in the following condition:
• Have the ignition switch or engine
start/stop button in the ON position.
• Depress the brake pedal.
Make sure the brake warning light goes
off.
5 39
Driving your vehicle
To release EPB (electric parking brake)
automatically:
• Manual transaxle vehicle
1. Start the engine.
2. Fasten the driver's seat belt.
3. Close the driver's door, engine hood
and tailgate.
4. Depress the clutch pedal with the
gear engaged.
5. Depress the accelerator pedal while
releasing the clutch pedal.
• Automatic transaxle / Dual clutch
transmission vehicle
1. Start the engine.
2. Fasten the driver's seat belt.
3. Close the driver's door, engine hood
and tailgate.
4. Depress the accelerator pedal while
the shift lever is in R (Rear), D
(Drive) or Sports mode.
• Shift lever in P (Park)
With the engine running depress the
brake pedal and shift out of P (Park) to
R (Rear) or D (Drive).
• Shift lever in N (Neutral)
With the engine running depress the
brake pedal and shift out of N (Neutral)
to R (Rear) or D (Drive).
Make sure the brake warning light goes
off.
5 40
✽ NOTICE
• For your safety, you can engage the
EPB even though the ignition switch or
engine stop/start button is in the OFF
position, but you cannot release it.
• For your safety, depress the brake
pedal and release the parking brake
manually with the EPB switch when
you drive downhill or when backing up
the vehicle.
✽ NOTICE - Manual transaxle
A vehicle towing a trailer on a hill or on
an incline may slightly roll backwards
when starting the vehicle. To prevent the
situation follow the below instructions.
1. Depress the clutch pedal and select a
gear.
2. Keep pulling up the EPB switch.
3. Depress the accelerator pedal and
slowly release the clutch pedal.
4. If the vehicle starts off with enough
driving power release the EPB switch.
Do not follow the above procedure when
driving on a flat level ground. The vehicle may suddenly move forward.
CAUTION
• If the parking brake warning light
is still on even though the EPB
has been released, we recommend that the system be checked
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Do not drive your vehicle with the
EPB applied. It may cause excessive brake pad and brake rotor
wear.
EPB (electric parking brake) may be
automatically applied when:
• The EPB is overheated
• Requested by other systems
Driving your vehicle
■ Type A
■ Type B
OGD044094L/OGD044333L
• If you try to drive off depressing the
accelerator pedal with the EPB applied,
but doesn't release automatically, a
warning will sound and a message will
appear.
• If the driver's seat belt is not fastened
and any door, the engine hood or tailgate is opened, a warning will sound
and a message will appear.
• If there is a problem with the vehicle, a
warning may sound and a message
may appear.
If the above situation occurs, depress the
brake pedal and release EPB by pressing
the EPB switch.
WARNING
• To prevent unintentional movement when stopped and leaving
the vehicle, do not use the shift
lever in place of the parking
brake. Set the parking brake and
make sure the shift lever is
securely positioned in P (Park).
• Never allow anyone who is unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch
the parking brake. If the parking
brake is released unintentionally,
serious injury may occur.
• All vehicles should always have
the parking brake fully engaged
when parking to avoid inadvertent movement of the car which
can injure occupants or pedestrians.
CAUTION
• A click sound may be heard while
operating or releasing the EPB,
but these conditions are normal
and indicate that the EPB is functioning properly.
• When leaving your keys with a
parking lot attendant or valet,
make sure to inform him/her how
to operate the EPB.
• The EPB may malfunction if you
drive with the EPB applied.
• When you automatically release
EPB by depressing the accelerator pedal, depress it slowly.
5 41
Driving your vehicle
The EPB malfunction indicator may illuminate when the ESC indicator comes
on to indicate that the ESC is not working
properly, but it does not indicate a malfunction of the EPB.
OGD051017
EPB malfunction indicator
(if equipped)
This warning light illuminates if the
engine start/stop button is changed to
the ON position and goes off in approximately 3 seconds if the system is operation normally.
If the EPB malfunction indicator remains
on, comes on while driving, or does not
come on when the ignition switch or the
engine start/stop button is changed to
the ON position, this indicates that the
EPB may have malfunctioned.
If this occurs, we recommend that the
system be checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
5 42
CAUTION
• The EPB warning light may illuminate if the EPB switch operates
abnormally. Shut the engine off
and turn it on again after a few
minutes. The warning light will go
off and the EPB switch will operate normally. However, if the EPB
warning light is still on, we recommend that the system be checked
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• If the parking brake warning light
does not illuminate or blinks even
though the EPB switch was pulled
up, the EPB is not applied.
• If the parking brake warning light
blinks when the EPB warning light
is on, press the switch, then pull it
up. Once more press it back to its
original position and pull it back
up. If the EPB warning does not
go off, we recommend that the
system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Driving your vehicle
Emergency braking
If there is a problem with the brake pedal
while driving, emergency braking is possible by pulling up and holding the EPB
switch. Braking is possible only while you
are holding the EPB switch.
WARNING
Do not operate the parking brake
while the vehicle is moving except
in an emergency situation.
✽ NOTICE
During emergency braking by the EPB,
the parking brake warning light will
illuminate to indicate that the system is
operating.
CAUTION
If you continuously notice a noise
or burning smell when the EPB is
used for emergency braking, we
recommend that the system be
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
When the EPB (electric parking
brake) does not release
If the EPB does not release normally, we
recommend that you take your vehicle to
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer by loading the vehicle on a flatbed tow truck and
have the system checked.
Anti-lock brake system (ABS)
(if equipped)
WARNING
ABS (or ESC) will not prevent accidents due to improper or dangerous
driving maneuvers. Even though
vehicle control is improved during
emergency braking, always maintain a safe distance between you
and objects ahead. Vehicle speeds
should always be reduced during
extreme road conditions.
The braking distance for vehicles
equipped with an anti-lock braking
system (or Electronic Stability
Control System) may be longer than
for those without it in the following
road conditions.
During these conditions the vehicle
should be driven at reduced
speeds:
• Rough, gravel or snow-covered
roads.
• With tire chains installed.
(Continued)
5 43
Driving your vehicle
(Continued)
• On roads where the road surface
is pitted or has different surface
height.
The safety features of an ABS (or
ESC) equipped vehicle should not
be tested by high speed driving or
cornering. This could endanger the
safety of yourself or others.
The ABS continuously senses the speed
of the wheels. If the wheels are going to
lock, the ABS system repeatedly modulates the hydraulic brake pressure to the
wheels.
When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the wheels, you
may hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from the
brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation
in the brake pedal. This is normal and it
means your ABS is active.
In order to obtain the maximum benefit
from your ABS in an emergency situation, do not attempt to modulate your
brake pressure and do not try to pump
your brakes. Depress your brake pedal
as hard as possible or as hard as the situation allows the ABS to control the force
being delivered to the brakes.
5 44
✽ NOTICE
A click sound may be heard in the
engine compartment when the vehicle
begins to move after the engine is started. These conditions are normal and
indicate that the anti-lock brake system
is functioning properly.
• Even with the anti-lock brake system,
your vehicle still requires sufficient
stopping distance. Always maintain a
safe distance from the vehicle in front
of you.
• Always slow down when cornering.
The anti-lock brake system cannot prevent accidents resulting from excessive speeds.
• On loose or uneven road surfaces,
operation of the anti-lock brake system
may result in a longer stopping distance than for vehicles equipped with a
conventional brake system.
W-78
CAUTION
• If the ABS warning light is on and
stays on, you may have a problem
with the ABS. In this case, however, your regular brakes will work
normally.
• The ABS warning light will stay
on for approximately 3 seconds
after the ignition switch is ON.
During that time, the ABS will go
through self-diagnosis and the
light will go off if everything is
normal. If the light stays on, you
may have a problem with your
ABS. We recommend that you
contact an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer as soon as possible.
Driving your vehicle
CAUTION
• When you drive on a road having
poor traction, such as an icy road,
and operate your brakes continuously, the ABS will be active continuously and the ABS warning
light may illuminate. Pull your
vehicle over to a safe place and
stop the engine.
• Restart the engine. If the ABS
warning light is off, then your
ABS
system
is
normal.
Otherwise, you may have a problem with the ABS. We recommend
that you contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
✽ NOTICE
When you jump start your vehicle
because of a drained battery, the engine
may not run as smoothly and the ABS
warning light may turn on at the same
time. This happens because of low battery voltage. It does not mean your ABS
is malfunctioning.
• Do not pump your brakes!
• Have the battery recharged before
driving the vehicle.
WARNING
OGD051018
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
(if equipped)
The Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
system is designed to stabilize the
vehicle during cornering maneuvers.
ESC checks where you are steering and
where the vehicle is actually going.
ESC applies the brakes at individual
wheels and intervenes with the engine
management system to stabilize the
vehicle.
Never drive too fast according to
the road conditions or too quickly
when cornering. Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) will not prevent accidents. Excessive speed in turns,
abrupt maneuvers and hydroplaning on wet surfaces can still result
in serious accidents. Only a safe
and attentive driver can prevent
accidents by avoiding maneuvers
that cause the vehicle to lose traction. Even with ESC installed,
always follow all the normal precautions for driving - including driving
at safe speeds for the conditions.
5 45
Driving your vehicle
The Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
system is an electronic system designed
to help the driver maintain vehicle control
under adverse conditions. It is not a
substitute for safe driving practices.
Factors including speed, road conditions
and driver steering input can all affect
whether ESC will be effective in
preventing a loss of control. It is still your
responsibility to drive and corner at
reasonable speed and to leave a
sufficient margin of safety.
When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the wheels, you
may hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from the
brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation
in the brake pedal. This is normal and it
means your ESC is active.
✽ NOTICE
A click sound may be heard in the
engine compartment when the vehicle
begins to move after the engine is started. These conditions are normal and
indicate that the Electronic Stability
Control System is functioning properly.
5 46
ESC operation
ESC ON condition
• When the ignition is turned ON, ESC
and ESC OFF indicator lights illuminate
for approximately 3 seconds, then ESC
is turned on.
• Press the ESC OFF button for at least
half a second after turning the ignition
ON to turn ESC off. (ESC OFF indicator will illuminate). To turn the ESC on,
press the ESC OFF button (ESC OFF
indicator light will go off).
• When starting the engine, you may
hear a slight ticking sound. This is the
ESC performing an automatic system
self-check and does not indicate a
problem.
When operating
When the ESC is in operation,
ESC indicator light blinks.
• When the Electronic Stability
Control is operating properly,
you can feel a slight pulsation
in the vehicle. This is only the
effect of brake control and
indicates nothing unusual.
• When moving out of the mud
or slippery road, the engine
rpm (revolution per minute)
may not increase even if you
press the accelerator pedal
deeply. This is to maintain the
stability and traction of the
vehicle and does not indicate
a problem.
Driving your vehicle
ESC operation off
ESC OFF state
This car has 2 kinds of ESC off
states.
If the engine stops when ESC is
off, ESC remains off. Upon
restarting the engine, the ESC
will automatically turn on again.
■ Type A
■ Type B
■ Type A
■ Type B
OGDE045552/OGDE045561
OGDE045553/OGDE045558
• ESC off state 1
To cancel ESC operation, press the ESC
OFF button shortly (ESC OFF indicator
light illuminates). At this state, the engine
control function does not operate. It
means the traction control function does
not operate. Brake control function only
operates.
• ESC off state 2
To cancel ESC operation, press the ESC
OFF button for more than 3 seconds.
ESC OFF indicator light illuminates and
ESC OFF warning chime will sound. At
this state, the engine control function and
brake control function do not operate. It
means the car stability control function
does not operate any more.
5 47
Driving your vehicle
■ ESC indicator light
■ ESC OFF indicator light
Indicator light
When ignition switch is turned to the ON
position, the indicator light illuminates,
then goes off if the ESC system is operating normally.
The ESC indicator light blinks whenever
ESC is operating or illuminates when
ESC fails to operate.
ESC OFF indicator light comes on when
the ESC is turned off with the button.
CAUTION
Driving with varying tire or wheel
sizes may cause the ESC system to
malfunction. When replacing tires,
make sure they are the same size as
your original tires.
5 48
WARNING
The Electronic Stability Control system is only a driving aid; use precautions for safe driving by slowing
down on curved, snowy, or icy
roads. Drive slowly and don’t
attempt to accelerate whenever the
ESC indicator light is blinking, or
when the road surface is slippery.
ESC OFF usage
When driving
• ESC should be turned on for daily driving whenever possible.
• To turn ESC off while driving, press the
ESC OFF button while driving on a flat
road surface.
WARNING
Never press ESC OFF button while
ESC is operating (ESC indicator
light blinks).
If ESC is turned off while ESC is
operating, the vehicle may slip out
of control.
✽ NOTICE
• When operating the vehicle on a
dynamometer, ensure that the ESC is
turned off by pressing the ESC OFF
button for more than 3 seconds (ESC
OFF light illuminated). If the ESC is
left on, it may prevent the vehicle
speed from increasing, and result in
false diagnosis.
• Turning the ESC off does not affect
ABS or brake system operation.
Driving your vehicle
Vehicle stability management
(VSM)
This system provides further enhancements to vehicle stability and steering
responses when a vehicle is driving on a
slippery road or a vehicle detected
changes in coefficient of friction between
right wheels and left wheels when braking.
VSM operation
When the VSM is operating:
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control) (
)
light will blink.
• The steering wheel may be controlled.
When the vehicle stability management
is operating properly, you can feel a slight
pulsation in the vehicle. This is only the
effect of brake control and indicates nothing unusual.
VSM operation off
If you press the ESC OFF button to turn
off the EPS, the VSM will also cancel and
the ESC OFF indicator light (
) illuminates.
To turn on the VSM, press the button
again. The ESC OFF indicator light goes
out.
The VSM does not operate when:
• Driving on bank road such as gradient
or incline
• Driving rearward
• ESC OFF indicator light (
) remains
on the instrument cluster
• EPS (Electronic Power Steering) indicator light (
) remains on the instrument cluster
5 49
Driving your vehicle
Malfunction indicator
The VSM can be deactivated even if you
don’t cancel the VSM operation by pressing the ESC OFF button. It indicates that
a malfunction has been detected somewhere in the EPS system or VSM system. If the ESC indicator light (
) or
EPS warning light (
) illuminate or
blink, we recommend that the system be
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer and have the system checked.
✽ NOTICE
• The VSM is designed to function
above approximately 15 km/h (9 mph)
on curves.
• The VSM is designed to function
above approximately 30 km/h (18
mph) when a vehicle is braking on a
split-mu road. The split-mu road is
made of surfaces which have different
friction forces.
5 50
WARNING
• The Vehicle Stability Management
system is not a substitute for
safe driving practices but a supplementary function only. It is the
responsibility of the driver to
always check the speed and the
distance to the vehicle ahead.
Always hold the steering wheel
firmly while driving.
• Your vehicle is designed to activate according to the driver’s
intention, even with the VSM
installed. Always follow all the
normal precautions for driving at
safe speeds for the conditions –
including driving in inclement
weather and on a slippery road.
• Driving with varying tire or wheel
sizes may cause the VSM system
to malfunction. When replacing
tires, make sure they are the
same size as your original tires.
Hill-start assist control (HAC)
(if equipped)
A vehicle has the tendency to slip back
on a steep hill when it starts to go after
stopping. The Hill-start Assist Control
(HAC) prevents the vehicle from slipping
back by operating the brakes automatically for about 1~2 seconds. The brakes
are released when the accelerator pedal
is depressed or after about 1~2 seconds.
WARNING
The HAC is activated only for about
1~2 seconds, so when the vehicle
is starting off always depress the
accelerator pedal.
✽ NOTICE
• The HAC does not operate when the
transaxle shift lever is in the P (Park)
or N (Neutral) position.
• The HAC activates even though the
ESC is off but it does not activate
when the ESC has malfunctioned.
Driving your vehicle
Good braking practices
WARNING
• Whenever leaving vehicle or
parking, always set the parking
brake as far as possible and fully
engage the vehicle's transaxle
into the park position. Vehicles
not fully engaged in park with the
parking brake set are at risk for
moving inadvertently and injuring yourself or others.
• All vehicles should always have
the parking brake fully engaged
when parking to avoid inadvertent movement of the car which
can injure occupants or pedestrians.
• After parking the vehicle, check to be
sure the parking brake is not engaged
and that the parking brake indicator light
is out before driving away.
• Driving through water may get the
brakes wet. They can also get wet when
the car is washed. Wet brakes can be
dangerous! Your car will not stop as
quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet brakes
may cause the car to pull to one side.
•
•
•
•
To dry the brakes, apply the brakes
lightly until the braking action returns to
normal, taking care to keep the car
under control at all times. If the braking
action does not return to normal, stop
as soon as it is safe to do so and we
recommend that you call an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Don't coast down hills with the car out of
gear. This is extremely hazardous. Keep
the car in gear at all times, use the
brakes to slow down, then shift to a
lower gear so that engine braking will
help you maintain a safe speed.
Don't "ride" the brake pedal. Resting
your foot on the brake pedal while driving can be dangerous because it can
result in the brakes overheating and losing their effectiveness. It also increases
the wear of the brake components.
If a tire goes flat while you are driving,
apply the brakes gently and keep the
car pointed straight ahead while you
slow down. When you are moving slowly enough for it to be safe to do so, pull
off the road and stop in a safe place.
If your car is equipped with an automatic transaxle/dual clutch transmission,
don't let your car creep forward. To avoid
creeping forward, keep your foot firmly
on the brake pedal when the car is
stopped.
• Use caution when parking on a hill.
Firmly engage the parking brake and
place the shift lever in P. If your car is
facing downhill, turn the front wheels
into the curb to help keep the car from
rolling. If your car is facing uphill, turn
the front wheels away from the curb to
help keep the car from rolling. If there is
no curb or if it is required by other conditions to keep the car from rolling, block
the wheels.
• Under some conditions your parking
brake can freeze in the engaged position. This is most likely to happen when
there is an accumulation of snow or ice
around or near the rear brakes or if the
brakes are wet. If there is a risk that the
parking brake may freeze, apply it only
temporarily while you put the shift lever
in P and block the rear wheels so the
car cannot roll. Then release the parking
brake.
• Do not hold the vehicle on the upgrade
with the accelerator pedal. This can
cause the transaxle to overheat. Always
use the brake pedal or parking brake.
5 51
Driving your vehicle
CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING
OGDE051039
1. Cruise indicator
2. Cruise set indicator
The cruise control system allows you to
program the vehicle to maintain a constant speed without depressing the
accelerator pedal.
This system is designed to function
above approximately 30 km/h (20 mph).
5 52
• If the cruise control is left on,
(CRUISE indicator light in the
instrument cluster illuminated)
the cruise control can be
switched on accidentally. Keep
the cruise control system off
(CRUISE indicator light OFF)
when the cruise control is not in
use, to avoid inadvertently setting a speed.
• Use the cruise control system
only when driving on open highways in good weather.
• Do not use the cruise control
when it may not be safe to keep
the vehicle at a constant speed,
for instance, driving in heavy or
varying traffic, or on slippery
(rainy, icy or snow-covered) or
winding roads or over 6% up-hill
or down-hill roads.
• Pay particular attention to the
driving conditions whenever
using the cruise control system.
CAUTION
During cruise-speed driving with a
manual transaxle vehicle, do not
shift into neutral without depressing the clutch pedal, since the
engine will be overrevved. If this
happens, depress the clutch pedal
or release the cruise control ONOFF switch.
✽ NOTICE
• During normal cruise control operation, when the SET switch is activated
or reactivated after applying the
brakes, the cruise control will energize after approximately 3 seconds.
This delay is normal.
• To activate cruise control, depress the
brake pedal at least once after turning
the ignition switch to the ON position
or starting the engine. This is to check
if the brake switch which is important
part to cancel cruise control is in normal condition.
Driving your vehicle
OGDE052033L
OUD052033N
Cruise control switch
To set cruise control speed:
CRUISE : Turns cruise control system on
or off.
CANCEL : Cancels cruise control operation.
RES+ : Resumes or increases cruise
control speed.
SET- : Sets or decreases cruise control
speed.
1. Press the CRUISE button on the steering wheel, to turn the system on. The
CRUISE indicator light in the instrument cluster will illuminate.
2. Accelerate to the desired speed, which
must be more than 30 km/h (20 mph).
OUD052036N
3. Push the SET- switch, and release it at
the desired speed. The SET indicator
light in the instrument cluster will illuminate. Release the accelerator pedal.The
desired speed will automatically be
maintained.
On a steep grade, the vehicle may slow
down or speed up slightly while going
uphill or downhill.
5 53
Driving your vehicle
To temporarily accelerate with the
cruise control on:
If you want to speed up temporarily when
the cruise control is on, depress the
accelerator pedal. Increased speed will
not interfere with cruise control operation
or change the set speed.
To return to the set speed, take your foot
off the accelerator pedal.
OUD052035N
To increase cruise control set
speed:
Follow either of these procedures:
• Push the RES+ switch and hold it. Your
vehicle will accelerate. Release the
switch at the speed you want.
• Push the RES+ switch and release it
immediately. The cruising speed will
increase by 2.0 km/h or 1.0 mph each
time the RES+ switch is operated in
this manner.
5 54
OUD052036N
To decrease the cruising speed:
Follow either of these procedures:
• Push the SET- switch and hold it. Your
vehicle will gradually slow down.
Release the switch at the speed you
want to maintain.
• Push the SET- switch and release it
immediately. The cruising speed will
decrease by 2.0 km/h or 1.0 mph each
time the SET- switch is operated in this
manner.
Driving your vehicle
Each of these actions will cancel cruise
control operation (the SET indicator light
in the instrument cluster will go off), but it
will not turn the system off. If you wish to
resume cruise control operation, push
the RES+ switch located on your steering
wheel. You will return to your previously
preset speed.
OUD052034N
To cancel cruise control, do one
of the following:
• Depress the brake pedal.
• Depress the clutch pedal if equipped
with a manual transaxle.
• Shift into N (Neutral) if equipped with
an automatic transaxle/dual clutch
transmission.
• Press the CANCEL switch located on
the steering wheel.
• Decrease the vehicle speed lower than
the memory speed by 20 km/h (12
mph).
• Decrease the vehicle speed to less
than approximately 30 km/h (20 mph).
OUD052035N
To resume cruising speed at
more than approximately 30 km/h
(20 mph):
If any method other than the cruise
switch was used to cancel cruising speed
and the system is still activated, the most
recent set speed will automatically
resume when the RES+ switch is pushed.
It will not resume, however, if the vehicle
speed has dropped below approximately
30 km/h (20 mph).
✽ NOTICE
Always check the road conditions when
pressing the RES+ switch to resume the
speed.
5 55
Driving your vehicle
ECONOMICAL OPERATION
To turn cruise control off, do one
of the following:
• Press the CRUISE button (the CRUISE
indicator light in the instrument cluster
will go off).
• Turn the ignition off.
Both of these actions cancel cruise control operation. If you want to resume
cruise control operation, repeat the steps
provided in “To set cruise control speed”
on the previous page.
5 56
Your vehicle's fuel economy depends
mainly on your style of driving, where you
drive and when you drive.
Each of these factors affects how many
kilometers (miles) you can get from a
liter (gallon) of fuel. To operate your vehicle as economically as possible, use the
following driving suggestions to help
save money in both fuel and repairs:
• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a moderate rate. Don't make "jack-rabbit" starts
or full-throttle shifts and maintain a
steady cruising speed. Don't race
between stoplights. Try to adjust your
speed to the traffic so you don't have to
change speeds unnecessarily. Avoid
heavy traffic whenever possible.
Always maintain a safe distance from
other vehicles so you can avoid unnecessary braking. This also reduces
brake wear.
• Drive at a moderate speed. The faster
you drive, the more fuel your vehicle
uses. Driving at a moderate speed,
especially on the highway, is one of the
most effective ways to reduce fuel consumption.
• Don't "ride" the brake or clutch pedal.
This can increase fuel consumption
and also increase wear on these components. In addition, driving with your
foot resting on the brake pedal may
cause the brakes to overheat, which
reduces their effectiveness and may
lead to more serious consequences.
• Take care of your tires. Keep them
inflated to the recommended pressure.
Incorrect inflation, either too much or
too little, results in unnecessary tire
wear. Check the tire pressures at least
once a month.
• Be sure that the wheels are aligned
correctly. Improper alignment can
result from hitting curbs or driving too
fast over irregular surfaces. Poor alignment causes faster tire wear and may
also result in other problems as well as
greater fuel consumption.
Driving your vehicle
• Keep your vehicle in good condition.
For better fuel economy and reduced
maintenance costs, maintain your vehicle in accordance with the maintenance schedule in section 7. If you
drive your vehicle in severe conditions,
more frequent maintenance is required
(see section 7 for details).
• Keep your vehicle clean. For maximum
service, your vehicle should be kept
clean and free of corrosive materials. It
is especially important that mud, dirt,
ice, etc. not be allowed to accumulate
on the underside of the vehicle. This
extra weight can result in increased
fuel consumption and also contribute
to corrosion.
• Travel lightly. Don't carry unnecessary
weight in your vehicle. Weight reduces
fuel economy.
• Don't let the engine idle longer than
necessary. If you are waiting (and not
in traffic), turn off your engine and
restart only when you're ready to go.
• Remember, your vehicle does not
require extended warm-up. After the
engine has started, allow the engine to
run for 10 to 20 seconds prior to placing the vehicle in gear. In very cold
weather, however, give your engine a
slightly longer warm-up period.
• Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine.
Lugging is driving too slowly in too
high a gear resulting engine bucking. If
this happens, shift to a lower gear.
Over-revving is racing the engine
beyond its safe limit. This can be avoided by shifting at the recommended
speeds.
• Use your air conditioning sparingly.
The air conditioning system is operated by engine power so your fuel economy is reduced when you use it.
• Open windows at high speeds can
reduce fuel economy.
• Fuel economy is less in crosswinds
and headwinds. To help offset some of
this loss, slow down when driving in
these conditions.
WARNING - Engine off during motion
Never turn the engine off to coast
down hills or anytime the vehicle is
in motion. The power steering and
power brakes will not function
properly without the engine running. Instead, keep the engine on
and downshift to an appropriate
gear for engine braking effect. In
addition, turning off the ignition
while driving could engage the
steering wheel lock resulting in
loss of vehicle steering which
could cause serious injury or
death.
Keeping a vehicle in good operating condition is important both for economy and
safety. We recommend in general that the
vehicle be serviced by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
5 57
Driving your vehicle
SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS
Hazardous driving conditions
When hazardous driving conditions are
encountered such as water, snow, ice,
mud, sand, or similar hazards, follow
these suggestions:
• Drive cautiously and allow extra distance for braking.
• Avoid sudden braking or steering.
• When braking with non-ABS brakes
pump the brake pedal with a light upand-down motion until the vehicle is
stopped.
WARNING - ABS
Do not pump the brake pedal on a
vehicle equipped with ABS.
• If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, use
second gear. Accelerate slowly to
avoid spinning the drive wheels.
• Use sand, rock salt, tire chains, or
other non-slip material under the drive
wheels to provide traction when stalled
in ice, snow, or mud.
WARNING - Downshifting
Downshifting with an automatic
transaxle/dual clutch transmission,
while driving on slippery surfaces
can cause an accident. The sudden
change in tire speed could cause
the tires to skid. Be careful when
downshifting on slippery surfaces.
Rocking the vehicle
If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to
free it from snow, sand, or mud, first turn
the steering wheel right and left to clear
the area around your front wheels. Then,
shift back and forth between 1st (First)
and R (Reverse) in vehicles equipped
with a manual transaxle or R (Reverse)
and any forward gear in vehicles
equipped with an automatic transaxle/
dual clutch transmission. Do not race the
engine, and spin the wheels as little as
possible. If you are still stuck after a few
tries, have the vehicle pulled out by a tow
vehicle to avoid engine overheating and
possible damage to the transaxle.
CAUTION
Prolonged rocking may cause
engine over-heating, transaxle damage or failure, and tire damage.
5 58
Driving your vehicle
WARNING - Spinning tires
Do not spin the wheels, especially
at speeds more than 56 km/h (35
mph). Spinning the wheels at high
speeds when the vehicle is stationary could cause a tire to overheat
which could result in tire damage
that may injure bystanders.
✽ NOTICE
The ESC system (if equipped) should be
turned OFF prior to rocking the vehicle.
WARNING
If your vehicle becomes stuck in
snow, mud, sand, etc., then you
may attempt to rock the vehicle free
by moving it forward and backward.
Do not attempt this procedure if
people or objects are anywhere
near the vehicle. During the rocking
operation the vehicle may suddenly
move forward of backward as it
becomes unstuck, causing injury
or damage to nearby people or
objects.
Smooth cornering
Driving at night
Avoid braking or gear changing in corners, especially when roads are wet.
Ideally, corners should always be taken
under gentle acceleration. If you follow
these suggestions, tire wear will be held
to a minimum.
Because night driving presents more
hazards than driving in the daylight, here
are some important tips to remember:
• Slow down and keep more distance
between you and other vehicles, as it
may be more difficult to see at night,
especially in areas where there may
not be any street lights.
• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare
from other driver's headlights.
• Keep your headlights clean and properly aimed on vehicles not equipped
with the automatic headlight aiming
feature. Dirty or improperly aimed
headlights will make it much more difficult to see at night.
• Avoid staring directly at the headlights
of oncoming vehicles. You could be
temporarily blinded, and it will take
several seconds for your eyes to readjust to the darkness.
5 59
Driving your vehicle
Driving in the rain
Driving in flooded areas
Driving off-road
Rain and wet roads can make driving
dangerous, especially if you’re not prepared for the slick pavement. Here are a
few things to consider when driving in the
rain:
• A heavy rainfall will make it harder to
see and will increase the distance
needed to stop your vehicle, so slow
down.
• Keep your windshield wiping equipment in good shape. Replace your
windshield wiper blades when they
show signs of streaking or missing
areas on the windshield.
• If your tires are not in good condition,
making a quick stop on wet pavement
can cause a skid and possibly lead to
an accident. Be sure your tires are in
good shape.
• Turn on your headlights to make it easier for others to see you.
• Driving too fast through large puddles
can affect your brakes. If you must go
through puddles, try to drive through
them slowly.
• If you believe you may have gotten
your brakes wet, apply them lightly
while driving until normal braking operation returns.
Avoid driving through flooded areas
unless you are sure the water is no higher than the bottom of the wheel hub.
Drive through any water slowly. Allow
adequate stopping distance because
brake performance may be affected.
After driving through water, dry the
brakes by gently applying them several
times while the vehicle is moving slowly.
Drive carefully off-road because your
vehicle may be damaged by rocks or
roots of trees. Become familiar with the
off-road conditions where you are going
to drive before you begin driving.
5 60
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
OMG015008
Highway driving
Tires
Adjust the tire inflation pressures to
specification. Low tire inflation pressures
will result in overheating and possible
failure of the tires.
Avoid using worn or damaged tires which
may result in reduced traction or tire failure.
• Underinflated or overinflated
tires can cause poor handling,
loss of vehicle control, and sudden tire failure leading to accidents, injuries, and even death.
Always check tires for proper
inflation before driving. For proper tire pressures, refer to “Tires
and wheels” in section 8.
• Driving on tires with no or insufficient tread is dangerous. Wornout tires can result in loss of
vehicle control, collisions, injury,
and even death. Worn-out tires
should be replaced as soon as
possible and should never be
used for driving. Always check
the tire tread before driving your
car. For further information and
tread limits, refer to “Tires and
wheels” in section 7.
Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil
High speed travel consumes more fuel
than urban motoring. Do not forget to
check both engine coolant and engine
oil.
Drive belt
A loose or damaged drive belt may result
in overheating of the engine.
✽ NOTICE
Never exceed the maximum tire inflation pressure shown on the tires.
5 61
Driving your vehicle
WINTER DRIVING
Snowy or icy conditions
1JBB3305
More weather conditions of winter result
in greater wear and other problems. To
minimize winter driving problem, you
should follow these suggestions:
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it may
be necessary to use snow tires or to
install tire chains on your tires. If snow
tires are needed, it is necessary to select
tires equivalent in size and type of the
originally equipped tires. Failure to do so
may adversely affect the safety and handling of your car. Furthermore, speeding,
rapid acceleration, sudden brake applications, and sharp turns are potentially
very hazardous practices.
During deceleration, use engine braking
to the fullest extent. Sudden brake applications on snowy or icy roads may cause
skids to occur. You need to keep sufficient distance between the vehicle in
operation in front and your vehicle. Also,
apply the brake gently. It should be noted
that installing tire chains on the tire will
provide a greater driving force, but will
not prevent side skids.
✽ NOTICE
Tire chains are not legal in all countries.
Check the country laws before fitting
tire chains.
5 62
Snow tires
If you mount snow tires on your vehicle,
make sure they are radial tires of the
same size and load range as the original
tires. Mount snow tires on all four wheels
to balance your vehicle’s handling in all
weather conditions. Keep in mind that the
traction provided by snow tires on dry
roads may not be as high as your vehicle's originally equipped tires. You should
drive cautiously even when the roads are
clear. Check with the tire dealer for maximum speed recommendations.
WARNING - Snow tire size
Snow tires should be equivalent in
size and type to the vehicle's standard tires. Otherwise, the safety
and handling of your vehicle may
be adversely affected.
Do not install studded tires without first
checking local, state and municipal regulations for possible restrictions against
their use.
Driving your vehicle
CAUTION
OED050200
Tire chains
Since the sidewalls of radial tires are
thinner, they can be damaged by mounting some types of snow chains on them.
Therefore, the use of snow tires is recommended instead of snow chains. Do
not mount tire chains on vehicles
equipped with aluminum wheels; snow
chains may cause damage to the wheels.
If snow chains must be used, use wiretype chains with a thickness of less than
15 mm (0.59 in). Damage to your vehicle
caused by improper snow chain use is
not covered by your vehicle manufacturers warranty.
Install tire chains only on the front tires.
• Make sure the snow chains are
the correct size and type for your
tires. Incorrect snow chains can
cause damage to the vehicle body
and suspension and may not be
covered by your vehicle manufacturer warranty. Also, the snow
chain connecting hooks may be
damaged from contacting vehicle
components causing the snow
chains to come loose from the
tire. Make sure the snow chains
are SAE class “S” certified.
• Always check chain installation
for proper mounting after driving
approximately 0.5 to 1 km (0.3 to
0.6 miles) to ensure safe mounting. Retighten or remount the
chains if they are loose.
Chain installation
When installing chains, follow the manufacturer's instructions and mount them as
tightly as you can. Drive slowly with
chains installed. If you hear the chains
contacting the body or chassis, stop and
tighten them. If they still make contact,
slow down until it stops. Remove the
chains as soon as you begin driving on
cleared roads.
WARNING
- Mounting chains
When mounting snow chains, park
the vehicle on level ground away
from traffic. Turn on the vehicle
Hazard Warning flashers and place
a triangular emergency warning
device behind the vehicle if available. Always place the vehicle in P
(Park), apply the parking brake and
turn off the engine before installing
snow chains.
5 63
Driving your vehicle
WARNING - Tire chains
• The use of chains may adversely
affect vehicle handling.
• Do not exceed 30 km/h (20 mph)
or the chain manufacturer’s recommended speed limit, whichever is lower.
• Drive carefully and avoid bumps,
holes, sharp turns, and other
road hazards, which may cause
the vehicle to bounce.
• Avoid sharp turns or lockedwheel braking.
CAUTION
• Chains that are the wrong size or
improperly installed can damage
your vehicle's brake lines, suspension, body and wheels.
• Stop driving and retighten the
chains any time you hear them
hitting the vehicle.
5 64
Use high quality ethylene glycol
coolant
Change to "winter weight" oil if
necessary
Your vehicle is delivered with high quality
ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling
system. It is the only type of coolant that
should be used because it helps prevent
corrosion in the cooling system, lubricates the water pump and prevents
freezing. Be sure to replace or replenish
your coolant in accordance with the
maintenance schedule in section 7.
Before winter, have your coolant tested to
assure that its freezing point is sufficient
for the temperatures anticipated during
the winter.
In some climates it is recommended that
a lower viscosity "winter weight" oil be
used during cold weather. See section 8
for recommendations. If you aren't sure
what weight oil you should use, we recommend that you consult with an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Check battery and cables
Winter puts additional burdens on the
battery system. Visually inspect the battery and cables as described in section
7. The level of charge in your battery can
be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer or a service station.
Check spark plugs and ignition
system
Inspect your spark plugs as described in
section 7 and replace them if necessary.
Also check all ignition wiring and components to be sure they are not cracked,
worn or damaged in any way.
Driving your vehicle
To keep locks from freezing
To keep the locks from freezing, squirt an
approved de-icer fluid or glycerine into
the key opening. If a lock is covered with
ice, squirt it with an approved de-icing
fluid to remove the ice. If the lock is
frozen internally, you may be able to thaw
it out by using a heated key. Handle the
heated key with care to avoid injury.
Use approved window washer
anti-freeze in system
To keep the water in the window washer
system from freezing, add an approved
window washer anti-freeze solution in
accordance with instructions on the container. Window washer anti-freeze is
available from an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer and most auto parts outlets. Do
not use engine coolant or other types of
anti-freeze as these may damage the
paint finish.
Don't let your parking brake
freeze
Under some conditions your parking
brake can freeze in the engaged position.
This is most likely to happen when there
is an accumulation of snow or ice around
or near the rear brakes or if the brakes
are wet. If there is a risk the parking
brake may freeze, apply it only temporarily while you put the shift lever in P (automatic transaxle/dual clutch transmission)
or in first or reverse gear (manual
transaxle) and block the rear wheels so
the vehicle cannot roll. Then release the
parking brake.
Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath
Under some conditions, snow and ice
can build up under the fenders and interfere with the steering. When driving in
severe winter conditions where this may
happen, you should periodically check
underneath the car to be sure the movement of the front wheels and the steering
components is not obstructed.
Carry emergency equipment
Depending on the severity of the weather, you should carry appropriate emergency equipment. Some of the items you
may want to carry include tire chains, tow
straps or chains, flashlight, emergency
flares, sand, shovel, jumper cables, window scraper, gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, blanket, etc.
Don't place foreign objects or
materials in the engine compartment
Placement of foreign objects or materials
which prevent cooling of the engine, in
the engine compartment, may cause a
failure or combustion. The manufacturer
is not responsible for the damage caused
by such placement.
5 65
Driving your vehicle
TRAILER TOWING (FOR EUROPE)
If you are considering towing with your
✽ NOTICE - For Europe
vehicle, you should first check with your
country's Department of Motor Vehicles
to determine their legal requirements.
Since laws vary the requirements for towing trailers, cars, or other types of vehicles or apparatus may differ. We recommend that you ask an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING - Towing a trailer
If you don't use the correct equipment and drive improperly, you can
lose control when you pull a trailer.
For example, if the trailer is too
heavy, the brakes may not work
well - or even at all. You and your
passengers could be seriously or
fatally injured. Pull a trailer only if
you have followed all the steps in
this section.
WARNING - Weight limits
Before towing, make sure the total
trailer weight, gross combination
weight, gross vehicle weight, gross
axle weight and trailer tongue load
are all within the limits.
5 66
• The technically permissible maximum
load on the rear axle(s) may be
exceeded by not more than 15% and
the technically permissible maximum
laden mass of the vehicle may be
exceeded by not more than 10% or
100kg (220.4 lbs), whichever value is
lower. In this case, do not exceed 100
km/h (62.1 mph) for vehicle of category M1 or 80 km/h (49.7 mph) for vehicle of category N1.
• When towing a trailer, the additional
load imposed at the trailer coupling
device may cause the rear tire maximum load ratings to be exceeded, but
not by more than 15%. In such a case,
do not exceed 100km/h, and the rear
tire pressure should be at least 20
kPa(0.2 bar) above the tire pressure(s)
as recommended for normal use (i.e.
without a trailer attached).
CAUTION
Pulling a trailer improperly can
damage your vehicle and result in
costly repairs not covered by your
warranty. To pull a trailer correctly,
follow the advice in this section.
Your vehicle can tow a trailer. To identify
what the vehicle trailering capacity is for
your vehicle, you should read the information in “Weight of the trailer” that
appears later in this section.
Remember that trailering is different than
just driving your vehicle by itself.
Trailering means changes in handling,
durability, and fuel economy. Successful,
safe trailering requires correct equipment, and it has to be used properly.
This section contains many time-tested,
important trailering tips and safety rules.
Many of these are important for your
safety and that of your passengers.
Please read this section carefully before
you pull a trailer.
Load-pulling components such as the
engine, transaxle, wheel assemblies, and
tires are forced to work harder against
the load of the added weight. The engine
is required to operate at relatively higher
speeds and under greater loads. This
additional burden generates extra heat.
The trailer also considerably adds wind
resistance, increasing pulling requirements.
Driving your vehicle
MOUNTING LOCATION
QTY :6 (LH:3, RH:3)
OGDE051056
• Do you have to make any holes in the
body of your vehicle when you install a
trailer hitch? If you do, then be sure to
seal the holes later when you remove
the hitch.
If you don’t seal them, deadly carbon
monoxide (CO) from your exhaust can
get into your vehicle, as well as dirt and
water.
• The bumpers on your vehicle are not
intended for hitches. Do not attach
rental hitches or other bumper-type
hitches. Use only a frame-mounted
hitch that does not attach to the
bumper.
• HYUNDAI trailer hitch accessory is
available at an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Safety chains
You should always attach chains
between your vehicle and your trailer.
Cross the safety chains under the tongue
of the trailer so that the tongue will not
drop to the road if it becomes separated
from the hitch.
Instructions about safety chains may be
provided by the hitch manufacturer or by
the trailer manufacturer. Follow the manufacturer’s recommendation for attaching
safety chains. Always leave just enough
slack so you can turn with your trailer.
And, never allow safety chains drag on
the ground.
OGDE051057
Hitches
It's important to have the correct hitch
equipment. Crosswinds, large trucks
going by, and rough roads are a few reasons why you’ll need the right hitch. Here
are some rules to follow:
5 67
Driving your vehicle
Trailer brakes
Driving with a trailer
If your trailer is equipped with a braking
system, make sure it conforms to your
country’s regulations and that it is properly installed and operating correctly.
If your trailer weighs more than the maximum trailer weight without trailer brakes
loaded, then it needs its own brakes and
they must be adequate. Be sure to read
and follow the instructions for the trailer
brakes so you’ll be able to install, adjust
and maintain them properly.
• Don’t tap into your vehicle's brake system.
Towing a trailer requires a certain
amount of experience. Before setting out
for the open road, you must get to know
your trailer. Acquaint yourself with the
feel of handling and braking with the
added weight of the trailer. And always
keep in mind that the vehicle you are
driving is now a good deal longer and not
nearly so responsive as your vehicle is
by itself.
Before you start, check the trailer hitch
and platform, safety chains, electrical
connector(s), lights, tires and mirror
adjustment. If the trailer has electric
brakes, start your vehicle and trailer moving and then apply the trailer brake controller by hand to be sure the brakes are
working. This lets you check your electrical connection at the same time.
During your trip, check occasionally to be
sure that the load is secure, and that the
lights and trailer brakes are still working.
WARNING - Trailer brakes
Do not use a trailer with its own
brakes unless you are absolutely
certain that you have properly set
up the brake system. This is not a
task for amateurs. Use an experienced, competent trailer shop for
this work.
5 68
Following distance
Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle ahead as you would when driving
your vehicle without a trailer. This can
help you avoid situations that require
heavy braking and sudden turns.
Passing
You’ll need more passing distance up
ahead when you’re towing a trailer. And,
because of the increased vehicle length,
you’ll need to go much farther beyond the
passed vehicle before you can return to
your lane.
Backing up
Hold the bottom of the steering wheel
with one hand. Then, to move the trailer
to the left, just move your hand to the left.
To move the trailer to the right, move your
hand to the right. Always back up slowly
and, if possible, have someone guide
you.
Driving your vehicle
Making turns
When you’re turning with a trailer, make
wider turns than normal. Do this so your
trailer won’t strike soft shoulders, curbs,
road signs, trees, or other objects. Avoid
jerky or sudden maneuvers. Signal well
in advance.
Turn signals when towing a trailer
When you tow a trailer, your vehicle has
to have a different turn signal flasher and
extra wiring. The green arrows on your
instrument panel will flash whenever you
signal a turn or lane change. Properly
connected, the trailer lights will also flash
to alert other drivers you’re about to turn,
change lanes, or stop.
When towing a trailer, the green arrows
on your instrument panel will flash for
turns even if the bulbs on the trailer are
burned out. Thus, you may think drivers
behind you are seeing your signals
when, in fact, they are not. It’s important
to check occasionally to be sure the trailer bulbs are still working. You must also
check the lights every time you disconnect and then reconnect the wires.
Do not connect a trailer lighting system
directly to your vehicle’s lighting system.
Use only an approved trailer wiring harness.
An authorized HYUNDAI dealer can
assist you in installing the wiring harness.
Driving on grades
Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear
before you start down a long or steep
downgrade. If you don’t shift down, you
might have to use your brakes so much
that they would get hot and no longer
operate efficiently.
On a long uphill grade, shift down and
reduce your speed to around 70 km/h (45
mph) to reduce the possibility of engine
and transaxle overheating.
If your trailer weighs more than the maximum trailer weight without trailer brakes
and you have an automatic transaxle/
dual clutch transmission, you should
drive in D (Drive) when towing a trailer.
Operating your vehicle in D (Drive) when
towing a trailer will minimize heat build up
and extend the life of your transaxle.
WARNING
Failure to use an approved trailer
wiring harness could result in damage to the vehicle electrical system
and/or personal injury.
5 69
Driving your vehicle
CAUTION
• When towing a trailer on steep
grades (in excess of 6%) pay
close attention to the engine
coolant temperature gauge to
ensure the engine does not overheat.
If the needle of the coolant temperature gauge moves across the
dial towards “H” (HOT), pull over
and stop as soon as it is safe to
do so, and allow the engine to idle
until it cools down. You may proceed once the engine has cooled
sufficiently.
• You must decide driving speed
depending on trailer weight and
uphill grade to reduce the possibility of engine and transaxle
overheating.
5 70
Parking on hills
Generally, if you have a trailer attached to
your vehicle, you should not park your
vehicle on a hill. People can be seriously
or fatally injured, and both your vehicle
and the trailer can be damaged if unexpectedly roll down hill.
WARNING - Parking on a
hill
Parking your vehicle on a hill with a
trailer attached could cause serious injury or death, should the trailer break loose.
However, if you ever have to park your
trailer on a hill, here's how to do it:
1. Pull the vehicle into the parking space.
Turn the steering wheel in the direction
of the curb (right if headed down hill,
left if headed up hill).
2. If the vehicle has a manual transaxle,
place the car in Neutral. If the vehicle
has an automatic transaxle/dual clutch
transmission, place the car in P (Park).
3. Set the parking brake and shut off the
vehicle.
4. Place chocks under the trailer wheels
on the down hill side of the wheels.
5. Start the vehicle, hold the brakes, shift
to neutral, release the parking brake
and slowly release the brakes until the
trailer chocks absorb the load.
6. Reapply the brakes, reapply the parking brake and shift the vehicle to R
(Reverse) for manual transaxle or P
(Park) for automatic transaxle/dual
clutch transmission.
7. Shut off the vehicle and release the
vehicle brakes but leave the parking
brake set.
WARNING - Parking brake
It can be dangerous to get out of
your vehicle if the parking brake is
not firmly set.
If you have left the engine running,
the vehicle can move suddenly. You
or others could be seriously or
fatally injured.
Driving your vehicle
When you are ready to leave after parking on a hill
1. With the manual transaxle in N
(Neutral) or automatic transaxle/dual
clutch transmission in P (Park), apply
your brakes and hold the brake pedal
down while you:
• Start your engine;
• Shift into gear; and
• Release the parking brake.
2. Slowly remove your foot from the
brake pedal.
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of
the chocks.
4. Stop and have someone pick up and
store the chocks.
Maintenance when trailer towing
Your vehicle will need service more often
when you regularly pull a trailer.
Important items to pay particular attention to include engine oil, automatic
transaxle/dual clutch transmission fluid,
axle lubricant and cooling system fluid.
Brake condition is another important item
to frequently check. Each item is covered
in this manual, and the Index will help
you find them quickly. If you’re trailering,
it’s a good idea to review these sections
before you start your trip.
Don’t forget to also maintain your trailer
and hitch. Follow the maintenance
schedule that accompanied your trailer
and check it periodically. Preferably, conduct the check at the start of each day’s
driving. Most importantly, all hitch nuts
and bolts should be tight.
CAUTION
• Due to higher load during trailer
usage, overheating might occur
in hot days or during uphill driving. If the coolant gauge indicates
over-heating, switch off the air
conditioner and stop the vehicle
in a safe area to cool down the
engine.
• When towing, check the transaxle
fluid more frequently.
• If your vehicle is not equipped
with an air conditioner, you
should install a condenser fan to
improve engine performance
when towing a trailer.
5 71
Driving your vehicle
If you do decide to pull a trailer
Here are some important points if you
decide to pull a trailer:
• Consider using a sway control. You can
ask a hitch dealer about sway control.
• Do not do any towing with your car during its first 2,000 km (1,200 miles) in
order to allow the engine to properly
break in. Failure to heed this caution
may result in serious engine or
transaxle damage.
• When towing a trailer, we recommend
that you consult with an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer for further information on additional requirements such
as a towing kit, etc.
• Always drive your vehicle at a moderate speed (less than 100 km/h / 60
mph). If your vehicle is a commercial
vehicle, drive less than 80 km/h.
• On a long uphill grade, do not exceed
70 km/h (45 mph) or the posted towing
speed limit, whichever is lower.
5 72
• The chart contains important considerations that have to do with weight:
Engine
Item
Gasoline Engine
M/ T
Diesel Engine
A/T
M/T
A/T
DCT
600
Maximum trailer Without brake
System
(1,323)
weight
600
(1,323)
650
(1,433)
650
(1,433)
500
(1,102)
1,300
(2,866)
1200
(2,646)
1,500
(3,307)
1,400
(3,086)
1,300
(2,866)
kg (Ibs.)
With brake
System
Maximum permissible static
vertical load on the coupling
device
kg (Ibs.)
Recommended distance from
rear wheel center to coupling
point
mm (inch)
M/T : Manual transaxle
A/T : Automatic transaxle
DCT : Dual clutch transmission
60
(132)
75
(165)
870 (34.3)
Driving your vehicle
The trailer tongue should weigh a maximum of 10% of the total loaded trailer
weight, within the limits of the maximum
trailer tongue load permissible. After
you've loaded your trailer, weigh the trailer and then the tongue, separately, to
see if the weights are proper. If they
aren’t, you may be able to correct them
simply by moving some items around in
the trailer.
Tongue Load
Total Trailer Weight
Gross Axle Weight
Gross Vehicle Weight
C190E01JM
C190E02JM
Weight of the trailer
What is the maximum safe weight of a
trailer? It should never weigh more than
the maximum trailer weight with trailer
brakes. But even that can be too heavy.
It depends on how you plan to use your
trailer. For example, speed, altitude, road
grades, outside temperature and how
often your vehicle is used to pull a trailer
are all important. The ideal trailer weight
can also depend on any special equipment that you have on your vehicle.
Weight of the trailer tongue
The tongue load of any trailer is an
important weight to measure because it
affects the total gross vehicle weight
(GVW) of your vehicle. This weight
includes the curb weight of the vehicle,
any cargo you may carry in it, and the
people who will be riding in the vehicle.
And if you tow a trailer, you must add the
tongue load to the GVW because your
vehicle will also be carrying that weight.
WARNING - Trailer
• Never load a trailer with more
weight in the rear than in the
front. The front should be loaded
with approximately 60% of the
total trailer load; the rear should
be loaded with approximately 40%
of the total trailer load.
• Never exceed the maximum
weight limits of the trailer or trailer towing equipment. Improper
loading can result in damage to
your vehicle and/or personal
injury. Check weights and loading
at a commercial scale or highway
patrol office equipped with scales.
• An improperly loaded trailer can
cause loss of vehicle control.
5 73
Driving your vehicle
VEHICLE WEIGHT
This section will guide you in the proper
loading of your vehicle and/or trailer, to
keep your loaded vehicle weight within its
design rating capability, with or without a
trailer. Properly loading your vehicle will
provide maximum return of the vehicle
design performance. Before loading your
vehicle, familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle's weight ratings, with or without a
trailer, from the vehicle's specifications
and the certification label:
Base curb weight
This is the weight of the vehicle including
a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment. It does not include passengers,
cargo, or optional equipment.
Vehicle curb weight
This is the weight of your new vehicle
when you picked it up from your dealer
plus any aftermarket equipment.
5 74
Cargo weight
This figure includes all weight added to
the Base Curb Weight, including cargo
and optional equipment.
GAW (Gross axle weight)
This is the total weight placed on each
axle (front and rear) - including vehicle
curb weight and all payload.
GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)
This is the maximum allowable weight
that can be carried by a single axle (front
or rear). These numbers are shown on
the certification label.
The total load on each axle must never
exceed its GAWR.
GVW (Gross vehicle weight)
This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual
Cargo Weight plus passengers.
GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)
This is the maximum allowable weight of
the fully loaded vehicle (including all
options, equipment, passengers and
cargo). The GVWR is shown on the certification label located on the driver’s (or
front passenger’s) door sill.
Overloading
WARNING - Vehicle weight
The gross axle weight rating
(GAWR) and the gross vehicle
weight rating (GVWR) for your vehicle are on the certification label
attached to the driver's (or front
passenger’s) door. Exceeding these
ratings can cause an accident or
vehicle damage. You can calculate
the weight of your load by weighing
the items (and people) before putting them in the vehicle. Be careful
not to overload your vehicle.
What to do in an emergency
Road warning ............................................................6-2
Towing ......................................................................6-17
• Hazard warning flasher ................................................6-2
• Towing service ..............................................................6-17
• Removable towing hook ..............................................6-18
• Emergency towing ........................................................6-18
In case of an emergency while driving ....................6-3
• If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing..............6-3
• If you have a flat tire while driving ..............................6-3
• If engine stalls while driving ........................................6-3
If the engine does not start ......................................6-4
• If engine doesn’t turn over or turns over slowly ........6-4
• If engine turns over normally but does not start ........6-4
Emergency commodity ..........................................6-21
• Fire extinguisher ..........................................................6-21
• First aid kit....................................................................6-21
• Triangle reflector ..........................................................6-21
• Tire pressure gauge ......................................................6-21
Emergency starting ..................................................6-5
• Jump starting..................................................................6-5
• Push-starting ..................................................................6-6
If the engine overheats..............................................6-7
If you have a flat tire ................................................6-8
• Jack and tools ................................................................6-8
• Removing and storing the spare tire ............................6-9
• Changing tires ................................................................6-9
• Wheel nut tightening torque........................................6-12
• Jack label ......................................................................6-15
• EC Declaration of Conformity for Jack ....................6-16
6
What to do in an emergency
ROAD WARNING
It should be used whenever emergency
repairs are being made or when the vehicle is stopped near the edge of a roadway.
Press the flasher switch with the ignition
switch in any position. The flasher switch
is located in the center console switch
panel. All turn signal lights will flash
simultaneously.
OGDE042103L
Hazard warning flasher
The hazard warning flasher serves as a
warning to other drivers to exercise
extreme caution when approaching,
overtaking, or passing your vehicle.
6 2
• The hazard warning flasher operates
whether your vehicle is running or not.
• The turn signals do not work when the
hazard flasher is on.
• The hazard warning flasher should
always be on while the vehicle is being
towed.
What to do in an emergency
IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING
If the engine stalls at a crossroad
or crossing
• If the engine stalls at a crossroad or
crossing, set the shift lever in the N
(Neutral) position and then push the
vehicle to a safe place.
• If your vehicle has a manual transaxle
not equipped with an ignition lock
switch, the vehicle can move forward
by shifting to the 2nd (Second) or 3 rd
(Third) gear and then turning the
starter without depressing the clutch
pedal.
If you have a flat tire while driving
If engine stalls while driving
If a tire goes flat while you are driving:
1. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal
and let the vehicle slow down while
driving straight ahead. Do not apply the
brakes immediately or attempt to pull
off the road as this may cause a loss of
control. When the vehicle has slowed
down to such a speed that it is safe to
do so, brake carefully and pull off the
road. Drive off the road as far as possible and park on a firm level ground. If
you are on a divided highway, do not
park in the median area between the
two traffic lanes.
2. When the vehicle is stopped, turn on
your emergency hazard flashers, set
the parking brake and put the transaxle in
P (automatic transaxle/dual clutch transmission) or Reverse (manual transaxle).
3. Have all passengers get out of the
vehicle. Be sure they all get out on the
side of the vehicle that is away from
traffic.
4. When changing a flat tire, follow the
instruction provided later in this section.
1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping
a straight line. Move cautiously off the
road to a safe place.
2. Turn on your emergency flashers.
3. Try to start the engine again. If your
vehicle will not start, contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer or seek
other qualified assistance.
6 3
What to do in an emergency
IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START
If engine doesn't turn over or
turns over slowly
If engine turns over normally but
does not start
1. If your vehicle has an automatic
transaxle/dual clutch transmission, be
sure the shift lever is in N (Neutral) or
P (Park) and the emergency brake is
set.
2. Check the battery connections to be
sure they are clean and tight.
3. Turn on the interior light. If the light
dims or goes out when you operate the
starter, the battery is discharged.
4. Check the starter connections to be
sure they are securely tightened.
5. Do not push or pull the vehicle to start
it. See instructions for "Jump starting".
1. Check the fuel level.
2. With the ignition switch in the LOCK
position, check all connectors at the
ignition coils and spark plugs.
Reconnect any that may be disconnected or loose.
3. If the engine still does not start, call an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer or seek
other qualified assistance.
WARNING
If the engine will not start, do not
push or pull the vehicle to start it.
This could result in a collision or
cause other damage. In addition,
push or pull starting may cause the
catalytic converter to be overloaded and create a fire hazard.
6 4
What to do in an emergency
EMERGENCY STARTING
Jump starting
Jumper Cables
(-)
(+)
(-)
(+)
Booster
battery
Discharged
battery
1VQA4001
Connect cables in numerical order and
disconnect in reverse order.
Jump starting can be dangerous if done
incorrectly. Therefore, to avoid harm to
yourself or damage to your vehicle or
battery, follow the jump starting procedures. If in doubt, we strongly recommend that you have a competent technician or towing service jump start your
vehicle.
CAUTION
Use only a 12-volt jumper system.
You can damage a 12-volt starting
motor, ignition system, and other
electrical parts beyond repair by
use of a 24-volt power supply (either
two 12-volt batteries in series or a
24-volt motor generator set).
WARNING - Battery
Never attempt to check the electrolyte level of the battery as this
may cause the battery to rupture or
explode causing serious injury.
WARNING - Battery
• Keep all flames or sparks away
from the battery. The battery produces hydrogen gas which may
explode if exposed to flame or
sparks.
If these instructions are not followed exactly, serious personal
injury and damage to the vehicle
may occur! If you are not sure how
to follow this procedure, seek
qualified assistance. Automobile
batteries contain sulfuric acid.
This is poisonous and highly corrosive. When jump starting, wear
protective glasses and be careful
not to get acid on yourself, your
clothing or on the vehicle.
• Do not attempt to jump start the
vehicle if the discharged battery is
frozen or if the electrolyte level is
low; the battery may rupture or
explode.
• Do not allow the (+) and (-) jumper
cables to touch. It may cause
sparks.
• The battery may rupture or
explode when you jump start with
a low or frozen battery.
6 5
What to do in an emergency
Jump starting procedure
✽ NOTICE
If the battery is discharged, the engine
can be started using a battery of another vehicle and two jumper cables. Only
use jumper cables with fully insulated
clamp handles.
To prevent personal injury or damage to
both vehicles, adhere strictly to the following procedure.
1. Make sure the booster battery is 12volt and that its negative terminal is
grounded.
2. If the booster battery is in another vehicle, do not allow the vehicles to touch.
3. Turn off all unnecessary electrical
loads.
4. Connect the jumper cables in the exact
sequence shown in the illustration.
First connect one end of a jumper
cable to the positive terminal of the discharged battery (1), then connect the
other end to the positive terminal on
the booster battery (2). Proceed to
connect one end of the other jumper
cable to the negative terminal of the
booster battery (3), then the other end
to a solid, stationary, metallic point (for
example, the engine lifting bracket)
away from the battery (4).
6 6
Do not connect it to or near any part
that moves when the engine is
cranked. Make sure that there is no
contact between the bodywork of the
two vehicles; otherwise, there is the
danger of short circuits.
Do not allow the jumper cables to contact anything except the correct battery
terminals or the correct ground. Do not
lean over the battery when making
connections.
CAUTION - Battery cables
Do not connect the jumper cable from
the negative terminal of the booster
battery to the negative terminal of the
discharged battery. This can cause
the discharged battery to overheat
and crack, releasing battery acid.
5. Start the engine of the vehicle with the
booster battery and let it run at 2,000
rpm, then start the engine of the vehicle with the discharged battery. If the
first starting attempt is not successful,
wait a few minutes before making
another attempt in order to allow the
discharged battery to recharge.
If the cause of your battery discharging is
not apparent, we recommend that the
system be checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Push-starting
Your manual transaxle-equipped vehicle
should not be push-started because it
might damage the emission control system.
Vehicles equipped with automatic
transaxle/dual clutch transmission cannot be push-started.
Follow the directions in this section for
jump-starting.
WARNING
Never tow a vehicle to start it
because the sudden surge forward
when the engine starts could cause
a collision with the tow vehicle.
What to do in an emergency
IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS
If your temperature gauge indicates overheating, you will experience a loss of
power, or hear loud pinging or knocking,
the engine is probably too hot. If this happens, you should:
1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as it
is safe to do so.
2. Place the shift lever in P (automatic
transaxle/dual clutch transmission) or
Neutral (manual transaxle) and set the
parking brake. If the air conditioning is
on, turn it off.
3. If engine coolant is running out under
the vehicle or steam is coming out
from the hood, stop the engine. Do not
open the hood until the coolant has
stopped running or the steaming has
stopped. If there is no visible loss of
engine coolant and no steam, leave
the engine running and check to be
sure the engine cooling fan is operating. If the fan is not running, turn the
engine off.
4. Check to see if the water pump drive
belt is missing. If it is not missing,
check to see that it is tight. If the drive
belt seems to be satisfactory, check for
coolant leaking from the radiator,
hoses or under the vehicle. (If the air
conditioning had been in use, it is normal for cold water to be draining from
it when you stop).
WARNING
While the engine is running, keep
hair, hands and clothing away from
moving parts such as the fan and
drive belts to prevent injury.
5. If the water pump drive belt is broken
or engine coolant is leaking out, stop
the engine immediately and we recommend that you call the nearest authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
WARNING
Do not remove the radiator cap
when the engine is hot. This can
allow coolant to be blown out of the
opening and cause serious burns.
6. If you cannot find the cause of overheating, wait until the engine temperature has returned to normal. Then, if
coolant has been lost, carefully add
coolant to the reservoir to bring the
fluid level in the reservoir up to the
halfway mark.
7. Proceed with caution, keeping alert for
further signs of overheating. If overheating happens again, we recommend that you call an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
CAUTION
• Serious loss of coolant indicates
there is a leak in the cooling system and we recommend that the
system be checked as soon as
possible by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• When the engine overheats from
low engine coolant, suddenly
adding engine coolant may cause
cracks in the engine. To prevent
damage, add engine coolant
slowly in small quantities.
6 7
What to do in an emergency
IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE
Jacking instructions
The jack is provided for emergency
tire changing only.
To prevent the jack from “rattling”
while the vehicle is in motion, store it
properly.
Follow jacking instructions to reduce
the possibility of personal injury.
OGD061003
Jack and tools
The jack, jack handle, wheel lug nut
wrench are stored in the luggage
compartment.
Pull up the luggage box cover to
reach this equipment.
(1) Jack handle
(2) Jack
(3) Wheel lug nut wrench
6 8
WARNING - Changing tires
• Never attempt vehicle repairs
in the traffic lanes of a public
road or highway.
• Always move the vehicle completely off the road and onto
the shoulder before trying to
change a tire. The jack should
be used on firm level ground.
If you cannot find a firm level
place off the road, call a towing service company for
assistance.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Be sure to use the correct
front and rear jacking positions on the vehicle; never
use the bumpers or any other
part of the vehicle for jacking
support.
• The vehicle can easily roll off
the jack causing serious
injury or death.
• Do not get under a vehicle
that is supported by a jack.
• Do not start or run the engine
while the vehicle is on the
jack.
• Do not allow anyone remain in
the vehicle while it is on the
jack.
• Make sure any children present are in a secure place away
from the road and from the
vehicle to be raised with the
jack.
What to do in an emergency
OGD061004
OBH068002L
1JBA6504
Removing and storing the spare
tire
Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt
counterclockwise.
Store the tire in the reverse order of
removal.
To prevent the spare tire and tools
from “rattling” while the vehicle is in
motion, store them properly.
Changing tires
1. Park on a level surface and apply
the parking brake firmly.
2. Shift the shift lever into R
(Reverse) for manual transaxle or
P (Park) for automatic transaxle/
dual clutch transmission.
3. Activate the hazard warning flasher.
4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,
jack, jack handle, and spare tire
from the vehicle.
5. Block both the front and rear of
wheel that is diagonally opposite
the jack position.
6 9
What to do in an emergency
WARNING - Changing a tire
• To prevent vehicle movement
while changing a tire, always
set the parking brake fully,
and always block the wheel
diagonally opposite the wheel
being changed.
• We recommend that the
wheels of the vehicle be
chocked, and that no person
remain in a vehicle that is
being jacked.
OGD061009
OYF069019N
6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts counterclockwise one turn each, but do
not remove any nut until the tire
has been raised off the ground.
7. Place the jack at the front or rear
jacking position closest to the tire
you are changing. Place the jack
at the designated locations under
the frame. The jacking positions
are plates welded to the frame
with two tabs and a raised dot to
index with the jack.
WARNING - Jack location
To reduce the possibility of
injury, be sure to use only the
jack provided with the vehicle
and in the correct jack position;
never use any other part of the
vehicle for jack support.
6 10
What to do in an emergency
OGD061008
8. Insert the jack handle into the jack
and turn it clockwise, raising the
vehicle until the tire just clears the
ground. This measurement is
approximately 30 mm (1.2 in).
Before removing the wheel lug
nuts, make sure the vehicle is stable and that there is no chance for
movement or slippage.
9. Loosen the wheel nuts and
remove them with your fingers.
Slide the wheel off the studs and
lay it flat so it cannot roll away. To
put the wheel on the hub, pick up
the spare tire, line up the holes
with the studs and slide the wheel
onto them. If this is difficult, tip the
wheel slightly and get the top hole
in the wheel lined up with the top
stud. Then jiggle the wheel back
and forth until the wheel can be
slid over the other studs.
WARNING
• Wheels may have sharp edges.
Handle them carefully to avoid
possible severe injury.
• Before putting the wheel into
place, be sure that there is
nothing on the hub or wheel
(such as mud, tar, gravel, etc.)
that interferes with the wheel
from fitting solidly against the
hub. If there is, remove it.
(Continued)
(Continued)
If the contact of the mounting
surface between the wheel
and hub is not good, the
wheel nuts could come loose
and cause the loss of a wheel.
Loss of a wheel may result in
loss of control of the vehicle.
This may cause serious injury
or death.
10. To reinstall the wheel, hold it on
the studs, put the wheel nuts on
the studs and tighten them finger
tight. Jiggle the tire to be sure it is
completely seated, then tighten
the nuts as much as possible
with your fingers again.
11. Lower the vehicle to the ground
by turning the wheel nut wrench
counterclockwise.
6 11
What to do in an emergency
Wheel nut tightening torque:
Steel wheel & aluminum alloy wheel:
9~11 kg·m (65~79 lb·ft)
OGD061013
Then position the wrench as shown
in the drawing and tighten the wheel
nuts. Be sure the socket is seated
completely over the nut. Do not stand
on the wrench handle or use an
extension pipe over the wrench handle. Go around the wheel tightening
every nut following the numerical
sequence shown in the image until
they are all tight. Then double-check
each nut for tightness. After changing
wheels, we recommend that the
wheel nuts be tighten by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer to their proper
torque as soon as possible.
6 12
If you have a tire gauge, remove the
valve cap and check the air pressure.
If the pressure is lower than recommended, drive slowly to the nearest
service station and inflate to the correct pressure. If it is too high, adjust
it until it is correct. Always reinstall
the valve cap after checking or
adjusting tire pressure. If the cap is
not replaced, air may leak from the
tire. If you lose a valve cap, buy
another and install it as soon as possible.
After you have changed wheels,
always secure the flat tire in its place
and return the jack and tools to their
proper storage locations.
CAUTION
Your vehicle has metric threads
on the wheel studs and nuts.
Make certain during wheel
removal that the same nuts that
were removed are reinstalled or, if replaced, that nuts with
metric threads and the same
chamfer configuration are used.
Installation of a non-metric
thread nut on a metric stud or
vice-versa will not secure the
wheel to the hub properly and
will damage the stud so that it
must be replaced.
Note that most lug nuts do not
have metric threads. Be sure to
use extreme care in checking
for thread style before installing
aftermarket lug nuts or wheels.
If in doubt, we recommend that
you consult with an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
What to do in an emergency
WARNING - Wheel studs
If the studs are damaged, they
may lose their ability to retain
the wheel. This could lead to the
loss of the wheel and a collision
resulting in serious injuries.
To prevent the jack, jack handle,
wheel lug nut wrench and spare tire
from rattling while the vehicle is in
motion, store them properly.
WARNING - Inadequate
spare tire pressure
Check the inflation pressures
as soon as possible after
installing the spare tire. Adjust
it to the specified pressure, if
necessary. Refer to “Tires and
wheels” in section 8.
Important - use of compact spare tire
(if equipped)
Your vehicle is equipped with a compact spare tire. This compact spare
tire takes up less space than a regular-size tire. This tire is smaller than a
conventional tire and is designed for
temporary use only.
CAUTION
• You should drive carefully
when the compact spare is in
use. The compact spare
should be replaced by the
proper conventional tire and
rim at the first opportunity.
• The operation of this vehicle
is not recommended with
more than one compact spare
tire in use at the same time.
WARNING
The compact spare tire is for
emergency use only. Do not
operate your vehicle on this
compact spare at the speed
over 80 km/h (50 mph). The
original tire should be repaired
or replaced as soon as possible
to avoid failure of the spare
possibly leading to personal
injury or death.
The compact spare should be inflated to 420 kPa (60 psi).
✽ NOTICE
Check the inflation pressure after
installing the spare tire. Adjust it to
the specified pressure, as necessary.
6 13
What to do in an emergency
When using a compact spare tire,
observe the following precautions:
• Under no circumstances should
you exceed 80 km/h (50 mph); a
higher speed could damage the
tire.
• Ensure that you drive slowly
enough to avoid all hazards. Any
road hazard, such as a pothole or
debris, could seriously damage the
compact spare.
• Any continuous road use of this tire
could result in tire failure, loss of
vehicle control, and possible personal injury.
• Do not exceed the vehicle’s maximum load rating or the load-carrying capacity shown on the sidewall
of the compact spare tire.
• Avoid driving over obstacles. The
compact spare tire diameter is
smaller than the diameter of a conventional tire and reduces the
ground clearance approximately
25 mm (1 inch), which could result
in damage to the vehicle.
6 14
• Do not take this vehicle through an
automatic car wash while the compact spare tire is installed.
• Do not use tire chains on the compact spare tire. Because of the
smaller size, a tire chain will not fit
properly. This could damage the
vehicle and result in loss of the
chain.
• The compact spare tire should not
be installed on the front axle if the
vehicle must be driven in snow or
on ice.
• Do not use the compact spare tire
on any other vehicle because this
tire has been designed especially
for your vehicle.
• The compact spare tire’s tread life
is shorter than a regular tire.
Inspect your compact spare tire
regularly and replace worn compact spare tires with the same size
and design, mounted on the same
wheel.
• The compact spare tire should not
be used on any other wheels, nor
should standard tires, snow tires,
wheel covers or trim rings be used
with the compact spare wheel. If
such use is attempted, damage to
these items or other car components may occur.
• Do not use more than one compact
spare tire at a time.
• Do not tow a trailer while the compact spare tire is installed.
What to do in an emergency
Jack label
■ Example
• Type A
OHYK065010
• Type B
OHYK065011
• Type C
OHYK064002
1. Model Name
2. Maximum allowable load
3. When using the jack, set your
parking brake.
4. When using the jack, stop the
engine.
5. Do not get under a vehicle that is
supported by a jack.
6. The designated locations under
the frame
7. When supporting the vehicle, the
base plate of jack must be vertical
under the lifting point.
8. Shift into Reverse gear on vehicles
with manual transaxle or move the
shift lever to the P position on
vehicles with automatic transaxle/
dual clutch transmission.
9. The jack should be used on firm
level ground.
10. Jack manufacture
11. Production date
12. Representative company and
address
❈ The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
For more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.
6 15
What to do in an emergency
EC Declaration of Conformity for Jack
JACKDOC14S
6 16
What to do in an emergency
TOWING
A
B
dolly
C
OMC045012
Towing service
If emergency towing is necessary, we
recommend having it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a commercial
tow-truck service. Proper lifting and towing procedures are necessary to prevent
damage to the vehicle. The use of wheel
dollies or flatbed is recommended.
For trailer towing guidelines information,
refer to “Trailer towing” in section 5.
It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the
rear wheels on the ground (without dollies) and the front wheels off the ground.
If any of the loaded wheels or suspension components are damaged or the
vehicle is being towed with the front
wheels on the ground, use a towing dolly
under the front wheels.
When being towed by a commercial tow
truck and wheel dollies are not used, the
front of the vehicle should always be lifted, not the rear.
When towing your vehicle in an emergency without wheel dollies :
1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC position.
2. Place the transaxle shift lever in N
(Neutral).
3. Release the parking brake.
CAUTION
Failure to place the transaxle shift
lever in N (Neutral) may cause internal damage to the transaxle.
OED066013
OED066014
CAUTION
• Do not tow the vehicle backwards
with the front wheels on the
ground as this may cause damage to the vehicle.
• Do not tow with sling-type equipment. Use wheel lift or flatbed
equipment.
6 17
What to do in an emergency
■ Front
OGD061011
OGD061010
■ Rear
Removable towing hook (front)
1. Open the tailgate, and remove the towing hook from the tool case.
2. Remove the hole cover pressing the
lower part of the cover on the front
bumper.
3. Install the towing hook by turning it
clockwise into the hole until it is fully
secured.
4. Remove the towing hook and install
the cover after use.
6 18
OGD061012
Emergency towing (if equipped)
If towing is necessary, we recommend
having it done by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer or a commercial tow
truck service.
If towing service is not available in an
emergency, your vehicle may be temporarily towed using a cable or chain secured to
the emergency towing hook under the
front (or rear) of the vehicle. Use extreme
caution when towing the vehicle. A driver
must be in the vehicle to steer it and operate the brakes.
Towing in this manner may be done only
on hard-surfaced roads for a short distance and at low speed. Also, the wheels,
axles, power train, steering and brakes
must all be in good condition.
• Do not use the tow hooks to pull a vehicle out of mud, sand or other conditions
from which the vehicle cannot be driven
out under its own power.
• Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than the
vehicle doing the towing.
• The drivers of both vehicles should communicate with each other frequently.
What to do in an emergency
CAUTION
• Attach a towing strap to the tow
hook.
• Using a portion of the vehicle
other than the tow hooks for towing may damage the body of your
vehicle.
• Use only a cable or chain specifically intended for use in towing
vehicles. Securely fasten the
cable or chain to the towing hook
provided.
• Before emergency towing, check if the
hook is not broken or damaged.
• Fasten the towing cable or chain
securely to the hook.
• Do not jerk the hook. Apply it steadily
and with even force.
• To avoid damaging the hook, do not
pull from the side or at a vertical angle.
Always pull straight ahead.
WARNING
Use extreme caution when towing
the vehicle.
• Avoid sudden starts or erratic
driving maneuvers which would
place excessive stress on the
emergency towing hook and towing cable or chain. The hook and
towing cable or chain may break
and cause serious injury or damage.
• If the disabled vehicle is unable
to move, do not forcibly continue
the towing. We recommend that
you contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer or a commercial
tow truck service for assistance.
• Tow the vehicle as straight ahead
as possible.
• Keep away from the vehicle during towing.
6 19
What to do in an emergency
OED066029
• Use a towing strap less than 5 m (16
feet) long. Attach a white or red cloth
(about 30 cm (12 inches) wide) in the
middle of the strap for easy visibility.
• Drive carefully so that the towing strap
is not loosened during towing.
6 20
Emergency towing precautions
• Turn the ignition switch to ACC so the
steering wheel isn’t locked.
• Place the transaxle shift lever in N
(Neutral).
• Release the parking bake.
• Press the brake pedal with more force
than normal since you will have
reduced brake performance.
• More steering effort will be required
because the power steering system
will be disabled.
• If you are driving down a long hill, the
brakes may overheat and brake performance will be reduced. Stop often
and let the brakes cool off.
CAUTION Automatic transaxle/
Dual clutch transmission
• If the car is being towed with all
four wheels on the ground, it can
be towed only from the front. Be
sure that the transaxle is in neutral. Be sure the steering is
unlocked by placing the ignition
switch in the ACC position. A driver must be in the towed vehicle to
operate the steering and brakes.
• To avoid serious damage to the
automatic transaxle/dual clutch
transmission, limit the vehicle
speed to 15 km/h (10 mph) and
drive less than 1.5 km (1 mile)
when towing.
• Before towing, check the automatic transaxle/dual clutch transmission fluid leak under your vehicle.
If the automatic transaxle/dual
clutch transmission fluid is leaking, a flatbed equipment or towing
dolly must be used.
What to do in an emergency
EMERGENCY COMMODITY (IF EQUIPPED)
There are some emergency commodities
in the vehicle to help you respond to the
emergency situation.
Fire extinguisher
If there is small fire and you know how to
use the fire extinguisher, take the following steps carefully.
1. Pull the pin at the top of the extinguisher that keeps the handle from
being accidentally pressed.
2. Aim the nozzle toward the base of the
fire.
3. Stand approximately 2.5 m (8 ft) away
from the fire and squeeze the handle
to discharge the extinguisher. If you
release the handle, the discharge will
stop.
4. Sweep the nozzle back and forth at the
base of the fire. After the fire appears
to be out, watch it carefully since it
may re-ignite.
First aid kit
There are some items such as scissors,
bandage and adhesive tape and etc. in
the kit to give first aid to an injured person.
Triangle reflector
Place the triangle reflector on the road to
warn oncoming vehicles during emergencies, such as when the vehicle is
parked by the roadside due to any problems.
Tire pressure gauge
(If equipped)
Tires normally lose some air in day-today use, and you may have to add a few
pounds of air periodically and it is not
usually a sign of a leaking tire, but of normal wear. Always check tire pressure
when the tires are cold because tire pressure increases with temperature.
To check the tire pressure, take the following steps;
1. Unscrew the inflation valve cap that is
located on the rim of the tire.
2. Press and hold the gauge against the
tire valve. Some air will escape as you
begin and more will escape if you don't
press the gauge in firmly.
3. A firm non-leaking push will activate
the gauge.
4. Read the tire pressure on the gauge to
know whether the tire pressure is low
or high.
5. Adjust the tire pressures to the specified pressure. Refer to “Tires and
wheels” in section 8.
6. Reinstall the inflation valve cap.
6 21
Maintenance
Engine compartment ................................................7-3
Maintenance services ................................................7-5
Air cleaner................................................................7-41
• Owner’s responsibility ..................................................7-5
• Owner maintenance precautions ..................................7-5
• Engine compartment precautions (Diesel engine) ......7-6
Climate control air filter ........................................7-42
Owner maintenance ..................................................7-8
Wiper blades ............................................................7-44
• Owner maintenance schedule........................................7-8
• Blade inspection............................................................7-44
• Blade replacement ........................................................7-44
Scheduled maintenance service................................7-9
• Gasoline engine ............................................................7-10
• Diesel engine..................................................................7-21
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ......7-29
Engine oil..................................................................7-33
• Checking the engine oil level ......................................7-33
• Changing the engine oil and filter ..............................7-34
Engine coolant ........................................................7-35
• Checking the coolant level ..........................................7-35
• Changing the coolant ..................................................7-37
Brake/clutch fluid....................................................7-38
• Checking the brake/clutch fluid level ........................7-38
Washer fluid ............................................................7-39
• Checking the washer fluid level ..................................7-39
Parking brake - hand type ....................................7-39
• Checking the parking brake........................................7-39
Fuel filter (for Diesel)..............................................7-40
• Draining water from fuel filter ..................................7-40
• Filter replacement ........................................................7-41
• Filter inspection ............................................................7-42
• Filter replacement ........................................................7-42
Battery ......................................................................7-47
• For best battery service ..............................................7-47
• Battery recharging ......................................................7-49
• Reset items ....................................................................7-49
Tires and wheels ......................................................7-50
• Tire care ........................................................................7-50
• Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ..............7-50
• Checking tire inflation pressure..................................7-51
• Tire rotation ..................................................................7-52
• Wheel alignment and tire balance ..............................7-53
• Tire replacement ..........................................................7-54
• Wheel replacement ......................................................7-55
• Tire traction ..................................................................7-56
• Tire maintenance ..........................................................7-56
• Tire sidewall labeling ..................................................7-56
• Low aspect ratio tire ....................................................7-60
7
Fuses ........................................................................7-61
• Fuse/relay panel description........................................7-65
Light bulbs ..............................................................7-76
• Front light replacement ..............................................7-77
• Side repeater light bulb replacement ........................7-82
• Rear combination light bulb replacement ................7-83
• High mounted stop light bulb replacement ..............7-86
• License plate light bulb replacement..........................7-86
• Interior light bulb replacement ..................................7-87
Appearance care ......................................................7-88
• Exterior care ................................................................7-88
• Interior care ..................................................................7-92
Emission control system ........................................7-94
• Lean NOx Trap ............................................................7-97
7
Maintenance
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
■ Gasoline engine - 1.6
1. Engine oil filler cap
2. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir
3. Positive battery terminal
4. Negative battery terminal
5. Fuse box
6. Air cleaner
■ Gasoline engine - 1.8
7. Radiator cap
8. Engine coolant reservoir
9. Engine oil dipstick
10. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
❈ The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OGDE072070/OGDE072001L
7 3
Maintenance
■ Diesel engine
1. Engine oil filler cap
2. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir
3. Positive battery terminal
4. Negative battery terminal
5. Fuse box
6. Air cleaner
7. Radiator cap
8. Engine coolant reservoir
9. Engine oil dipstick
10. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
11. Fuel filter
❈ The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OGDE075120
7 4
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE SERVICES
You should exercise the utmost care to
prevent damage to your vehicle and
injury to yourself whenever performing
any maintenance or inspection procedures.
Inadequate, incomplete or insufficient
servicing may result in operational problems with your vehicle that could lead to
vehicle damage, an accident, or personal injury.
Owner’s responsibility
Owner maintenance precautions
✽ NOTICE
Improper or incomplete service may
result in problems. This section gives
instructions only for the maintenance
items that are easy to perform.
Maintenance Service and Record
Retention are the owner's responsibility.
We recommend in general that you have
your vehicle serviced by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer. You should retain documents that show proper maintenance
has been performed on your vehicle in
accordance with the maintenance schedule.You need this information to establish
your compliance with the servicing and
maintenance requirements of your vehicle warranties. Detailed warranty information is provided in your Service
Passport. Repairs and adjustments
required as a result of improper maintenance or a lack of required maintenance
are not covered when your vehicle is covered by warranty.
✽ NOTICE
Improper owner maintenance during
the warranty period may affect warranty coverage. For details, read the separate Service Passport provided with the
vehicle. If you're unsure about any servicing or maintenance procedure, we recommend that the system be checked by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
Do not leave gloves, rags or any
other combustible material in the
engine compartment. Doing so may
cause a heat-induced fire.
7 5
Maintenance
WARNING - Maintenance
work
• Performing maintenance work on
a vehicle can be dangerous. You
can be seriously injured while
performing some maintenance
procedures. If you lack sufficient
knowledge and experience or the
proper tools and equipment to do
the work, we recommend that the
system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Working under the hood with the
engine running is dangerous. It
becomes even more dangerous
when you wear jewelry or loose
clothing. These can become
entangled in moving parts and
result in injury. Therefore, if you
must run the engine while working under the hood, make certain
that you remove all jewelry (especially rings, bracelets, watches,
and necklaces) and all neckties,
scarves, and similar loose clothing before getting near the
engine or cooling fans.
7 6
CAUTION
• Do not put heavy objects or apply
excessive force on top of the
engine cover (if equipped) or fuel
related parts.
• When you inspect the fuel system
(fuel lines and fuel injection
devices), we recommend that you
contact an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
• Do not drive long time with the
engine cover (if equipped)
removed.
• When checking the engine room,
do not go near fire.
Fuel, washer fluid, etc. are flammable oils that may cause fire.
• Before touching the battery, ignition cables and electrical wiring,
you should disconnect the battery
"-" terminal. You may get an electric shock from the electric current.
• When you remove the interior trim
cover with a flat bed (-) driver, be
careful not to damage the cover.
• Be careful when you replace and
clean bulbs to avoid burns or electrical shock.
Engine compartment precautions
(Diesel engine)
• The injector operates at high voltage
(maximum 200v). Therefore, the following accidents may occur.
- Direct contact with the injector or
injector wiring may cause electric
shock or damage your muscle or
nerve system.
- The electromagnetic wave from the
operating injector may cause the artificial heart pacemaker to malfunction.
• Follow the safety tips provided below,
when you are checking the engine
room while the engine is running.
- Do not touch the injector, injector
wirings, and the engine computer
while the engine is running.
- Do not remove the injector connector
while the engine is running.
- People using pacemakers must not
go near the engine while the engine
is starting or running.
Maintenance
WARNING - Diesel Engine
Never work on injection system
with engine running or within 30
seconds after shutting off engine.
High-pressure pump, rail, injectors
and high-pressure pipes are subject to high pressure even after the
engine stopped. The fuel jet produced by fuel leaks may cause serious injury, if it touches the body.
People using pacemakers should
not move more than 30cm closer to
the ECU or wiring harness within
the engine room while engine is
running, since the high currents in
the electronic engine control system produce considerable magnetic fields.
7 7
Maintenance
OWNER MAINTENANCE
We recommend that the following lists
are vehicle checks and inspections that
should be performed by the owner or an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer at the frequencies indicated to help ensure safe,
dependable operation of your vehicle.
If you have any question, we recommend
that you consult an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
These Owner Maintenance Checks are
generally not covered by warranties and
you may be charged for labor, parts and
lubricants used.
Owner maintenance schedule
When you stop for fuel:
• Check the engine oil level.
• Check the coolant level in coolant
reservoir.
• Check the windshield washer fluid
level.
• Look for low or under-inflated tires.
• Check the radiator and condenser.
Check if the front of the radiator and
condenser are clean and not blocked
with leaves, dirt or insects etc.
If any of the above parts are extremely
dirty or you are not sure of their condition, we recommend that you contact
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
Be careful when checking your
engine coolant level when the
engine is hot. Scalding hot coolant
and steam may blow out under
pressure. This could cause burns
or other serious injury.
7 8
While operating your vehicle:
• Note any changes in the sound of the
exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes
in the vehicle.
• Check for vibrations in the steering
wheel. Notice any increased steering
effort or looseness in the steering
wheel, or change in its straight-ahead
position.
• Notice if your vehicle constantly turns
slightly or “pulls” to one side when traveling on smooth, level road.
• When stopping, listen and check for
unusual sounds, pulling to one side,
increased brake pedal travel or “hardto-push” brake pedal.
• If any slipping or changes in the operation of your transaxle occurs, check
the transaxle fluid level.
• Check automatic transaxle/dual clutch
transmission P (Park) function.
• Check the parking brake.
• Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle
(water dripping from the air conditioning system during or after use is normal).
Maintenance
At least monthly:
• Check the coolant level in the engine
coolant reservoir.
• Check the operation of all exterior
lights, including the stoplights, turn signals and hazard warning flashers.
• Check the inflation pressures of all
tires including the spare.
At least twice a year
(i.e., every Spring and Fall):
• Check the radiator, heater and air conditioning hoses for leaks or damage.
• Check the windshield washer spray
and wiper operation. Clean wiper
blades with clean cloth dampened with
washer fluid.
• Check the headlight alignment.
• Check the muffler, exhaust pipes,
shields and clamps.
• Check the lap/shoulder belts for wear
and function.
• Check for worn tires and loose wheel
lug nuts.
At least once a year:
• Clean the body and door drain holes.
• Lubricate the door hinges and checks,
and hood hinges.
• Lubricate the door and hood locks and
latches.
• Lubricate the door rubber weatherstrips.
• Check the air conditioning system.
• Inspect and lubricate automatic transaxle/
dual clutch transmission linkage and controls.
• Clean the battery and terminals.
• Check the brake/clutch fluid level.
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
SERVICE
Follow the Normal Maintenance
Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated where none of the following conditions
apply. If any of the following conditions
apply, follow Maintenance Under Severe
Usage Conditions.
• Repeated short distance driving.
• Driving in dusty conditions or sandy
areas.
• Extensive use of brakes.
• Driving in areas where salt or other
corrosive materials are being used.
• Driving on rough or muddy roads.
• Driving in mountainous areas.
• Extended periods of idling or low
speed operation.
• Driving for a prolonged period in cold
temperatures and/or extremely humid
climates.
• More than 50% driving in heavy city
traffic during hot weather above 32°C
(90°F).
If your vehicle is operated under the
above conditions, you should inspect,
replace or refill more frequently than the
following Normal Maintenance Schedule.
After the periods or distance shown in
the chart, continue to follow the prescribed maintenance intervals.
7 9
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - FOR GASOLINE ENGINE
The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep receipts for all
vehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.
*1 : Inspect drive belt tensioner, idler and alternator pulley and
if necessary correct or replace.
*2 : Check the engine oil level and leak every 500 km (350
miles) or before starting a long trip.
*3 : Driving in outer temperature over 40 °C (104 °F) or driving
over 170 km/h (106 mile/h) must conform the severe driving
condition.
*4 : If good quality gasolines that meet Europe Fuel standards
(EN228) or equivalents including fuel additives is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are
available from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with
information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives
*5 : For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it's interval
when you do maintenance of other items.
*6 : The engine oil level should be checked regularly and maintained properly. Operating with an insufficient amount of oil
can damage the engine, and such damage is not covered
by warranty.
7 10
*7 : If the recommended oil and oil filter are not available,
replace engine oil and engine oil filter every 7,500 km or 6
months.
*8 : The fuel filter is considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance
schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some important matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power,
hard starting problem etc, we recommend replacing the fuel
filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and
consulting with an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.
*9 : When adding coolant, use only deionized water or soft
water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the
coolant filled at the factory. An improper coolant mixture can
result in serious malfunction or engine damage.
*10 : Manual transaxle fluid should be changed anytime they
have been submerged in water.
*11 : Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration
and adjust if necessary.
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - FOR GASOLINE ENGINE (CONT.)
15,000 km (10,000 miles) or 12months
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter - Except China, Middle East
❑ Inspect air conditioner refrigerant/compressor (if equipped)
❑ Inspect battery condition
❑ Inspect brake lines, hoses and connections
❑ Inspect brake/clutch (if equipped) fluid
❑ Inspect disc brakes and pads
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Inspect exhaust system
❑ Inspect front suspension ball joints
❑ Inspect parking brake
❑ Inspect steering gear rack, linkage and boots
❑ Inspect tire (pressure & tread wear)
❑ Replace air cleaner filter - For China, Middle East
❑ Replace climate control air filter
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
- Except Middle East, Brazil, Libya *2 *3 *6 *7
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
- For Middle East, Brazil, Libya *2 *3 *6 *7
(Every 10,000 km (6,500 miles) or 12months)
❑ Add fuel additives *4
(Every 5,000 km or 6 months)
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
replace.
7 11
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - FOR GASOLINE ENGINE (CONT.)
30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24months
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter - Except China, Middle East
❑ Inspect air conditioner refrigerant/compressor (if equipped)
❑ Inspect battery condition
❑ Inspect brake lines, hoses and connections
❑ Inspect brake/clutch(if equipped) fluid
❑ Inspect brake/clutch(if equipped) pedal
❑ Inspect disc brakes and pads
❑ Inspect drive belt *1
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Inspect exhaust system
❑ Inspect front suspension ball joints
❑ Inspect fuel filter *8
❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter
❑ Inspect parking brake
❑ Inspect steering gear rack, linkage and boots
❑ Inspect tire (pressure & tread wear)
❑ Replace air cleaner filter - For China, Middle East
❑ Replace climate control air filter
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
- Except Middle East, Brazil, Libya *2 *3 *6 *7
(Continued)
7 12
(Continued)
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
- For Middle East, Brazil, Libya *2 *3 *6 *7
(Every 10,000 km (6,500 miles) or 12months)
❑ Add fuel additives *4
(Every 5,000 km or 6 months)
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
replace.
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - FOR GASOLINE ENGINE (CONT.)
45,000 km (30,000 miles) or 36months
❑ Inspect air conditioner refrigerant/compressor (if equipped)
❑ Inspect battery condition
❑ Inspect brake lines, hoses and connections
❑ Inspect brake/clutch(if equipped) fluid
❑ Inspect disc brakes and pads
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Inspect exhaust system
❑ Inspect front suspension ball joints
❑ Inspect parking brake
❑ Inspect steering gear rack, linkage and boots
❑ Inspect tire (pressure & tread wear)
❑ Replace air cleaner filter
❑ Replace climate control air filter
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
- Except Middle East, Brazil, Libya *2 *3 *6 *7
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
- For Middle East, Brazil, Libya *2 *3 *6 *7
(Every 10,000 km (6,500 miles) or 12months)
❑ Add fuel additives *4
(Every 5,000 km or 6 months)
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
replace.
7 13
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - FOR GASOLINE ENGINE (CONT.)
60,000 km (40,000 miles) or 48months
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter - Except China, Middle East
❑ Inspect air conditioner refrigerant/compressor (if equipped)
❑ Inspect battery condition
❑ Inspect brake lines, hoses and connections
❑ Inspect brake/clutch (if equipped) fluid
❑ Inspect brake/clutch(if equipped) pedal
❑ Inspect disc brakes and pads
❑ Inspect drive belt *1
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Inspect exhaust system
❑ Inspect front suspension ball joints
❑ Inspect fuel lines, hoses and connections
❑ Inspect parking brake
❑ Inspect steering gear rack, linkage and boots
❑ Inspect tire (pressure & tread wear)
❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid (if equipped) *10
❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap
❑ Replace air cleaner filter - For China, Middle East
❑ Replace climate control air filter
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
- Except Middle East, Brazil, Libya *2 *3 *6 *7
(Continued)
7 14
(Continued)
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
- For Middle East, Brazil, Libya *2 *3 *6 *7
(Every 10,000 km (6,500 miles) or 12months)
❑ Replace fuel filter *8
❑ Replace fuel tank air filter
❑ Inspect cooling system
(At first, 60,000 km (40,000 miles) or 48months
after that, every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24months)
❑ Add fuel additives *4
(Every 5,000 km or 6 months)
❑ Replace spark plugs (1.6 Engine)
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
replace.
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - FOR GASOLINE ENGINE (CONT.)
75,000 km (50,000 miles) or 60months
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter - Except China, Middle East
❑ Inspect air conditioner refrigerant/compressor (if equipped)
❑ Inspect battery condition
❑ Inspect brake lines, hoses and connections
❑ Inspect brake/clutch(if equipped) fluid
❑ Inspect disc brakes and pads
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Inspect exhaust system
❑ Inspect front suspension ball joints
❑ Inspect parking brake
❑ Inspect steering gear rack, linkage and boots
❑ Inspect tire (pressure & tread wear)
❑ Replace air cleaner filter - For China, Middle East
❑ Replace climate control air filter
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
- Except Middle East, Brazil, Libya *2 *3 *6 *7
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
- For Middle East, Brazil, Libya *2 *3 *6 *7
(Every 10,000 km (6,500 miles) or 12months)
❑ Add fuel additives *4
(Every 5,000 km or 6 months)
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
replace.
7 15
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - FOR GASOLINE ENGINE (CONT.)
90,000 km (60,000 miles) or 72months
❑ Inspect air conditioner refrigerant/compressor (if equipped)
❑ Inspect battery condition
❑ Inspect brake lines, hoses and connections
❑ Inspect brake/clutch(if equipped) fluid
❑ Inspect brake/clutch(if equipped) pedal
❑ Inspect disc brakes and pads
❑ Inspect drive belt *1
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Inspect exhaust system
❑ Inspect front suspension ball joints
❑ Inspect fuel filter *8
❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter
❑ Inspect parking brake
❑ Inspect steering gear rack, linkage and boots
❑ Inspect tire (pressure & tread wear)
❑ Inspect valve clearance (1.6 Engine) *11
❑ Replace air cleaner filter
❑ Replace climate control air filter
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
- Except Middle East, Brazil, Libya *2 *3 *6 *7
(Continued)
7 16
(Continued)
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
- For Middle East, Brazil, Libya *2 *3 *6 *7
(Every 10,000 km (6,500 miles) or 12months)
❑ Inspect cooling system
(At first, 60,000 km (40,000 miles) or 48months
after that, every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24months)
❑ Add fuel additives *4
(Every 5,000 km or 6 months)
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
replace.
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - FOR GASOLINE ENGINE (CONT.)
105,000 km (70,000 miles) or 84months
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter - Except China, Middle East
❑ Inspect air conditioner refrigerant/compressor (if equipped)
❑ Inspect battery condition
❑ Inspect brake lines, hoses and connections
❑ Inspect brake/clutch(if equipped) fluid
❑ Inspect disc brakes and pads
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Inspect exhaust system
❑ Inspect front suspension ball joints
❑ Inspect parking brake
❑ Inspect steering gear rack, linkage and boots
❑ Inspect tire (pressure & tread wear)
❑ Replace air cleaner filter - For China, Middle East
❑ Replace climate control air filter
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
- Except Middle East, Brazil, Libya *2 *3 *6 *7
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
- For Middle East, Brazil, Libya *2 *3 *6 *7
(Every 10,000 km (6,500 miles) or 12months)
❑ Add fuel additives *4
(Every 5,000 km or 6 months)
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
replace.
7 17
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - FOR GASOLINE ENGINE (CONT.)
120,000 km (80,000 miles) or 96months
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter - Except China, Middle East
❑ Inspect air conditioner refrigerant/compressor (if equipped)
❑ Inspect battery condition
❑ Inspect brake lines, hoses and connections
❑ Inspect brake/clutch(if equipped) fluid
❑ Inspect brake/clutch(if equipped) pedal
❑ Inspect disc brakes and pads
❑ Inspect drive belt *1
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Inspect exhaust system
❑ Inspect front suspension ball joints
❑ Inspect fuel lines, hoses and connections
❑ Inspect parking brake
❑ Inspect steering gear rack, linkage and boots
❑ Inspect tire (pressure & tread wear)
❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid (if equipped) *10
❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap
❑ Replace air cleaner filter - For China, Middle East
❑ Replace climate control air filter
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
- Except Middle East, Brazil, Libya *2 *3 *6 *7
(Continued)
7 18
(Continued)
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
- For Middle East, Brazil, Libya *2 *3 *6 *7
(Every 10,000 km (6,500 miles) or 12months)
❑ Replace fuel filter *8
❑ Replace fuel tank air filter
❑ Replace coolant *9
(At first, 200,000 km (120,000 miles) or 120months
after that, every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) or 24months *5)
❑ Inspect cooling system
(At first, 60,000 km (40,000 miles) or 48months
after that, every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24months)
❑ Add fuel additives *4
(Every 5,000 km or 6 months)
❑ Replace spark plugs (1.6 Engine)
❑ Replace spark plugs (1.8 Engine)
(Every 160,000 km (100,000 miles))
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
replace.
No check, No service required
❑ Automatic transaxle fluid
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - FOR GASOLINE ENGINE (CONT.)
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions.
Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.
R : Replace
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace
Maintenance item
Engine oil and
engine oil filter
Except Middle East,
Brazil, Libya
For Middle East,
Brazil, Libya
Maintenance
operation
R
R
Maintenance intervals
Every 7,500 km (5,000 miles) or
6 months
Every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or
6 months
Replace more frequently
depending on the condition
Replace more frequently
depending on the condition
Driving condition
A, B, C, D, E,
F, G, H, I, K, L
Air cleaner filter
R
Spark plugs
R
Manual transaxle fluid (if equipped)
R
Every 120,000 km (80,000 miles)
C, D, E, G, H, I, K
Automatic transaxle fluid (if equipped)
R
Every 100,000 km (62,000 miles)
A, C, D, E, F,
G, H, I, K
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots
I
Front suspension ball joints
I
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
C, E
A, B, H, I, L
C, D, E, F, G
C, D, E, F, G
7 19
Maintenance
Maintenance item
Maintenance
operation
Disc brakes and pads, calipers and rotors
I
Parking brake
I
Driveshaft and boots
I
Climate control air filter
R
SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS
A : Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 8 km (5
miles) in normal temperature or less than 16 km (10 miles)
in freezing temperature.
B : Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances.
C : Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or saltspread roads.
D : Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive
materials or in very cold weather
7 20
Maintenance intervals
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
Replace more frequently
depending on the condition
Driving condition
C, D, E, G, H
C, D, G, H
C, D, E, F,
G, H, I, J, K
C, E, G
E : Driving in sandy areas
F : More than 50 % driving in heavy city traffic during hot
weather above 32 °C (90 °F)
G : Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roads.
H : Towing a trailer or using a camper on roof rack.
I : Driving for patrol car, taxi, commercial car or vehicle towing.
J : Driving in very cold weather.
K : Driving over 170 km/h (106 mile/h).
L : Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions.
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - FOR DIESEL ENGINE
The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep receipts for all
vehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.
*1 : Check the engine oil level and leak every 500 km (350
miles) or before starting a long trip.
*2 : Driving in summer season temperature over 40 °C (104 °F
- SAUDI, UAE, OMAN, KUWAIT, BAHRAIN, QATAR, IRAN,
YEMEN ETC) or driving over 170 km/h (106 mile/h) must
conform the severe driving condition.
*3 : This maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. It is
applicable only when using a qualified fuel <"EN590 or
equivalent">. If the diesel fuel specifications don't meet the
EN590, it must be replaced more frequently. HYUNDAI recommends "every 7,500km inspection, every 15,000km
replacement". If there are some important safety matters
like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting
problem etc., we recommend replacing the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consulting
with an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details
*4 : The engine oil level should be checked regularly and maintained properly. Operating with an insufficient amount of oil
can damage the engine, and such damage is not covered
by warranty.
*5 : Manual transaxle should be changed anytime they have
been submerged in water.
*6 : When adding coolant, use only deionized water or soft
water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the
coolant filled at the factory. An improper coolant mixture can
result in serious malfunction or engine damage.
*7 : Inspect drive belt tentioner, idler and alternator pulley and if
necessary replace.
*8 : For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it's interval
when you do maintenance of other items.
7 21
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - FOR DIESEL ENGINE (CONT.)
15,000 km (10,000 miles) or 12months
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter - Except Middle East
30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24months
❑ Replace engine oil and filter *1 *2 *4
(Every 10,000 km (6,500 miles) or 12months)
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter - Except Middle East
❑ Inspect air conditioner refrigerant/compressor (if equipped)
❑ Inspect battery condition
❑ Inspect brake lines, hoses and connections
❑ Inspect brake/clutch(if equipped) fluid
❑ Inspect disc brakes and pads
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Inspect exhaust system
❑ Inspect front suspension ball joints
❑ Inspect fuel lines, hoses and connections
❑ Inspect fuel filter cartridge *3
❑ Inspect parking brake
❑ Inspect steering gear rack, linkage and boots
❑ Inspect tire (pressure & tread wear)
❑ Replace air cleaner filter - For Middle East
❑ Replace climate control air filter
❑ Replace engine oil and filter *1 *2 *4
(Every 10,000 km (6,500 miles) or 12months)
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
replace.
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
replace.
❑ Inspect air conditioner refrigerant/compressor (if equipped)
❑ Inspect battery condition
❑ Inspect brake lines, hoses and connections
❑ Inspect brake/clutch (if equipped) fluid
❑ Inspect disc brakes and pads
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Inspect exhaust system
❑ Inspect front suspension ball joints
❑ Inspect parking brake
❑ Inspect steering gear rack, linkage and boots
❑ Inspect tire (pressure & tread wear)
❑ Replace air cleaner filter - For Middle East
❑ Replace climate control air filter
7 22
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - FOR DIESEL ENGINE (CONT.)
45,000 km (30,000 miles) or 36months
60,000 km (40,000 miles) or 48months
❑ Inspect air conditioner refrigerant/compressor (if equipped)
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter - Except Middle East
❑ Inspect battery condition
❑ Inspect air conditioner refrigerant/compressor (if equipped)
❑ Inspect brake lines, hoses and connections
❑ Inspect battery condition
❑ Inspect brake/clutch(if equipped) fluid
❑ Inspect brake lines, hoses and connections
❑ Inspect disc brakes and pads
❑ Inspect brake/clutch (if equipped) fluid
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Inspect disc brakes and pads
❑ Inspect exhaust system
❑ Inspect drive belt
(At first, 80,000 km (50,000 miles) or 48 months
after that, every 20,000 km (12,500 miles) or 12 months)
❑ Inspect front suspension ball joints
❑ Inspect parking brake
❑ Inspect steering gear rack, linkage and boots
❑ Inspect tire (pressure & tread wear)
❑ Replace air cleaner filter
❑ Replace climate control air filter
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Inspect exhaust system
❑ Inspect front suspension ball joints
❑ Inspect fuel filler cap
❑ Inspect fuel lines, hoses and connections
❑ Replace engine oil and filter *1 *2 *4
(Every 10,000 km (6,500 miles) or 12months)
❑ Inspect parking brake
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
replace.
❑ Inspect tire (pressure & tread wear)
❑ Inspect steering gear rack, linkage and boots
❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid *5 (if equipped)
❑ Inspect dual clutch transmission fluid (if equipped)
(Continued)
7 23
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - FOR DIESEL ENGINE (CONT.)
(Continued)
75,000 km (50,000 miles) or 60months
❑ Replace air cleaner filter - For Middle East
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter - Except Middle East
❑ Replace climate control air filter
❑ Inspect air conditioner refrigerant/compressor (if equipped)
❑ Replace fuel filter cartridge *
❑ Inspect battery condition
❑ Replace engine oil and filter *1 *2 *4
(Every 10,000 km (6,500 miles) or 12months)
❑ Inspect brake lines, hoses and connections
3
❑ Inspect cooling system
(At first, 60,000 km (40,000 miles) or 48months
after that, every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24 months)
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
replace.
❑ Inspect brake/clutch(if equipped) fluid
❑ Inspect disc brakes and pads
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Inspect exhaust system
❑ Inspect front suspension ball joints
❑ Inspect parking brake
❑ Inspect steering gear rack, linkage and boots
❑ Inspect tire (pressure & tread wear)
❑ Replace air cleaner filter - For Middle East
❑ Replace climate control air filter
❑ Replace engine oil and filter *1 *2 *4
(Every 10,000 km (6,500 miles) or 12months)
❑ Inspect drive belt *7
(At first, 80,000 km (50,000 miles) or 48months
after that, every 20,000 km (12,500 miles) or 12months)
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
replace.
7 24
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - FOR DIESEL ENGINE (CONT.)
90,000 km (60,000 miles) or 72months
❑ Inspect air conditioner refrigerant/compressor (if equipped)
❑ Inspect battery condition
❑ Inspect brake lines, hoses and connections
❑ Inspect brake/clutch(if equipped) fluid
❑ Inspect disc brakes and pads
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Inspect exhaust system
❑ Inspect front suspension ball joints
❑ Inspect fuel filter cartridge *3
❑ Inspect fuel lines, hoses and connections
❑ Inspect parking brake
❑ Inspect steering gear rack, linkage and boots
❑ Inspect tire (pressure & tread wear)
❑ Replace air cleaner filter
❑ Replace climate control air filter
❑ Inspect cooling system
(At first, 60,000 km (40,000 miles) or 48months
after that, every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24months)
❑ Replace engine oil and filter *1 *2 *4
(Every 10,000 km (6,500 miles) or 12months)
❑ Inspect drive belt *7
(At first, 80,000 km (50,000 miles) or 48months
after that, every 20,000 km (12,500 miles) or 12months)
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
replace.
105,000 km (70,000 miles) or 84months
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter - Except Middle East
❑ Inspect air conditioner refrigerant/compressor (if equipped)
❑ Inspect battery condition
❑ Inspect brake lines, hoses and connections
❑ Inspect brake/clutch(if equipped) fluid
❑ Inspect disc brakes and pads
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Inspect exhaust system
❑ Inspect front suspension ball joints
❑ Inspect parking brake
❑ Inspect steering gear rack, linkage and boots
❑ Inspect tire (pressure & tread wear)
❑ Replace air cleaner filter - For Middle East
❑ Replace climate control air filter
❑ Replace engine oil and filter *1 *2 *4
(Every 10,000 km (6,500 miles) or 12months)
❑ Inspect drive belt *7
(At first, 80,000 km (50,000 miles) or 48months
after that, every 20,000 km (12,500 miles) or 12months)
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
replace.
7 25
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - FOR DIESEL ENGINE (CONT.)
120,000 km (80,000 miles) or 96months
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter - Except Middle East
❑ Inspect air conditioner refrigerant/compressor (if equipped)
❑ Inspect battery condition
❑ Inspect brake lines, hoses and connections
❑ Inspect brake/clutch(if equipped) fluid
❑ Inspect disc brakes and pads
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Inspect exhaust system
❑ Inspect front suspension ball joints
❑ Inspect fuel filler cap
❑ Inspect fuel lines, hoses and connections
❑ Inspect parking brake
❑ Inspect steering gear rack, linkage and boots
❑ Inspect tire (pressure & tread wear)
❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid *5 (if equipped)
❑ Inspect dual clutch transmission fluid (if equipped)
❑ Replace air cleaner filter - For Middle East
❑ Replace climate control air filter
❑ Replace fuel filter cartridge *3
❑ Replace coolant *6
(At first, 210,000 km (120,000 miles) or 120months
after that, every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24months *8)
(Continued)
7 26
(Continued)
❑ Replace engine oil and filter *1 *2 *4
(Every 10,000 km (6,500 miles) or 12months)
❑ Inspect cooling system
(At first, 60,000 km (40,000 miles) or 48months
after that, every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24months)
❑ Inspect drive belt *7
(At first, 80,000 km (50,000 miles) or 48months
after that, every 20,000 km (12,500 miles) or 12months)
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
replace.
No check, No service required
❑ Automatic transaxle fluid
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS - FOR DIESEL ENGINE
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions.
Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.
R : Replace
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace
Maintenance item
Maintenance
operation
Maintenance intervals
Driving condition
Every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or
6 months
Replace more frequently
depending on the condition
A, B, C, F, G,
H, I, J, K, L
Engine oil and engine oil filter
R
Air cleaner filter
R
Manual transaxle fluid (if equipped)
R
Every 120,000 km (80,000 miles)
C, D, E, F, G, H, I, K
Automatic transaxle fluid (if equipped)
R
Every 100,000 km (62,000 miles)
A, C, D, E, F,
G, H, I, K
Dual clutch transmission fluid (if equipped)
R
Every 120,000 km (80,000 miles)
C, D, E, F, G, H, I, K
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots
I
Front suspension ball joints
I
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
C, E
C, D, E, F, G
C, D, E, F, G
7 27
Maintenance
Maintenance item
Maintenance
operation
Disc brakes and pads, calipers and rotors
I
Parking brake
I
Driveshaft and boots
I
Climate control air filter
R
SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS
A : Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 8 km (5
miles) in normal temperature or less than 16 km (10 miles)
in freezing temperature.
B : Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances.
C : Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or saltspread roads.
D : Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive
materials or in very cold weather
7 28
Maintenance intervals
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
Replace more frequently
depending on the condition
Driving condition
C, D, E, G, H
C, D, G, H
C, D, E, F,
G, H, I, K
C, E, G
E : Driving in sandy areas
F : More than 50 % driving in heavy city traffic during hot
weather above 32 °C (90 °F)
G : Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roads.
H : Towing a trailer or using a camper on roof rack.
I : Driving for patrol car, taxi, commercial car or vehicle towing.
J : Driving in very cold weather.
K : Driving over 170 km/h (106 mile/h).
L : Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions.
Maintenance
EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS
Engine oil and filter
Fuel filter
The engine oil and filter should be
changed at the intervals specified in the
maintenance schedule. If the car is being
driven in severe conditions, more frequent oil and filter changes are required.
A clogged filter can limit the speed at
which the vehicle may be driven, damage
the emission system and cause multiple
issues such as hard starting. If an excessive amount of foreign matter accumulates in the fuel tank, the filter may
require replacement more frequently.
After installing a new filter, run the engine
for several minutes, and check for leaks
at the connections. We recommend that
fuel filters be installed by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Drive belts
Inspect all drive belts for evidence of
cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil saturation and replace if necessary. Drive
belts should be checked periodically for
proper tension and adjusted as necessary.
CAUTION
When you are inspecting the belt,
place the ignition switch in the
LOCK/OFF or ACC position.
Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections
Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections for leakage and damage. We
recommend that any damaged or leaking
parts be replaced by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer immediately.
WARNING - Diesel only
Never work on injection system
with engine running or within 30
seconds after shutting off engine.
High pressure pump, rail, injectors
and high pressure pipes are subject to high pressure even after the
engine stopped. The fuel jet produced by fuel leaks may cause serious injury, if it touch the body.
People using pacemakers should
not move than 30cm closer to the
ECU or wiring harness within the
engine room while engine is running, since the high currents in the
Common Rail system produce considerable magnetic fields.
7 29
Maintenance
Vapor hose and fuel filler cap
Air cleaner filter
The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should
be inspected at those intervals specified
in the maintenance schedule. Make sure
that a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is
correctly replaced.
We recommend that you use parts for
replacement from an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Vacuum crankcase ventilation
hoses (if equipped)
Inspect the surface of hoses for evidence
of heat and/or mechanical damage. Hard
and brittle rubber, cracking, tears, cuts,
abrasions, and excessive swelling indicate deterioration. Particular attention
should be paid to examine those hose
surfaces nearest to high heat sources,
such as the exhaust manifold.
Inspect the hose routing to assure that
the hoses do not come in contact with
any heat source, sharp edges or moving
component which might cause heat damage or mechanical wear. Inspect all hose
connections, such as clamps and couplings, to make sure they are secure, and
that no leaks are present. Hoses should
be replaced immediately if there is any
evidence of deterioration or damage.
7 30
Spark plugs (for gasoline engine)
Make sure to install new spark plugs of
the correct heat range.
WARNING
Do not disconnect and inspect
spark plugs when the engine is hot.
You may burn yourself.
Valve clearance
(for 1.6 gasoline engine)
Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or
engine vibration and adjust if necessary.
We recommend that the valve clearance
be serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Cooling system
Check cooling system components, such
as radiator, coolant reservoir, hoses and
connections for leakage and damage.
Replace any damaged parts.
Coolant
The coolant should be changed at the
intervals specified in the maintenance
schedule.
Maintenance
Manual transaxle fluid
(if equipped)
Inspect the manual transaxle fluid
according to the maintenance schedule.
Automatic transaxle fluid
(if equipped)
Automatic transaxle fluid should not be
checked under normal usage conditions.
But in severe conditions, we recommend
that the fluid be replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer in accordance to
the scheduled maintenance at the beginning of this chapter.
Dual clutch transmission fluid
(if equipped)
Inspect the dual clutch transmission
fluid according to the maintenance
schedule.
Brake hoses and lines
✽ NOTICE
Brake fluid
Automatic transaxle/dual clutch transmission fluid color is basically red.
As the vehicle is driven, the automatic
transaxle/dual clutch transmission fluid
will begin to look darker.
It is normal condition and you should
not judge the need to replace the fluid
based upon the changed color.
CAUTION
Visually check for proper installation,
chafing, cracks, deterioration and any
leakage. Replace any deteriorated or
damaged parts immediately.
Check brake fluid level in the brake fluid
reservoir. The level should be between
“MIN” (Minimum) and “MAX” (Maximum)
marks on the side of the reservoir. Use
only hydraulic brake fluid conforming to
DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification.
Parking brake
Inspect the parking brake system including the parking brake pedal and cables.
The use of a non-specified fluid
could result in transaxle malfunction and failure.
Use only specified automatic
transaxle/dual clutch transmission
fluid. (Refer to “Recommended
lubricants and capacities” in section 8.)
7 31
Maintenance
Brake discs, pads, calipers and
rotors
Steering gear box, linkage &
boots/lower arm ball joint
Check the pads for excessive wear, discs
for run out and wear, and calipers for fluid
leakage.
For more information on checking the
pads or lining wear limit, refer to the
Hyundai web site.
(http://brakemanual.hmc.co.kr)
With the vehicle stopped and engine off,
check for excessive free-play in the
steering wheel.
Check the linkage for bends or damage.
Check the dust boots and ball joints for
deterioration, cracks, or damage.
Replace any damaged parts.
Suspension mounting bolts
Drive shafts and boots
Check the suspension connections for
looseness or damage. Retighten to the
specified torque.
Check the drive shafts, boots and clamps
for cracks, deterioration, or damage.
Replace any damaged parts and, if necessary, repack the grease.
Air conditioning refrigerant
(if equipped)
Check the air conditioning lines and connections for leakage and damage.
7 32
Maintenance
ENGINE OIL
■ Gasoline engine
■ Gasoline engine
WARNING - Radiator hose
Be very careful not to touch the
radiator hose when checking or
adding the engine oil as it may be
hot enough to burn you.
5. Pull the dipstick out again and check
the level. The level should be between
F (Full) and L (Low).
OGDE071003
■ Diesel engine
OGD071005
CAUTION
■ Diesel engine
• Do not spill engine oil, when
adding or changing engine oil. If
you drop the engine oil on the
engine room, wipe it off immediately.
• When you wipe the oil level gauge,
you should wipe it with a clean
cloth. When mixed with debris, it
can cause engine damage.
OGD075004K
Checking the engine oil level
1. Be sure the vehicle is on level ground.
2. Start the engine and allow it to reach
normal operating temperature.
3. Turn the engine off and wait for a few
minutes (about 5 minutes) for the oil to
return to the oil pan.
4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, and
reinsert it fully.
OGD075006K
If it is near or at L (Low), add enough oil to
bring the level to F (Full). Do not overfill.
Use a funnel to help prevent oil from
being spilled on engine components.
7 33
Maintenance
Use only the specified engine oil. (Refer
to “Recommended lubricants and capacities” in section 8.)
WARNING
Used engine oil may cause skin irritation or cancer if left in contact
with the skin for prolonged periods
of time. Used engine oil contains
chemicals that have caused cancer
in laboratory animals. Always protect your skin by washing your
hands thoroughly with soap and
warm water as soon as possible
after handling used oil.
CAUTION
Do not overfill the engine oil. It may
damage the engine.
Changing the engine oil and filter
We recommend that the engine oil and
filter be replaced by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer according to the
Maintenance Schedule at the beginning
of this section.
7 34
Maintenance
ENGINE COOLANT
The high-pressure cooling system has a
reservoir filled with year-round antifreeze
coolant. The reservoir is filled at the factory.
Check the antifreeze protection and
coolant level at least once a year, at the
beginning of the winter season, and
before traveling to a colder climate.
CAUTION
• When the engine overheats from
low engine coolant, suddenly
adding engine coolant may cause
cracks in the engine. To prevent
damage, add engine coolant
slowly in small quantities.
• Do not drive with no engine
coolant. It may cause water pump
failure and engine seizure, etc.
Checking the coolant level
WARNING
Removing radiator
cap
• Never attempt to remove the radiator cap while the engine is operating or hot. Doing so might lead
to cooling system and engine
damage and could result in serious personal injury from escaping hot coolant or steam.
• Turn the engine off and wait until
it cools down. Use extreme care
when removing the radiator cap.
Wrap a thick towel around it, and
turn it counterclockwise slowly to
the first stop. Step back while the
pressure is released from the
cooling system. When you are
sure all the pressure has been
released, press down on the cap,
using a thick towel, and continue
turning counterclockwise to
remove it.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Even if the engine is not operating, do not remove the radiator
cap or the drain plug while the
engine and radiator are hot. Hot
coolant and steam may still blow
out under pressure, causing serious injury.
WARNING
The electric motor (cooling fan) is controlled by
engine coolant temperature, refrigerant pressure and vehicle speed.
It may sometimes operate even
when the engine is not running.
Use extreme caution when working
near the blades of the cooling fan
so that you are not injured by a
rotating fan blades. As the engine
coolant temperature decreases, the
electric motor will automatically
shut off. This is a normal condition.
If your vehicle is equipped with
GDI, the electric motor (cooling fan)
may operate until you disconnect
the negative battery cable.
7 35
Maintenance
If the coolant level is low, add enough
distilled (deionized) water (except Middle
East) or add enough pre-mixed coolant
(for Middle East). Bring the level to F
(Full), but do not overfill. If frequent additions are required, we recommend that
the cooling system be inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
■ Gasoline engine
OGD071007
■ Diesel engine
Recommended engine coolant
• Use only soft (distilled) water in the
coolant mixture.
• The engine in your vehicle has aluminum engine parts and must be protected by an ethylene-glycol with phosphate based coolant to prevent corrosion and freezing.
• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol
coolant or mix them with the specified
coolant.
• Do not use a solution that contains
more than 60% antifreeze or less than
35% antifreeze, which would reduce
the effectiveness of the solution.
For mixture percentage, refer to the following table.
OGD071008
Check the condition and connections of
all cooling system hoses and heater
hoses. Replace any swollen or deteriorated hoses.
The coolant level should be filled
between F (Full) and L (Low) marked on
the side of the coolant reservoir when the
engine is cool.
7 36
Ambient
Temperature
-15°C (5°F)
-25°C (-13°F)
-35°C (-31°F)
-45°C (-49°F)
Mixture Percentage
(volume)
Antifreeze
35
40
50
60
Water
65
60
50
40
Maintenance
Changing the coolant
We recommend that the coolant be
replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer according to the Maintenance
Schedule at the beginning of this section.
CAUTION
OMD072005
WARNING
Radiator cap
Do not remove the radiator cap
when the engine and radiator are
hot. Scalding hot coolant and
steam may blow out under pressure causing serious injury.
Put a thick cloth or fabric around
the radiator cap before refilling the
coolant in order to prevent the
coolant from overflowing into
engine parts such as the alternator.
WARNING - Coolant
• Do not use radiator coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir.
• Radiator coolant can severely
obscure visibility when sprayed
on the windshield and may cause
loss of vehicle control or damage
to paint and body trim.
7 37
Maintenance
BRAKE/CLUTCH FLUID (IF EQUIPPED)
If the fluid level is excessively low, we
recommend that the brake system be
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Use only the specified brake/clutch fluid.
(Refer to “Recommended lubricants or
capacities” in section 8.)
Never mix different types of fluid.
WARNING - Loss of brake
OGD071009
Checking the brake/clutch fluid
level
Check the fluid level in the reservoir periodically. The fluid level should be
between MAX (Maximum) and MIN
(Minimum) marks on the side of the
reservoir.
Before removing the reservoir cap and
adding brake/clutch fluid, clean the area
around the reservoir cap thoroughly to
prevent brake/clutch fluid contamination.
If the level is low, add fluid to the MAX
(Maximum) level. The level will fall with
accumulated mileage. This is a normal
condition associated with the wear of the
brake linings and/or clutch disc (if
equipped).
7 38
fluid
In the event the brake system
requires frequent additions of fluid,
we recommend that the vehicle be
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
✽ NOTICE
Before removing the brake/clutch filler
cap, read the warning on the cap.
WARNING
Clean filler cap before removing.
Use only DOT3 or DOT4 brake/
clutch fluid from a sealed container.
WARNING - Brake/clutch
fluid
When changing and adding
brake/clutch fluid, handle it carefully. Do not let it come in contact with
your eyes. If brake/clutch fluid
come in contact with your eyes,
immediately flush them with a large
quantity of fresh tap water. Have
your eyes examined by a doctor as
soon as possible.
CAUTION
Do not allow brake/clutch fluid to
contact the vehicle's body paint, as
paint damage will result.
Brake/clutch fluid, which has been
exposed to open air for an extended
time should never be used as its
quality cannot be guaranteed. It
should be properly disposed. Don't
put in the wrong kind of fluid. A few
drops of mineral-based oil, such as
engine oil, in your brake/clutch system can damage brake/clutch system parts.
Maintenance
WASHER FLUID
PARKING BRAKE - HAND TYPE
WARNING - Coolant
OGD071010
Checking the washer fluid level
Check the fluid level in the washer fluid
reservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plain
water may be used if washer fluid is not
available. However, use washer solvent
with antifreeze characteristics in cold climates to prevent freezing.
• Do not use radiator coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir.
• Radiator coolant can severely
obscure visibility when sprayed
on the windshield and may cause
loss of vehicle control or damage
to the paint and body trim.
• Windshield washer fluid agents
contain some amounts of alcohol
and can be flammable under certain circumstances. Do not allow
sparks or flame come in contact
with the washer fluid or the washer fluid reservoir. Damage to the
vehicle or occupants could
occur.
• Windshield washer fluid is poisonous to humans and animals.
Do not drink and avoid coming in
contact with the windshield washer fluid. Serious injury or death
could occur.
OMD050014
Checking the parking brake
Check the stroke of the parking brake by
counting the number of “clicks’’ heard
while fully applying it from the released
position. Also, the parking brake alone
should securely hold the vehicle on a fairly steep grade. If the stroke is more or
less than specified, we recommend that
the parking brake be adjusted by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Stroke : 6~8 “clicks’’ at a force of
20 kg (44 lbs, 196 N).
7 39
Maintenance
FUEL FILTER (FOR DIESEL)
Draining water from fuel filter
The fuel filter for diesel engine plays an
important role of separating water from
fuel and accumulating the water in its
bottom.
If water accumulates in the fuel filter, the
warning light comes on when the ignition
switch is in the ON position.
If this warning light illuminates,
we recommend that you have
the water drained and the system checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
CAUTION
If the water accumulated in the fuel
filter is not drained at proper times,
damages to the major parts such as
the fuel system can be caused by
water permeation in the fuel filter.
7 40
Maintenance
AIR CLEANER
Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule.
If the vehicle is operated in extremely
dusty or sandy areas, replace the element more often than the usual recommended
intervals.
(Refer
to
“Maintenance under severe usage conditions” in this section.)
CAUTION
OMD070011
OMD070012
You can clean the filter when inspecting
the air cleaner element.
Clean the filter by using compressed air.
2. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner.
3. Replace the air cleaner filter.
4. Lock the cover with the cover attaching
clips.
Filter replacement
1. Loosen the air cleaner cover attaching
clips and open the cover.
• Do not drive with the air cleaner
removed; this will result in excessive engine wear.
• When removing the air cleaner filter, be careful that dust or dirt
does not enter the air intake, or
damage may result.
• We recommend that you use
parts for replacement from an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
7 41
Maintenance
CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER
Filter inspection
If the vehicle is operated in the severely
air-polluted cities or on dusty rough
roads for a long period, it should be
inspected more frequently and replaced
earlier. When you, the owner, replace the
climate control air filter, replace it performing the following procedure, and be
careful to avoid damaging other components.
Replace the filter according to the maintenance Schedule.
OGD071012
Filter replacement
1. Open the glove box. Remove the stoppers on both sides.
7 42
OGD071013
2. Remove the support strap (1).
Maintenance
OGD071014
OHG075041
3. Remove the climate control air filter
cover while pressing the lock on the
both side of the cover.
4. Replace the climate control air filter.
5. Reassemble in the reverse order of
disassembly.
✽ NOTICE
Install a new climate control air filter in
the correct direction with the arrow
symbol(↓) facing downwards.
Otherwise, the climate control effects
may decrease, possibly with a noise.
7 43
Maintenance
WIPER BLADES
Contamination of either the windshield or
the wiper blades with foreign matter can
reduce the effectiveness of the windshield wipers. Common sources of contamination are insects, tree sap, and hot
wax treatments used by some commercial car washes. If the blades are not wiping properly, clean both the window and
the blades with a good cleaner or mild
detergent, and rinse thoroughly with
clean water.
1JBA5122
Blade inspection
✽ NOTICE
Commercial hot waxes applied by automatic car washes have been known to
make the windshield difficult to clean.
7 44
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, do not use gasoline,
kerosene, paint thinner, or other
solvents on or near them.
Blade replacement
When the wipers no longer clean adequately, the blades may be worn or
cracked, and require replacement.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the wiper
arms or other components, do not
attempt to move the wipers manually.
CAUTION
The use of a non-specified wiper
blade could result in wiper malfunction and failure.
Maintenance
1JBA7037
OHM078059
1LDA5023
Front windshield wiper blade
Type A
1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiper
blade assembly to expose the plastic
locking clip.
Type B
1. Raise the wiper arm.
CAUTION
Do not allow the wiper arm to fall
against the windshield, since it may
chip or crack the windshield.
CAUTION
Do not allow the wiper arm to fall
against the windshield, since it may
chip or crack the windshield.
1JBA7038
2. Compress the clip and slide the blade
assembly downward.
3. Lift it off the arm.
4. Install the blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal.
7 45
Maintenance
OHM078060
OHM078061
2. Lift up the wiper blade clip. Then pull
down the blade assembly and remove
it.
3. Install the new blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal.
7 46
OGD071041
OGD071042
Rear window wiper blade
1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out the
wiper blade assembly.
2. Install the new blade assembly by
inserting the center part into the slot in
the wiper arm until it clicks into place.
3. Make sure the blade assembly is
installed firmly by trying to pull it slightly.
To prevent damage to the wiper arms or
other components, we recommend that
the wiper blade be replaced by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Maintenance
BATTERY
✽ NOTICE
OGD071015
For best battery service
• Keep the battery securely mounted.
• Keep the battery top clean and dry.
• Keep the terminals and connections
clean, tight, and coated with petroleum
jelly or terminal grease.
• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from the
battery immediately with a solution of
water and baking soda.
• If the vehicle is not going to be used for
an extended time, disconnect the battery cables.
Basically equipped battery is maintenance free type. If your vehicle is
equipped with the battery marked with
LOWER and UPPER on the side, you
can check the electrolyte level. The electrolyte level should be between LOWER
and UPPER. If the electrolyte level is
low, it needs to add distilled (demineralized) water (Never add sulfuric acid or
other electrolyte). When refill, be careful not to splash the battery and adjacent components. And do not overfill the
battery cells. It can cause corrosion on
other parts. After then ensure that tighten the cell caps. We recommend that you
contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING - Battery
dangers
Always read the following
instructions carefully when
handling a battery.
Keep lighted cigarettes
and all other flames or
sparks away from the battery.
Hydrogen, a highly combustible gas, is always
present in battery cells and
may explode if ignited.
Keep batteries out of the
reach of children because
batteries contain highly
corrosive SULFURIC ACID.
Do not allow battery acid to
contact your skin, eyes,
clothing or paint finish.
If any electrolyte gets into
your eyes, flush your eyes
with clean water for at least
15 minutes and get immediate medical attention.
(Continued)
7 47
Maintenance
(Continued)
If electrolyte gets on your
skin, thoroughly wash the
contacted area. If you feel a
pain or a burning sensation, get medical attention
immediately.
Wear eye protection when
charging or working near a
battery. Always provide
ventilation when working
in an enclosed space.
Pb
An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and
human health.
Dispose the battery according to your local law(s) or
regulation.
The battery contains lead.
Do not dispose of it after
use. Please return the battery to an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer to be recycled.
(Continued)
7 48
(Continued)
• When lifting a plastic-cased battery, excessive pressure on the
case may cause battery acid to
leak, resulting in personal injury.
Lift with a battery carrier or with
your hands on opposite corners.
• Never attempt to recharge the
battery when the battery cables
are connected.
• The electrical ignition system
works with high voltage. Never
touch these components with the
engine running or the ignition
switched on.
Failure to follow the above warnings can result in serious bodily
injury or death.
CAUTION
If you connect unauthorized electronic devices to the battery, the
battery may be discharged. Never
use unauthorized devices.
■ Example
OJD072039
❈ The actual battery label in the vehicle
may differ from the illustration.
Battery capacity label
1. CMF60L-BCI : The HYUNDAI model
name of battery
2. 12V : The nominal voltage
3. 60Ah(20HR) : The nominal capacity
(in Ampere hours)
4. 92RC : The nominal reserve capacity
(in min.)
5. 550CCA : The cold-test current in
amperes by SAE
6. 440A : The cold-test current in
amperes by EN
Maintenance
Battery recharging
Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,
calcium-based battery.
• If the battery becomes discharged in a
short time (because, for example, the
headlights or interior lights were left on
while the vehicle was not in use),
recharge it by slow charging (trickle)
for 10 hours.
• If the battery gradually discharges
because of high electric load while the
vehicle is being used, recharge it at 2030A for two hours.
WARNING - Recharging
battery
When recharging the battery,
observe the following precautions:
• The battery must be removed
from the vehicle and placed in an
area with good ventilation.
• Do not allow cigarettes, sparks,
or flame near the battery.
• Watch the battery during charging, and stop or reduce the charging rate if the battery cells begin
gassing (boiling) violently or if
the temperature of the electrolyte
of any cell exceeds 49°C (120°F).
• Wear eye protection when checking the battery during charging.
• Disconnect the battery charger in
the following order.
1. Turn off the battery charger main
switch.
2. Unhook the negative clamp from
the negative battery terminal.
3. Unhook the positive clamp from
the positive battery terminal.
WARNING
• Before performing maintenance
or recharging the battery, turn off
all accessories and stop the
engine.
• The negative battery cable must
be removed first and installed
last when the battery is disconnected.
Reset items
Items should be reset after the battery
has been discharged or the battery has
been disconnected.
• Auto up/down window (See section 4)
• Sunroof (See section 4)
• Trip computer (See section 4)
• Climate control system
(See section 4)
• Audio (See section 4)
7 49
Maintenance
TIRES AND WHEELS
Tire care
For proper maintenance, safety, and
maximum fuel economy, you must
always maintain recommended tire
inflation pressures and stay within
the load limits and weight distribution
recommended for your vehicle.
Recommended cold tire inflation
pressures
All tire pressures (including the
spare) should be checked when the
tires are cold. “Cold Tires” means the
vehicle has not been driven for at
least three hours or driven less than
1.6 km (one mile).
Recommended pressures must be
maintained for the best ride, top vehicle handling, and minimum tire wear.
For recommended inflation pressure,
refer to “Tire and wheels” in section
8.
7 50
CAUTION
OMD060012N
All specifications (sizes and pressures) can be found on a label
attached to the vehicle.
WARNING - Tire underinflation
Severe underinflation (70 kPa
(10 psi) or more) can lead to
severe heat build-up, causing
blowouts, tread separation and
other tire failures that can result
in the loss of vehicle control
leading to severe injury or
death. This risk is much higher
on hot days and when driving
for long periods at high speeds.
• Underinflation also results in
excessive wear, poor handling
and reduced fuel economy.
Wheel deformation also is
possible. Keep your tire pressures at the proper levels. If a
tire frequently needs refilling,
we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Overinflation produces a
harsh ride, excessive wear at
the center of the tire tread, and
a greater possibility of damage from road hazards.
Maintenance
CAUTION
• Warm tires normally exceed
recommended cold tire pressures by 28 to 41 kPa (4 to 6
psi). Do not release air from
warm tires to adjust the pressure or the tires will be underinflated.
• Be sure to reinstall the tire
inflation valve caps. Without
the valve cap, dirt or moisture
could get into the valve core
and cause air leakage. If a
valve cap is missing, install a
new one as soon as possible.
WARNING - Tire Inflation
Overinflation or underinflation
can reduce tire life, adversely
affect vehicle handling, and
lead to sudden tire failure. This
could result in loss of vehicle
control and potential injury.
CAUTION - Tire pressure
Always observe the following:
• Check tire pressure when the
tires are cold. (After vehicle
has been parked for at least
three hours or hasn't been
driven more than 1.6 km (one
mile) since startup.)
• Check the pressure of your
spare tire each time you check
the pressure of other tires.
• Never overload your vehicle.
Be careful not to overload a
vehicle luggage rack if your
vehicle is equipped with one.
• Worn, old tires can cause accidents. If your tread is badly
worn, or if your tires have
been damaged, replace them.
Checking tire inflation pressure
Check your tires once a month or
more.
Also, check the tire pressure of the
spare tire.
How to check
Use a good quality gage to check tire
pressure. You can not tell if your tires
are properly inflated simply by looking at them. Radial tires may look
properly inflated even when they're
underinflated.
Check the tire's inflation pressure
when the tires are cold. - "Cold"
means your vehicle has been sitting
for at least three hours or driven no
more than 1.6 km (1 mile).
7 51
Maintenance
Remove the valve cap from the tire
valve stem. Press the tire gage firmly onto the valve to get a pressure
measurement. If the cold tire inflation
pressure matches the recommended
pressure on the tire and loading
information label, no further adjustment is necessary. If the pressure is
low, add air until you reach the recommended amount.
If you overfill the tire, release air by
pushing on the metal stem in the
center of the tire valve. Recheck the
tire pressure with the tire gage. Be
sure to put the valve caps back on
the valve stems. They help prevent
leaks by keeping out dirt and moisture.
7 52
WARNING
• Inspect your tires frequently
for proper inflation as well as
wear and damage. Always use
a tire pressure gauge.
• Tires with too much or too little
pressure wear unevenly causing poor handling, loss of vehicle control, and sudden tire
failure leading to accidents,
injuries, and even death. The
recommended cold tire pressure for your vehicle can be
found in this manual and on
the tire label located on the driver's side center pillar.
• Worn tires can cause accidents. Replace tires that are
worn, show uneven wear, or
are damaged.
• Remember to check the pressure of your spare tire.
HYUNDAI recommends that
you check the spare every
time you check the pressure
of the other tires on your vehicle.
Tire rotation
To equalize tread wear, it is recommended that the tires be rotated
every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or
sooner if irregular wear develops.
During rotation, check the tires for
correct balance.
When rotating tires, check for uneven
wear and damage. Abnormal wear is
usually caused by incorrect tire pressure, improper wheel alignment, outof-balance wheels, severe braking or
severe cornering. Look for bumps or
bulges in the tread or side of tire.
Replace the tire if you find either of
these conditions. Replace the tire if
fabric or cord is visible. After rotation,
be sure to bring the front and rear tire
pressures to specification and check
lug nut tightness.
Refer to “Tire and wheels” in section
8.
Maintenance
Disc brake pads should be inspected
for wear whenever tires are rotated.
With a full-size spare tire (if equipped)
✽ NOTICE
Rotate radial tires that have an
asymmetric tread pattern only from
front to rear and not from right to
left.
CBGQ0706
Without a spare tire
WARNING
CBGQ0707
Directional tires (if equipped)
• Do not use the compact spare
tire for tire rotation.
• Do not mix bias ply and radial
ply tires under any circumstances. This may cause
unusual handling characteristics that could result in death,
severe injury, or property
damage.
Wheel alignment and tire balance
The wheels on your vehicle were
aligned and balanced carefully at the
factory to give you the longest tire life
and best overall performance.
In most cases, you will not need to
have your wheels aligned again.
However, if you notice unusual tire
wear or your vehicle pulling one way
or the other, the alignment may need
to be reset.
If you notice your vehicle vibrating
when driving on a smooth road, your
wheels may need to be rebalanced.
CAUTION
Improper wheel weights can
damage your vehicle's aluminum wheels. Use only
approved wheel weights.
CBGQ0707A
7 53
Maintenance
CAUTION
Tread wear indicator
OEN076053
Tire replacement
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear
indicator will appear as a solid band
across the tread. This shows there is
less than 1.6 mm (1/16 inch) of tread
left on the tire. Replace the tire when
this happens.
Do not wait for the band to appear
across the entire tread before replacing the tire.
7 54
When replacing the tires,
recheck and tighten the wheel
nuts after driving about 1,000 km
(620miles). If the steering wheel
shakes or the vehicle vibrates
while driving, the tire is out of
balance. Align the tire balance. If
the problem is not solved, we
recommend that you contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING - Replacing
tires
• Driving on worn-out tires is
very hazardous and will
reduce braking effectiveness,
steering accuracy, and traction.
• Your vehicle is equipped with
tires designed to provide for
safe ride and handling capability. Do not use a size and
type of tire and wheel that is
different from the one that is
originally installed on your
vehicle. It can affect the safety
and performance of your vehicle, which could lead to handling failure or rollover and
serious injury. When replacing
the tires, be sure to equip all
four tires with the tire and
wheel of the same size, type,
tread, brand and load-carrying
capacity.
(Continued)
Maintenance
(Continued)
• The use of any other tire size
or type may seriously affect
ride, handling, ground clearance, stopping distance, body
to tire clearance, snow tire
clearance, and speedometer
reliability.
• It is best to replace all four
tires at the same time. If that
is not possible, or necessary,
then replace the two front or
two rear tires as a pair.
Replacing just one tire can
seriously affect your vehicle’s
handling.
• The ABS works by comparing
the speed of the wheels. Tire
size can affect wheel speed.
When replacing tires, all 4 tires
must use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle.
Using tires of a different size
can cause the ABS (Anti-lock
Brake System) and ESC
(Electronic Stability Control) to
work irregularly.
Compact spare tire replacement
(if equipped)
A compact spare tire has a shorter
tread life than a regular size tire.
Replace it when you can see the
tread wear indicator bars on the tire.
The replaced compact spare tire
should be the same size and design
tire as the one provided with your
new vehicle and should be mounted
on the same compact spare tire
wheel. The compact spare tire is not
designed to be mounted on a regular
size wheel, and the compact spare
tire wheel is not designed to mount a
regular size tire.
Wheel replacement
When replacing the metal wheels for
any reason, make sure the new
wheels are equivalent to the original
factory units in diameter, rim width
and offset.
WARNING
A wheel that is not the correct
size may adversely affect wheel
and bearing life, braking and
stopping abilities, handling characteristics, ground clearance,
body-to-tire clearance, snow
chain clearance, speedometer
and odometer calibration, headlight aim and bumper height.
7 55
Maintenance
Tire traction
Tire traction can be reduced if you
drive on worn tires, tires that are
improperly inflated or on slippery
road surfaces. Tires should be
replaced when tread wear indicators
appear. Slow down whenever there
is rain, snow or ice on the road, to
reduce the possibility of losing control of the vehicle.
Tire maintenance
In addition to proper inflation, correct
wheel alignment helps decrease tire
wear. If you find a tire worn unevenly,
have your dealer check the wheel
alignment.
When you have new tires installed,
make sure they are balanced. This
will increase vehicle ride comfort and
tire life. Additionally, a tire should
always be rebalanced if it is removed
from the wheel.
7 56
2. Tire size designation
1
5,6
7
4
2
3
1
I030B04JM
Tire sidewall labeling
This information identifies and
describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides
the tire identification number (TIN)
for safety standard certification. The
TIN can be used to identify the tire in
case of a recall.
1. Manufacturer or brand name
Manufacturer or Brand name is
shown.
A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tire
size designation. You will need this
information when selecting replacement tires for your car. The following
explains what the letters and numbers in the tire size designation
mean.
Example tire size designation:
(These numbers are provided as an
example only; your tire size designator could vary depending on your
vehicle.)
P195/65R15 94H
P - Applicable vehicle type (tires
marked with the prefix “P’’ are
intended for use on passenger
cars or light trucks; however, not
all tires have this marking).
195 - Tire width in millimeters.
65 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section
height as a percentage of its
width.
R - Tire construction code (Radial).
15 - Rim diameter in inches.
Maintenance
94 - Load Index, a numerical code
associated with the maximum
load the tire can carry.
H - Speed Rating Symbol. See the
speed rating chart in this section
for additional information.
Wheel size designation
Wheels are also marked with important information that you need if you
ever have to replace one. The following explains what the letters and
numbers in the wheel size designation mean.
Example wheel size designation:
6.0JX15
6.0 - Rim width in inches.
J - Rim contour designation.
15 - Rim diameter in inches.
Tire speed ratings
The chart below lists many of the different speed ratings currently being
used for passenger car tires. The
speed rating is part of the tire size
designation on the sidewall of the
tire. This symbol corresponds to that
tire's designed maximum safe operating speed.
Speed
Rating
Symbol
S
T
H
V
Z
W*
Maximum Speed
180 km/h (112 mph)
190 km/h (118 mph)
210 km/h (130 mph)
240 km/h (149 mph)
Above 240 km/h (149 mph)
270 km/h (168 mph)
* W speed rating is sub-category of the Z
speed rating.
3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire
Identification Number)
Any tires that are over 6 years old,
based on the manufacturing date,
(including the spare tire) should be
replaced by new ones. You can find
the manufacturing date on the tire
sidewall (possibly on the inside of the
wheel), displaying the DOT Code.
The DOT Code is a series of numbers on a tire consisting of numbers
and English letters. The manufacturing date is designated by the last four
digits (characters) of the DOT code.
DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO
The front part of the DOT means a
plant code number, tire size and
tread pattern and the last four numbers indicate week and year manufactured.
For example:
DOT XXXX XXXX 1614 represents
that the tire was produced in the 16th
week of 2014.
7 57
Maintenance
WARNING - Tire age
Tires degrade over time, even
when they are not being used.
Regardless of the remaining
tread, it is recommended that
tires generally be replaced after
six (6) years of normal service.
Heat caused by hot climates or
frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging
process. Failure to follow this
warning could cause sudden
tire failure, which could lead to
a loss of control and an accident involving serious injury or
death.
4. Tire ply composition and material
7. Uniform tire quality grading
The number of layers or plies of rubber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate the
materials in the tire, which include
steel, nylon, polyester, and others.
The letter "R" means radial ply construction; the letter "D" means diagonal or bias ply construction; and the
letter "B" means belted-bias ply construction.
Quality grades can be found where
applicable on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and maximum section width.
For example:
TREAD wear 200
TRACTION AA
TEMPERATURE A
5. Maximum permissible inflation
pressure
This number is the greatest amount
of air pressure that should be put in
the tire. Do not exceed the maximum
permissible inflation pressure. Refer
to the Tire and Loading Information
label for recommended inflation
pressure.
6. Maximum load rating
This number indicates the maximum
load in kilograms and pounds that
can be carried by the tire. When
replacing the tires on the vehicle,
always use a tire that has the same
load rating as the factory installed
tire.
7 58
Tread wear
The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of
the tire when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire
graded 150 would wear one-and-ahalf times (1½) as well on the government course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires
depends upon the actual conditions
of their use, however, and may
depart significantly from the norm
due to variations in driving habits,
service practices and differences in
road characteristics and climate.
Maintenance
These grades are molded on the
side-walls of passenger vehicle tires.
The tires available as standard or
optional equipment on your vehicle
may vary with respect to grade.
Traction - AA, A, B & C
The traction grades, from highest to
lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those
grades represent the tire’s ability to
stop on wet pavement measured
under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of
asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C
may have poor traction performance.
Temperature -A, B & C
The temperature grades are A (the
highest), B, and C, representing the
tire’s resistance to the generation of
heat and its ability to dissipate heat
when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory
test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can
cause the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead to
sudden tire failure. Grades B and A
represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel
than the minimum required by law.
WARNING - Tire
temperature
The temperature grade for this
tire is established for a tire that
is properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive
loading, either separately or in
combination, can cause heat
build-up and sudden tire failure.
This can cause loss of vehicle
control and serious injury or
death.
WARNING
The traction grade assigned to
this tire is based on straightahead braking traction tests,
and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning,
or peak traction characteristics.
7 59
Maintenance
Low aspect ratio tire (if equipped)
Low aspect ratio tires, whose aspect
ratio is lower than 50, are provided
for sporty looks.
Because the low aspect ratio tires
are optimized for handling and braking, it may be more uncomfortable to
ride in and there is more noise compare with normal tires.
7 60
CAUTION
Because the sidewall of the low
aspect ratio tire is shorter than
the normal, the wheel and tire of
the low aspect ratio tire is easier to be damaged. So, follow the
instructions below.
- When driving on a rough road
or off road, drive cautiously
because tires and wheels may
be damaged. And after driving,
inspect tires and wheels.
- When passing over a pothole,
speed bump, manhole, or curb
stone, drive slowly so that the
tires and wheels are not damaged.
- If the tire is impacted, we recommend that you inspect the
tire condition or contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
- To prevent damage to the tire,
inspect the tire condition and
pressure every 3,000km.
CAUTION
• It is not easy to recognize the
tire damage with your own
eyes. But if there is the slightest hint of tire damage, even
though you cannot see the tire
damage with your own eyes,
have the tire checked or
replaced because the tire
damage may cause air leakage from the tire.
• If the tire is damaged by driving on a rough road, off road,
pothole, manhole, or curb
stone, it will not be covered by
the warranty.
• You can find out the tire information on the tire sidewall.
Maintenance
FUSES
■ Blade type
Normal
Blown
■ Cartridge type
Normal
■ Multi fuse
Normal
Normal
Blown
Blown
A vehicle’s electrical system is protected
from electrical overload damage by
fuses.
This vehicle has 2 fuse panels, one located in the driver’s side panel bolster, the
other in the engine compartment near
the battery.
If any of your vehicle’s lights, accessories, or controls do not work, check the
appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse has
blown, the element inside the fuse will be
melted.
If the electrical system does not work,
first check the driver’s side fuse panel.
Before replacing a blown fuse, disconnect the negative battery cable.
Always replace a blown fuse with one of
the same rating.
If the replacement fuse blows, this indicates an electrical problem. Avoid using
the system involved and we recommend
that you consult with an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer immediately.
Three kinds of fuses are used: blade type
for lower amperage rating, cartridge type
and multi fuse for higher amperage ratings.
WARNING - Fuse replacement
• Never replace a fuse with anything but another fuse of the
same rating.
• A higher capacity fuse could
cause damage and possibly a
fire.
• Never install a wire or aluminum
foil instead of the proper fuse even as a temporary repair. It may
cause extensive wiring damage
and a possible fire.
CAUTION
Do not use a screwdriver or any
other metal object to remove fuses
because it may cause a short circuit
and damage the system.
✽ NOTICE
The actual fuse/relay panel label may
differ from equipped items.
Blown
OJC070046D
7 61
Maintenance
CAUTION
• When replacing a blown fuse or
relay with a new one, make sure
the new fuse or relay fits tightly
into the clips. The incomplete fastening fuse or relay may cause
the vehicle wiring and electric
systems damage and a possible
fire.
• Do not remove fuses, relays and
terminals fastened with bolts or
nuts. The fuses, relays and terminals may be fastened incompletely, and it may cause a possible
fire. If fuses, relays and terminals
fastened with bolts or nuts are
blown, consult with an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• Do not input any other objects
except fuses or relays into
fuse/relay terminals such as a
driver or wiring. It may cause contact failure and system malfunction.
7 62
OGD071016
Instrument panel fuse replacement
1. Turn the ignition switch and all other
switches off.
2. Open the fuse panel cover.
OGD071017
3. Pull the suspected fuse straight out.
Use the removal tool provided in the
engine compartment fuse panel.
4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it
is blown.
5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,
and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.
If it fits loosely, we recommend that you
consult with an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
If you do not have a spare, use a fuse of
the same rating from a circuit you may
not need for operating the vehicle, such
as the cigarette lighter fuse.
If the electrical components do not work
and the fuses are OK, check the fuse
panel in the engine compartment. If a
fuse is blown, it must be replaced.
Maintenance
3. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it
is blown. To remove or insert the fuse,
use the fuse puller in the engine compartment fuse panel.
4. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,
and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.
If it fits loosely, we recommend that
you consult with an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
OGD071019
OGDE071018
Diesel only
Fuse switch
Always, put the mode switch at the ON
position.
If you move the switch to the OFF position, some items such as audio and digital clock must be reset and transmitter
(or smart key) may not work properly.
CAUTION
Always place the fuse switch in the
ON position while driving the vehicle.
CAUTION
After checking the fuse panel in the
engine compartment, securely
install the fuse panel cover. If not,
electrical failures may occur from
water leaking in.
OGD071021
Engine compartment panel fuse
replacement
1. Turn the ignition switch and all other
switches off.
2. Remove the fuse box cover by pressing the tab and pulling up the cover.
7 63
Maintenance
OGD071020
OMD070022
Main fuse
If the main fuse is blown, it must be
removed as follows:
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the nuts shown in the picture
above.
3. Replace the fuse with a new one of the
same rating.
4. Reinstall in the reverse order of
removal.
Multi fuse
If the multi fuse is blown, it must be
removed as follows:
1. Remove the fuse panel in the engine
compartment.
2. Remove the nuts shown in the picture
above.
3. Replace the fuse with a new one of the
same rating.
4. Reinstall in the reverse order of
removal.
✽ NOTICE
If the main or multi fuse is blown, we
recommend that you consult with an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
7 64
Maintenance
OGDE071022
Fuse/relay panel description
Inner fuse panel
Inside the fuse/relay panel covers, you
can find the fuse/relay label describing
fuse/relay name and capacity.
✽ NOTICE
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your vehicle. It is accurate at the time of printing.
When you inspect the fuse panel in your
vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.
OGDE075122
7 65
Maintenance
Instrument panel (Driver’s side fuse panel)
No.
Fuse rating
1
20A
2
7.5A
1 MODULE
MODULE 1
Sport Mode Switch
3
7.5A
4 MODULE
MODULE 4
A/C Control Module, Head Lamp Leveling Device Actuator LH/RH, Fuel Filter Warning
Sensor(D4FD), Rear Parking Assist System
4
7.5A
3 MODULE
MODULE 3
Instrument Cluster, BCM, Tire Pressure Monitoring Module, Audio, Driver/Passenger Seat
Warmer Module, ATM Shift Lever IND
5
15A
POWER
OUTLET
POWER
OUTLET
6
10A
HTD MIRR
Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, A/C Control Module, ECU
7
25A
WIPER FRT
ICM Relay Box (Rain Sensor Relay), Multifunction Switch,
E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 7), Front Wiper Motor
8
7.5A
A/CON
9
25A
P/WDW LH
P/WDW LH Relay, Driver Safety Power Window Module (LHD)
10
10A
TAIL GATE
Tail Gate, Rear Camera Open Actuator
11
30A
P/SEAT DRV
12
7.5A
7 66
Symbol
Fuse Name
Protected component
CIGAR LIGHT Console Cigar Light, Rear Power Outlet
2 MODULE
MODULE2
Front Power Outlet
A/C Control Module, E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 4)
Driver Manual Switch
Electric Parking Brake Module, Rear Camera Module, Electro Chromic Mirror
Maintenance
No.
Fuse rating
13
15A
14
15A
15
Symbol
STOP
LAMP
Fuse Name
Protected component
WIPER RR
Rear Wiper Relay, Rear Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch
STOP LAMP
Stop Lamp Switch
25A
P/WDW RH
P/WDW RH Relay, Driver Safety Power Window Module (RHD)
16
7.5A
PDM 2
17
7.5A
5 MODULE
MODULE 5
18
20A
IG1
IG1
19
10A
6 MODULE
MODULE 6
20
7.5A
MDPS
21
20A
DR LOCK
Door Lock/Unlock Relay, ICM Relay BOX (Dead Lock Relay),
Driver/Passenger Door Lock Actuator, Fuel filler actuator, Door Lock Actuator LH/RH
22
10A
INTERIOR
LAMP
INTERIOR
LAMP
Vanity Lamp LH/RH, Overhead Console Lamp, Room Lamp,
Luggage Lamp, DR Warning Switch
23
15A
MULTI
MEDIA
24
15A
Smart Key Control Module, Start/Stop Button Switch,
Ultrasonic Instruction Protection Sensor
EMS BOX (Head Lamp Washer Relay), Ionizer Unit, Panorama Sunroof,
DSL BOX (PTC Relay), E/R Fuse & Relay BOX(RLY. ),
Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer Module
E/R Fuse & Relay Box (Fuse – F)
Outside Mirror Switch, Audio, Navigation Head Unit, Digital Clock
EPS Control Module
MULTI MEDIA Audio, Navigation Head Unit
A/BAG
SRS Control Module
7 67
Maintenance
No.
Fuse rating
Symbol
Fuse Name
25
7.5A
1 MEMORY
MEMORY 1
Instrument Cluster
26
7.5A
A/BAG IND
Instrument Cluster
27
7.5A
PDM 3
Smart Key Control Module, Ultrasonic instrusion Protection Sensor
28
10A
MEMORY 2
Outside Mirror Switch, Tire Pressure Monitoring Module, BCM,
Auto Light & Photo Sensor, OBD, Digital Clock, A/C Control Module
29
25A
PDM 1
Smart Key Control Module
30
7.5A
START
W/O Button Start : E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. ) Ignition Lock Switch, Transaxle Range
Switch
With Button Start : ECM/PCM, Transaxle Range Switch
31
20A
SUNROOF
32
7.5A
BCM
BCM
33
7.5A
A/CON SW
A/CON SW
A/C Control Module
34
7.5A
7 MODULE
MODULE 7
BCM, Smart Key Control Module
35
10A
36
10A
7 68
2 MEMORY
Protected component
Panorama Sunroof
BCM, Smart Key Control Module
FOG LAMP RR Rear Fog Lamp
PUDDLE
LAMP
PUDDLE LAMP Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror
Maintenance
OGD071023
Engine compartment fuse panel
OGDE075123L
7 69
Maintenance
No.
MULTI
FUSE
Fuse rating
Protected component
1
80A
EPS Control Module
2
60A
I/P Junction Box (IPS 0 (4CH), IPS 1 (4CH), IPS 2 (2CH),
Fuse - F13/F14/F19/F20/F21/F26/ F36)
3
40A
ESC Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector
4
40A
RLY. 4 (Blower Relay)
5
60A
6
60A
7
40A
8
40A
9
Gasoline engine
Diesel engine
2
GLS PTC
HEATER
E8
REAR
HEATED
40A
50A
I/P Junction Box (IPS 3 (4CH), IPS 4 (4CH), Fuse - F2/F7/F9/F15)
RLY. 12 (GASOLINE PTC Relay)
Engine Management System
Rear Heated
RLY. 1 (C/FAN LO Relay), RLY. 2 (C/FAN HI Relay)
10
20A
ESC Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector
11
40A
RLY. 9 (Start Relay), Ignition Switch (W/O Button Start),
RLY. 6 (PDM 4 (IG2) Relay, With Button Start)
12
40A
W/O Button Start : Ignition Switch,
With Button Start : RLY. 8 (PDM 2 (ACC) Relay)/RLY. 10 (PDM 3 (IG1) Relay
FUSE
7 70
Symbol
Maintenance
No.
Fuse rating
Symbol
3
Protected component
13
50A
14
10A
15
10A
T2
Dual Clutch Transmission
16
10A
T3
Dual Clutch Transmission
17
40A
T4
Dual Clutch Transmission
18
30A
Electric Parking Brake Module
19
30A
Electric Parking Brake Module
20
20A
T5
D4FD & A/T : TCM
21
15A
E5
G4NA/G4NC : PCM (A/T), ECM (M/T)
22
20A
23
50A
24
10A
BRAKE SW
I/P Junction Box (Leak Current Autocut Device, Fuse - F18/F25/F30/F34/F38)
Smart Key Control Module, Stop Signal Relay
FUSE
Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer Module
PTC HTR
RLY. 12 (Fuel Filter Relay)
PCM/ECM
7 71
Maintenance
No.
FUSE
Fuse rating
Protected component
25
15A
26
15A
T1
A/T - TCM (D4FD), Transaxle Range Switch
27
15A
E6
RLY. 9 (D4FD, Start Relay), ECM/PCM
28
10A
29
10A
30
10A
31
20A
32
20A
33
34
7 72
Symbol
10A
10A
RLY. 5 (Horn Relay), ICM Relay Box (B/A Horn Relay)
ESC Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector
E3
ECM/PCM, Air Flow Sensor, Stop Lamp Switch
M/T - Back-Up Lamp Switch, A/T - Rear Combination Lamp (IN) LH/RH,
Rear Curtain Module, Navigation Head Unit, Electro Chromic Mirror, IPS Control Module
E1
IGN COIL
G4FD/D4FD : ECM
G4NA/G4NC : PCM (A/T), ECM (M/T)
G4NA : Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4, Condenser
S1
G4FD : Oxygen Sensor (UP/DOWN), Variable Intake Solenoid Valve,Purge Control Solenoid
Valve
G4NA/G4NC : Oxygen Sensor (UP/DOWN), Variable Intake Solenoid Valve, Purge Control
Solenoid Valve
D4FD : Camshaft Position Sensor, EGR Cooling Bypass Solenoid Valve, Diesel Box (Glow
Relay)
S2
G4FD : Oil Control Valve #1/ #2, Oil Level Sensor, E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 1)
G4NA/G4NC : Oil Control Valve #1/ #2, Camshaft Position Sensor (Intake/Exhaust), E/R Fuse
& Relay Box (RLY. 1)
D4FD : E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY. 1), Diesel Box (PTC Heater Relay#1), Lambda Sensor,
VGT Control Solenoid Valve
Maintenance
No.
Fuse rating
35
36
FUSE
E2
10A
Gasoline
engine
10A
Diesel engine
10A
FFV
engine
10A
37
15A
38
20A
39
30A
40
40A
Symbol
Protected component
G4FD : ECM G4NA : Fuel Pump Relay G4NC : Fuel Pump Relay, PCM (A/T),
ECM (M/T) D4FD : Oil Level Sensor, Fuel Pressure Regulating Valve
INJECTOR #1/#2/#3/#4
E7
LAMBDA#1/#2, Pressure Regulating Valve
INJECTOR #1/#2/#3/#4
E3
G4NA/G4NC : PCM (A/T), ECM (M/T)
FUEL PUMP EMS Box (Fuel Pump Relay)
EMS Box (Head Lamp Washer Relay)
E8
EMS Box
7 73
Maintenance
No.
Symbol
Protected component
Type
41
1
C/FAN LO RELAY
PLUG MICRO
42
2
C/FAN HI RELAY
PLUG MICRO
43
BLOWER RELAY
PLUG MICRO
44
HORN RELAY
PLUG MICRO
45
PDM 4 (IG2) RELAY
PLUG MICRO
46
FRONT WIPER RELAY
PLUG MICRO
47
PDM 2 (ACC) RELAY
PLUG MICRO
48
START RELAY
PLUG MICRO
49
PDM 3 (IG1) RELAY
PLUG MICRO
RR HTD RELAY
PLUG MICRO
FUSE
50
REAR HEATED
Gasoline engine : PTC
51
PTC Heater/Fuel Filter
Diesel engine :
7 74
PLUG MINI
Maintenance
Description
Fuse rating
Protected Component
PTC 1
50A
PTC 1 Relay
PTC 2
50A
PTC 2 Relay
PTC 3
50A
PTC 3 Relay
OGD071024
OGDE075129
Engine compartment fuse panel
(Diesel engine only)
7 75
Maintenance
LIGHT BULBS
WARNING - Working on
the lights
Prior to working on the light, firmly
apply the parking brake, ensure
that the ignition switch is turned to
the LOCK position and turn off the
lights to avoid sudden movement
of the vehicle and burning your fingers or receiving an electric shock.
Use only the bulbs of the specified
wattage.
CAUTION
Be sure to replace the burned-out
bulb with one of the same wattage
rating. Otherwise, it may cause
damage to the fuse or electric
wiring system.
7 76
CAUTION
The headlight aiming adjustment
may be necessary after the headlight assembly is reinstalled. If you
are unsure how to replace or aim
the headlight, we recommend that
you consult with an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
CAUTION
If you don’t have necessary tools,
the correct bulbs and the expertise,
we recommend that you consult
with an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. In many cases, it is difficult to
replace vehicle light bulbs because
other parts of the vehicle must be
removed before you can get to the
bulb. This is especially true if you
have to remove the headlight
assembly to get to the bulb(s).
Removing/installing the headlight
assembly can result in damage to
the vehicle.
✽ NOTICE
After heavy, driving rain or washing,
headlight and taillight lenses could
appear frosty. This condition is caused by
the temperature difference between the
lamp inside and outside. This is similar to
the condensation on your windows inside
your vehicle during the rain and doesn’t
indicate a problem with your vehicle. If
the water leaks into the lamp bulb circuitry, we recommend that the vehicle be
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Maintenance
■ Type A
(1) Front turn signal light
(2) Headlight (Low)
(3) Headlight (High)
(4) Position light
(5) Front fog light (if equipped)
(6) Daytime running light (DRL)
(if equipped)
OGD071026
■ Type B
OHD076046
WARNING - Halogen bulbs
OGDE071026
Headlight, position light, turn signal light, front fog light bulb
replacement
• Halogen bulbs contain pressurized gas that will produce flying
pieces of glass if broken.
• Always handle them carefully,
and avoid scratches and abrasions. If the bulbs are lit, avoid
contact with liquids. Never touch
the glass with bare hands.
Residual oil may cause the bulb
to overheat and burst when lit. A
bulb should be operated only
when installed in a headlight.
(Continued)
7 77
Maintenance
(Continued)
• If a bulb becomes damaged or
cracked, replace it immediately
and carefully dispose of it.
• Wear eye protection when changing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cool
down before handling it.
OGDE071050
OGDE071052
OGDE071051
Replace front lamps
1. Open the hood.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Loosen the assembly retaining screws
and nuts.
7 78
4. Pull out the both side of the front
bumper and then pull out the front
bumper.
5. Remove the headlight assembly from
the body of the vehicle. If you can reach
the bulb without removing the headlight
assembly, you do not need to do step 3
and 5.
6. Disconnect the power connector(s)
from the back of the headlight assembly.
Maintenance
12. Connect the headlight bulb socketconnector.
13. Install the headlight bulb cover by
turning it clockwise.
Low
High
OGD071044
Headlight bulb (high)
Follow the steps 1 to 6 from the previous
page.
7. Remove the headlight bulb cover by
turning it counterclockwise.
8. Disconnect the headlight bulb socketconnector.
9. Unsnap the headlight bulb retaining
wire by depressing the end and pushing it upward.
10. Remove the bulb from the headlight
assembly.
11. Install a new headlight bulb and snap
the headlight bulb retaining wire into
position by aligning the wire with the
groove on the bulb.
Headlight (Low, Non-HID Type)
Follow the steps 1 to 6 from the previous
page.
7. Remove the cover by turning it counterclockwise.
8. Remove the socket from the assembly
by turning the socket counterclockwise
until the tabs on the socket align with
the slots on the assembly.
9. Pull the bulb out of the socket.
10. Insert a new bulb into the socket.
11. Install the socket in the assembly by
aligning the tabs on the socket with
the slots in the assembly. Push the
socket into the assembly and turn the
socket clockwise.
12. Install the headlight bulb cover by
turning it clockwise.
✽ NOTICE
We recommend that the headlight aiming be adjusted after an accident or after
the headlight assembly is reinstalled at a
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
7 79
Maintenance
Headlight (Low, HID type)
If the light does not operate, we recommend that the system be checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING - HID Headlight
low beam (if equipped)
Do not attempt to replace or
inspect the low beam (XENON bulb)
due to electric shock danger. If the
low beam (XENON bulb) is not
working, we recommend that the
system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
7 80
✽ NOTICE
HID lamps have superior performance
vs. halogen bulbs. HID lamps are estimated by the manufacturer to last twice
as long or longer than halogen bulbs
depending on their frequency of use.
They will probably require replacement
at some point in the life of the vehicle.
Cycling the headlamps on and off more
than typical use will shorten HID lamps
life. HID lamps do not fail in the same
manner as halogen incandescent lamps.
If a headlamp goes out after a period of
operation but will immediately relight
when the headlamp switch is cycled it is
likely the HID lamp needs to be replaced.
HID lighting components are more complex than conventional halogen bulbs
thus have higher replacement cost.
❈ Traffic Change (For Europe)
The low beam light distribution is asymmetric. If you go abroad to a country with
opposite traffic direction, this asymmetric
part will dazzle oncoming car driver. To
prevent dazzle, ECE regulation demand
several technical solutions (ex. automatic
change system, adhesive sheet, down
aiming). This headlamps are designed
not to dazzle opposite drivers. So, you
need not change your headlamps in a
country with opposite traffic direction.
Maintenance
Position light
Follow the steps 1 to 6 from the previous
page.
7. Remove the cover by turning it counterclockwise.
8. Pull out the socket from the assembly.
9. Pull the bulb out of the socket.
10. Insert a new bulb into the socket.
11. Install the socket into the assembly.
12. Install the headlight bulb cover by
turning it clockwise.
10. Install the socket in the assembly by
aligning the tabs on the socket with
the slots in the assembly. Push the
socket into the assembly and turn the
socket clockwise.
11. Reinstall the light assembly to the
body of the vehicle.
OGD071045
Front turn signal bulb
Follow the steps 1 to 6 from the previous
page.
7. Remove the socket from the assembly
by turning the socket counterclockwise
until the tabs on the socket align with
the slots on the assembly.
8. Remove the bulb from the socket by
pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb
align with the slots in the socket. Pull
the bulb out of the socket.
9. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into
the socket and rotating it until it locks
into place.
7 81
Maintenance
Daytime running light
(LED type, if equipped)
If the light does not operate, we recommend that the system be checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OGDE071055L
Front fog light (if equipped)
Follow the steps 1 to 6 from the previous
page.
7. Disconnect the power connector from
the socket.
8. Remove the bulb-socket from the
housing by turning the socket counter
clockwise until the tabs on the socket
align with the slots on the housing.
9. Install the new bulb-socket into the
housing by aligning the tabs on the
socket with the slots in the housing.
Push the socket into the housing and
turn the socket clockwise.
10. Connect the power connector to the
socket.
7 82
OGD071030
Side repeater light bulb replacement (if equipped)
If the light bulb is not operating, we recommend that the vehicle be checked by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Maintenance
■ Type A
(1) Back-up light
(2) Tail light
(3) Rear turn signal light
(4) Stop/tail light
(5) Rear fog light (if equipped)
(6) Stop light
OGDE071031
■ Type B
OGD071032
Outside light
Rear turn signal light and stop/tail light
(Bulb type)
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Open the tailgate.
3. Loosen the light assembly retaining
screws with a cross-tip screwdriver.
4. Remove the rear combination light
assembly from the body of the vehicle.
OGDE071058
Rear combination light bulb
replacement
7 83
Maintenance
Stop/tail light and Stop light (LED type)
If the light does not operate, we recommend that the system be checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OGD071033
OGD071034
5. Remove the socket from the assembly
by turning the socket counterclockwise
until the tabs on the socket align with
the slots on the assembly.
6. Remove the bulb from the socket by
pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb
align with the slots in the socket. Pull
the bulb out of the socket.
7. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into
the socket and rotating it until it locks
into place.
8. Install the socket in the assembly by
aligning the tabs on the socket with the
slots in the assembly. Push the socket
into the assembly and turn the socket
clockwise.
9. Reinstall the light assembly to the
body of the vehicle.
Inside light
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Open the tailgate.
3. Remove the service cover using a flatblade screwdriver.
7 84
Maintenance
7. Install the socket in the assembly by
aligning the tabs on the socket with the
slots in the assembly. Push the socket
into the assembly and turn the socket
clockwise.
8. Install the service cover by putting it
into the service hole.
Tail
Back-up light
OGD071035
Tail light (Bulb type)
4. Remove the socket from the assembly
by turning the socket counterclockwise
until the tabs on the socket align with
the slots on the assembly.
5. Remove the bulb from the socket by
pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb
align with the slots in the socket. Pull
the bulb out of the socket.
6. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into
the socket and rotating it until it locks
into place.
Back-up light (Bulb type)
4. Remove the socket from the assembly
by turning the socket counterclockwise
until the tabs on the socket align with
the slots on the assembly.
5. Pull the bulb out of the socket.
6. Insert a new bulb into the socket.
7. Install the socket into the assembly by
aligning the tabs on the socket with the
slots on the assembly and turning the
socket clockwise.
8. Reinstall the light assembly to the
body of the vehicle
Stop/tail light and Stop light (LED type )
If the light does not operate, we recommend that the system be checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
7 85
Maintenance
OGDE071062
Rear fog light (if equipped)
1. Remove the rear tire and wheel cover.
2. Remove the socket from the assembly
by turning the socket counterclockwise
until the tabs on the socket align with
the slots on the assembly.
3. Remove the bulb from the socket by
pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb
align with the slots in the socket. Pull
the bulb out of the socket.
4. Insert a new bulb in the socket.
5. Reinstall the light assembly to the
body of the vehicle.
7 86
OGD071036
OGD071046
High mounted stop light replacement
License plate light bulb replacement
If the light does not operate, we recommend that the system be checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Remove the cover by pressing it as
direction of the arrows.
3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
4. Install a new bulb.
5. Reinstall in the reverse order.
Maintenance
■ Map lamp
■ Luggage room lamp
Interior light bulb replacement
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently
pry the lens from the interior light
housing.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
WARNING
■ Room lamp
- Ty p e A
■ Sunvisor lamp
Prior to working on the Interior
Lights, ensure that the “OFF” button is depressed to avoid burning
your fingers or receiving an electric
shock.
3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
4. Align the lens tabs with the interior
light housing notches and snap the
lens into place.
CAUTION
Use care not to dirty or damage
lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.
- Ty p e B
OGD071039/OMD070043/OGD071038/
OGD071040/OTD079035
7 87
Maintenance
APPEARANCE CARE
Exterior care
Exterior general caution
It is very important to follow the label
directions when using any chemical
cleaner or polish. Read all warning and
caution statements that appear on the
label.
7 88
Finish maintenance
Washing
To help protect your vehicle’s finish from
rust and deterioration, wash it thoroughly
and frequently at least once a month with
lukewarm or cold water.
If you use your vehicle for off-road driving, you should wash it after each offroad trip. Pay special attention to the
removal of any accumulation of salt, dirt,
mud, and other foreign materials. Make
sure the drain holes in the lower edges of
the doors and rocker panels are kept
clear and clean.
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial pollution and similar deposits
can damage your vehicle’s finish if not
removed immediately.
Even prompt washing with plain water
may not completely remove all these
deposits. A mild soap, safe for use on
painted surfaces, may be used.
After washing, rinse the vehicle thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water. Do
not allow soap to dry on the finish.
CAUTION
• Do not use strong soap, chemical
detergents or hot water, and do
not wash the vehicle in direct
sunlight or when the body of the
vehicle is warm.
• Be careful when washing the side
windows of your vehicle.
Especially, with high-pressure
water, water may leak through the
windows and wet the interior.
• To prevent damage to the plastic
parts and lamps, do not clean
with chemical solvents or strong
detergents.
WARNING - Wet brakes
After washing the vehicle, test the
brakes while driving slowly to see if
they have been affected by water. If
braking performance is impaired,
dry the brakes by applying them
lightly while maintaining a slow forward speed.
Maintenance
OJB037800
CAUTION
• Water washing in the engine compartment including high pressure
water washing may cause the failure of electrical circuits located in
the engine compartment.
• Never allow water or other liquids
to come in contact with electrical/electronic components inside
the vehicle as this may damage
them.
Waxing
Wax the vehicle when water will no
longer bead on the paint.
Always wash and dry the vehicle before
waxing. Use a good quality liquid or
paste wax, and follow the manufacturer’s
instructions. Wax all metal trim to protect
it and to maintain its luster.
Removing oil, tar, and similar materials
with a spot remover will usually strip the
wax from the finish. Be sure to re-wax
these areas even if the rest of the vehicle
does not yet need waxing.
Finish damage repair
Deep scratches or stone chips in the
painted surface must be repaired
promptly. Exposed metal will quickly rust
and may develop into a major repair
expense.
✽ NOTICE
If your vehicle is damaged and requires
any metal repair or replacement, be sure
the body shop applies anti-corrosion
materials to the parts repaired or
replaced.
CAUTION
• Wiping dust or dirt off the body
with a dry cloth will scratch the
finish.
• Do not use steel wool, abrasive
cleaners, or strong detergents
containing highly alkaline or
caustic agents on chrome-plated
or anodized aluminum parts. This
may result in damage to the protective coating and cause discoloration or paint deterioration.
7 89
Maintenance
Bright-metal maintenance
• To remove road tar and insects, use a
tar remover, not a scraper or other
sharp object.
• To protect the surfaces of bright-metal
parts from corrosion, apply a coating of
wax or chrome preservative and rub to
a high luster.
• During winter weather or in coastal
areas, cover the bright metal parts with
a heavier coating of wax or preservative. If necessary, coat the parts with
non-corrosive petroleum jelly or other
protective compound.
Underbody maintenance
Corrosive materials used for ice and
snow removal and dust control may collect on the underbody. If these materials
are not removed, accelerated rusting can
occur on the underbody parts such as
the fuel lines, frame, floor pan and
exhaust system, even though they have
been treated with rust protection.
Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody
and wheel openings with lukewarm or
cold water once a month, after off-road
driving and at the end of each winter. Pay
special attention to these areas because
it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt. It
will do more harm than good to wet down
the road grime without removing it. The
lower edges of the doors, rocker panels,
and frame members have drain holes
that should not clog with dirt; trapped
water in these areas can cause rusting.
WARNING
After washing the vehicle, test the
brakes while driving slowly to see if
they have been affected by water. If
braking performance is impaired,
dry the brakes by applying them
lightly while maintaining a slow forward speed.
7 90
Aluminum wheel maintenance
The aluminum wheels are coated with a
clear protective finish.
• Do not use any abrasive cleaner, polishing compound, solvent, or wire
brushes on aluminum wheels. They
may scratch or damage the finish.
• Clean the wheel when it has cooled.
• Use only a mild soap or neutral detergent, and rinse thoroughly with water.
Also, be sure to clean the wheels after
driving on salted roads. This helps prevent corrosion.
• Avoid washing the wheels with highspeed car wash brushes.
• Do not use any alkaline or acid detergent. It may damage and corrode the
aluminum wheels coated with a clear
protective finish.
Maintenance
Corrosion protection
Protecting your vehicle from corrosion
By using the most advanced design and
construction practices to combat corrosion, we produce vehicles of the highest
quality. However, this is only part of the
job. To achieve the long-term corrosion
resistance your vehicle can deliver, the
owner's cooperation and assistance is
also required.
Common causes of corrosion
The most common causes of corrosion
on your vehicle are:
• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is
allowed to accumulate underneath the
vehicle.
• Removal of paint or protective coatings
by stones, gravel, abrasion or minor
scrapes and dents which leave unprotected metal exposed to corrosion.
High-corrosion areas
If you live in an area where your vehicle
is regularly exposed to corrosive materials, corrosion protection is particularly
important. Some of the common causes
of accelerated corrosion are road salts,
dust control chemicals, ocean air and
industrial pollution.
Moisture breeds corrosion
Moisture creates the conditions in which
corrosion is most likely to occur. For
example, corrosion is accelerated by
high humidity, particularly when temperatures are just above freezing. In such
conditions, the corrosive material is kept
in contact with the vehicle’s surface by
moisture that slowly evaporates.
Mud is particularly corrosive because it
dries slowly and holds moisture in contact with the vehicle. Although the mud
appears to be dry, it can still retain moisture and promote corrosion.
High temperatures can also accelerate
corrosion of parts that are not properly
ventilated so the moisture can be dispersed. For all these reasons, it is particularly important to keep your vehicle
clean and free of mud or accumulations
of other materials. This applies not only
to the visible surfaces but particularly to
the underside of the vehicle.
To help prevent corrosion
You can help prevent corrosion from getting started by observing the following:
Keep your vehicle clean
The best way to prevent corrosion is to
keep your vehicle clean and free of corrosive materials. Attention to the underside of the vehicle is particularly important.
• If you live in a high-corrosion area —
where road salts are used, near the
ocean, areas with industrial pollution,
acid rain, etc.—, you should take extra
care to prevent corrosion. In winter,
hose off the underside of your vehicle
at least once a month and be sure to
clean the underside thoroughly when
winter is over.
• When cleaning underneath the vehicle,
give particular attention to the components under the fenders and other
areas that are hidden from view. Do a
thorough job; just dampening the accumulated mud rather than washing it
away will accelerate corrosion rather
than prevent it. Water under high pressure and steam are particularly effective in removing accumulated mud and
corrosive materials.
7 91
Maintenance
• When cleaning lower door panels,
rocker panels and frame members, be
sure that drain holes are kept open so
that moisture can escape and not be
trapped inside to accelerate corrosion.
Keep your garage dry
Don't park your vehicle in a damp, poorly
ventilated garage. This creates a favorable environment for corrosion. This is
particularly true if you wash your vehicle
in the garage or drive it into the garage
when it is still wet or covered with snow,
ice or mud. Even a heated garage can
contribute to corrosion unless it is well
ventilated so moisture is dispersed.
7 92
Keep paint and trim in good condition
Scratches or chips in the finish should be
covered with "touch-up" paint as soon as
possible to reduce the possibility of corrosion. If bare metal is showing through,
the attention of a qualified body and paint
shop is recommended.
Bird droppings : Bird droppings are highly corrosive and may damage painted
surfaces in just a few hours. Always
remove bird droppings as soon as possible.
Don't neglect the interior
Moisture can collect under the floor mats
and carpeting and cause corrosion.
Check under the mats periodically to be
sure the carpeting is dry. Use particular
care if you carry fertilizers, cleaning
materials or chemicals in the vehicle.
These should be carried only in proper
containers and any spills or leaks should
be cleaned up, flushed with clean water
and thoroughly dried.
Interior care
Interior general precautions
Prevent caustic solutions such as perfume and cosmetic oil from contacting
the dashboard because they may cause
damage or discoloration. If they do contact the dashboard, wipe them off immediately. See the instructions for the proper way to clean vinyl.
CAUTION
Never allow water or other liquids
to come in contact with electrical/
electronic components inside the
vehicle as this may damage them.
CAUTION
When cleaning leather products
(steering wheel, seats etc.), use
neutral detergents or low alcohol
content solutions. If you use high
alcohol content solutions or
acid/alkaline detergents, the color
of the leather may fade or the surface may get stripped off.
Maintenance
Cleaning the upholstery and interior
trim
Vinyl
Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl
with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.
Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner.
Fabric
Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric
with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.
Clean with a mild soap solution recommended for upholstery or carpets.
Remove fresh spots immediately with a
fabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do not
receive immediate attention, the fabric
can be stained and its color can be
affected. Also, its fire-resistant properties
can be reduced if the material is not
properly maintained.
CAUTION
Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt webbing
Clean the belt webbing with any mild
soap solution recommended for cleaning
upholstery or carpet. Follow the instructions provided with the soap. Do not
bleach or re-dye the webbing because
this may weaken it.
Cleaning the interior window glass
If the interior glass surfaces of the vehicle become fogged (that is, covered with
an oily, greasy or waxy film), they should
be cleaned with glass cleaner. Follow the
directions on the glass cleaner container.
CAUTION
Do not scrape or scratch the inside
of the rear window. This may result
in damage to the rear window
defroster grid.
Using anything but recommended
cleaners and procedures may affect
the fabric’s appearance and fireresistant properties.
7 93
Maintenance
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
The emission control system of your
vehicle is covered by a written limited
warranty. Please see the warranty information contained in the Service Passport
in your vehicle.
Your vehicle is equipped with an emission control system to meet all emission
regulations.
There are three emission control systems which are as follows.
Caution for the Inspection and
Maintenance Test (With Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) system)
• To prevent the vehicle from misfiring during dynamometer testing,
turn the Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) system off by pressing the
ESC switch.
• After dynamometer testing is completed, turn the ESC system back on
by pressing the ESC switch again.
(1) Crankcase emission control system
(2) Evaporative emission control system
(3) Exhaust emission control system
1. Crankcase emission control
system
In order to assure the proper function of
the emission control systems, it is recommended that you have your vehicle
inspected and maintained by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer in accordance with
the maintenance schedule in this manual.
The positive crankcase ventilation system is employed to prevent air pollution
caused by blow-by gases being emitted
from the crankcase. This system supplies
fresh filtered air to the crankcase through
the air intake hose. Inside the crankcase,
the fresh air mixes with blow-by gases,
which then pass through the PCV valve
into the induction system.
7 94
2. Evaporative emission control
system
The Evaporative Emission Control
System is designed to prevent fuel
vapors from escaping into the atmosphere.
Canister
Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel
tank are absorbed and stored in the
onboard canister. When the engine is
running, the fuel vapors absorbed in the
canister are drawn into the surge tank
through the purge control solenoid valve.
Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)
The purge control solenoid valve is controlled by the Engine Control Module
(ECM); when the engine coolant temperature is low during idling, the PCSV closes so that evaporated fuel is not taken
into the engine. After the engine warms
up during ordinary driving, the PCSV
opens to introduce evaporated fuel to the
engine.
Maintenance
3. Exhaust emission control
system
The Exhaust Emission Control System is
a highly effective system which controls
exhaust emissions while maintaining
good vehicle performance.
Vehicle modifications
• This vehicle should not be modified.
Modification of your vehicle could
affect its performance, safety or durability and may even violate governmental safety and emissions regulations.
In addition, damage or performance
problems resulting from any modification may not be covered under warranty.
• If you use unauthorized electronic
devices, it may cause the vehicle to
operate abnormally, wire damage, battery discharge and fire. For your safety,
do not use unauthorized electronic
devices.
Engine exhaust gas precautions (carbon monoxide)
• Carbon monoxide can be present with
other exhaust fumes. Therefore, if you
smell exhaust fumes of any kind inside
your vehicle, have it inspected and
repaired immediately. If you ever suspect exhaust fumes are coming into
your vehicle, drive it only with all the
windows fully open. Have your vehicle
checked and repaired immediately.
WARNING - Exhaust
Engine exhaust gases contain carbon monoxide (CO). Though colorless and odorless, it is dangerous
and could be lethal if inhaled.
Follow the instructions on this
page to avoid CO poisoning.
• Do not operate the engine in confined
or closed areas (such as garages) any
more than what is necessary to move
the vehicle in or out of the area.
• When the vehicle is stopped in an
open area for more than a short time
with the engine running, adjust the
ventilation system (as needed) to draw
outside air into the vehicle.
• Never sit in a parked or stopped vehicle for any extended time with the
engine running.
• When the engine stalls or fails to start,
excessive attempts to restart the
engine may cause damage to the
emission control system.
7 95
Maintenance
Operating precautions for catalytic
converters (if equipped)
WARNING - Fire
• A hot exhaust system can ignite
flammable items under your vehicle. Do not park, idle, or drive the
vehicle over or near flammable
objects, such as grass, vegetation, paper, leaves, etc.
• The exhaust system and catalytic
system are very hot while the
engine is running or immediately
after the engine is turned off.
Keep away from the exhaust system and catalytic converters, or
you may get burned. Also, do not
remove the heat sink around the
exhaust system, do not seal the
bottom of the vehicle or do not
coat the vehicle for corrosion
control. It may present a fire risk
under certain conditions.
7 96
Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic
converter emission control device.
Therefore, the following precautions
must be observed:
• Make sure to refuel your vehicle
according to the "Fuel requirements"
suggested in section 1.
• Do not operate the vehicle when there
are signs of engine malfunction, such
as misfire or a noticeable loss of performance.
• Do not misuse or abuse the engine.
Examples of misuse are coasting with
the ignition off and descending steep
grades in gear with the ignition off.
• Do not operate the engine at high idle
speed for extended periods (5 minutes
or more).
• Do not modify or tamper with any part
of the engine or emission control system. We recommend that the system
be inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• Avoid driving with a extremely low fuel
level. Running out of fuel could cause
the engine to misfire, damaging the
catalytic converter.
Failure to observe these precautions
could result in damage to the catalytic
converter and to your vehicle.
Additionally, such actions could void your
warranties.
Diesel Particulate Filter
(if equipped)
The Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) system removes the soot in the exhaust gas.
Unlike a disposable air filter, the DPF system automatically burns (oxidizes) and
removes the accumulated soot according
to the driving condition.
In other words, the active burning by
engine control system and high exhaust
gas temperature caused by normal/high
driving condition burns and removes the
accumulated soot.
However, if the vehicle continues to be
driven at repeated short distance or driven at low speed for a long time, the accumulated soot may not be automatically
removed because of low exhaust gas
temperature. More than a certain amount
of soot deposited, the malfunction indicator light (
) or the warning message
“check exhaust system” illuminates.
Maintenance
When the malfunction indicator light or
the warning message blinks, it may stop
blinking by driving the vehicle at more
than 60 km/h (37 mph) or at more than
second gear with 1500 ~ 2500 engine
rpm for a certain time (for about 25 minutes).
If the malfunction indicator light (
)
continues to be blinked or the warning
message “Check exhaust system” illuminates in spite of the procedure, please
visit an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and
the check the DPF system.
If you continue to drive with the malfunction indicator light or the warning message blinking for a long time, the DPF
system can be damaged and fuel consumption can be worsen.
CAUTION - Diesel Fuel
(if equipped with DPF)
It is recommended to use the regulated automotive diesel fuel for
diesel vehicle equipped with the
DPF system.
If you use diesel fuel including high
sulfur (more than 50 ppm sulfur) and
unspecified additives, it can cause
the DPF system to be damaged and
white smoke can be emitted.
Lean NOx Trap (if equipped)
The Lean NOx Trap (LNT) system
removes the nitrogen oxide in the
exhaust gas. The smell can occur in the
exhaust gas depending on the quality of
the fuel and it can degrade NOx reduction performance, please use the regulated automotive diesel fuel.
7 97
Specifications & Consumer information
Dimensions ................................................................8-2
Luggage volume ........................................................8-3
Engine ........................................................................8-3
Gross vehicle weight..................................................8-4
Bulb wattage ..............................................................8-5
Tires and wheels ........................................................8-6
Recommended lubricants and capacities................8-7
• Recommended SAE viscosity number..........................8-9
Vehicle identification number (VIN) ....................8-10
Vehicle certification label........................................8-10
Tire specification and pressure label ....................8-11
Engine number ........................................................8-11
Declaration of conformity ......................................8-11
8
Specifications & Consumer information
DIMENSIONS
Item
mm (in)
Overall length
4,300 (169.3)
Overall width
1,780 (70.1)
Overall height
For Austrailia, Israel, Iran, Palestine
1,470 (57.9)
Except Austrailia, Israel, Iran, Palestine and Brazil
1,480 (58.3)
195/65R15
Front tread
Steel wheel
1,563 (61.5)
Aluminum wheel
1,569 (61.8)
Steel wheel *
1,549 (61.0)
Aluminum wheel
1,555 (61.2)
1
205/55R16
225/45R17
195/65R15
Rear tread
205/55R16
1,549 (61.0)
Steel wheel
1,576 (62.0)
Aluminum wheel
1,582 (62.3)
Steel wheel
1,562 (61.5)
Aluminum wheel
1,568 (61.7)
225/45R17
Wheelbase
*1 : For Austrailia
8 2
1,562 (61.5)
2,650 (104.3)
Specifications & Consumer information
LUGGAGE VOLUME
Min.
378 l (13.3 cu ft)
Max.
1,316 l (46.5 cu ft)
Min. : Behind rear seat to upper edge of the seat back.
Max. : Behind front seat to roof.
ENGINE
Item
Displacement
cc
(cu. in)
Bore x Stroke
mm
(in.)
Firing order
No. of cylinders
Gasoline 1.6 D-CVVT
Gasoline 1.8
Diesel 1.6
1,591 (97.09)
1,797 (109.66)
1,582 (96.53)
77x85.44 (3.03x3.36)
81x87.2 (3.19x3.43)
77.2x84.5 (3.03x3.32)
1-3-4-2
1-3-4-2
1-3-4-2
4, In-line
4, In-line
4, In-line
8 3
Specifications & Consumer information
GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT
Item
Gasoline 1.6
Gasoline 1.8
Diesel 1.6
Manual transaxle
1,770 kg (3,902 lbs.)
1,770 kg (3,902 lbs.)
1,850 kg (4,078 lbs.)
Automatic transaxle
1,800 kg (3,968 lbs.)
1,800 kg (3,968 lbs.)
1,850 kg (4,078 lbs.)
-
-
1,850 kg (4,078 lbs.)
Dual clutch transmission
8 4
Specifications & Consumer information
BULB WATTAGE
Light Bulb
Headlights
Front
Wattage
Bulb type
Low
55 or 35 (HID)
H7L or D1S
High
55
H7L
21
PY21W
Front turn signal lights
Position lights
5
5W
Front turn signal lights
35
H8L
Daytime running light
LED
LED
Rear fog lights
Stop/tail lights
Stop lights
Rear
21W
21/5
P21/5W
LED
LED
LED
LED
LED
Rear turn signal lights
21
PY21W
Tail lights
5
P21/5W
Back-up lights
16
16W
LED
LED
License plate lights
5
W5W
Map lamps
8
FESTOON
Room lamps
8
FESTOON
Luggage lamp
8
FESTOON
Vanity mirror lamps
5
FESTOON
High mounted stop light
Interior
21
Bulb
HID : High Intensity Discharge
8 5
Specifications & Consumer information
TIRES AND WHEELS
Item
Full size tire
Compact
spare tire
Tire size
Load
Capacity
LI *1
Kg
Speed
capacity
SS *2 Km/h
195/65R15
6.0J×15
91
615
H
210
205/55R16
6.5J×16
91
615
H
210
225/45R17
7.0J×17
91
615
V
240
T125/80D15 4.0T×15
95
690
M
130
T125/80D16 4.0T×16
97
730
M
130
*1 : Load Index
*2 : Speed Symbol
8 6
Wheel
size
Inflation pressure bar(psi, kPa)
Normal load
Maximum load
Front
Rear
Front
Rear
2.2
(32,220)
2.2
(32,220)
2.2
(32,220)
2.2
(32,220)
4.2
4.2
4.2
4.2
(60, 420) (60, 420) (60, 420) (60, 420)
Wheel lug nut
torque Kgf·m
(lb·ft, N·m)
9~11
(65~79, 88~107)
Specifications & Consumer information
RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES
To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality.
The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.
These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.
Lubricant
Engine oil
Volume
1.6
3.6 l (3.8 US qt.)
1.8
4.0 l (4.2 US qt.)
with DPF *3
5.3 l (5.60 US qt.)
ACEA C2 or C3
without DPF *3
5.3 l (5.60 US qt.)
ACEA B4
1.9 l ~ 2.0 l
(2.01 ~ 2.11 US qt.)
API GL-4, SAE 75W/85
*1 *2
(drain and refill)
Classification
Gasoline
Engine
API Service SM, ILSAC GF-4 (or above),
ACEA A5 (or above)
Recommends
Diesel
Engine
Manual transaxle fluid
Gasoline Engine
7.3 l (7.71 US qt.)
Diesel Engine
7.1 l (7.50 US qt.)
Automatic transaxle fluid
Dual clutch transmission fluid Diesel Engine
1.9 l ~ 2.0 l
(2.01 ~ 2.11 US qt.)
MICHANG ATF SP-IV
SK ATF SP-IV
NOCA ATF SP-IV
HYUNDAI genuine ATF SP-IV
SK HK MTF 70W
H.K.SHELL SPIRAX S6 GHME 70W
GS CALTEX GS MTF HD 70W
*1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on 8-9 page.
*2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in
everyday driving, but in a year’s time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.
*3 Diesel Particulate Filter
8 7
Specifications & Consumer information
Lubricant
Gasoline
Engine 1.6
Coolant
Gasoline
Engine 1.8
Diesel
Engine
Brake/clutch fluid
Fuel
* A/T : Automatic transaxle
M/T : Manual transaxle
DCT : Dual clutch transmission
8 8
Volume
A/T
5.7 l (6.02 US qt.)
M/T
5.8 l (6.12 US qt.)
A/T
5.8 l (6.12 US qt.)
M/T
5.9 l (6.23 US qt.)
A/T
6.7 l (7.08 US qt.)
M/T
6.9 l (7.29 US qt.)
DCT
6.9 l (7.29 US qt.)
Classification
Mixture of antifreeze and distilled water
(Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum radiator)
0.7~0.8 l
(0.7~0.8 US qt.)
FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4
50 l (13.21 US gal.)
Refer to “Fuel requirements” in section 1
Specifications & Consumer information
Recommended SAE viscosity
number
CAUTION
Always be sure to clean the area
around any filler plug, drain plug, or
dipstick before checking or draining any lubricant. This is especially
important in dusty or sandy areas
and when the vehicle is used on
unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug
and dipstick areas will prevent dirt
and grit from entering the engine
and other mechanisms that could
be damaged.
Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an
effect on fuel economy and cold weather
operating (engine start and engine oil
flowability). Lower viscosity engine oils
can provide better fuel economy and cold
weather performance, however, higher
viscosity engine oils are required for satisfactory lubrication in hot weather.
Temperature
Using oils of any viscosity other than
those recommended could result in
engine damage.
When choosing an oil, consider the
range of temperature your vehicle will be
operated in before the next oil change.
Proceed to select the recommended oil
viscosity from the chart.
Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
°C -30
-20
-10
0
10
20
30
40
(°F)
-10
0
20
40
60
80
100
50
120
20W-50
15W-40
Gasoline
Engine Oil *1
10W-30
5W-20*2, 5W-30
15W-40
10W-30
Diesel Engine Oil
5W-30
0W-30
*1 : For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE
5W-20,5W-30 (API SM / ILSAC GF 4 or above). However, if the engine oil is not available in
your country, select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.
*2 : In Middle East & Libya, do not use the engine oil of viscosity grade SAE 5W-20.
8 9
Specifications & Consumer information
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)
VEHICLE CERTIFICATION
LABEL
■ Type A
■ VIN label (if equipped)
■ Frame number
OMD080001
The vehicle identification number (VIN) is
the number used in registering your vehicle and in all legal matters pertaining to
its ownership, etc.
The number is punched on the floor
under the passenger seat. To check the
number, open the cover.
OGDE081007
OBH088005N
The VIN is also on a plate attached to the
top of the dashboard. The number on the
plate can easily be seen through the
windshield from outside.
■ Type B
OGDE081008
The vehicle certification label attached
on the driver’s (or front passenger’s) side
center pillar gives the vehicle identification number (VIN).
8 10
Specifications & Consumer information
TIRE SPECIFICATION AND
PRESSURE LABEL
DECLARATION OF
CONFORMITY (IF EQUIPPED)
ENGINE NUMBER
■ Gasoline engine (1.6L)
■ Example
OGDE081006
■ Gasoline engine (1.8L)
OGDE061015
CE0678
The tires supplied on your new vehicle
are chosen to provide the best performance for normal driving.
The tire label located on the driver's side
center pillar gives the tire pressures recommended for your vehicle.
OGD082009
■ Diesel engine
The radio frequency components of
the vehicle comply with requirements
and other relevant provisions of
Directive 1995/5/EC.
Further information including the
manufacturer's declaration of conformity is available on HYUNDAI web
site as follows;
http://service.hyundai-motor.com
OGD085005K
The engine number is stamped on the
engine block as shown in the drawing.
8 11
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement